FedEx Ship Manager Server The Network Shipping Solution Developer Guide

Transcription

1 FedEx Ship Manager Server The Network Shipping Solution Developer Guide Version 8.4.6

2 Payment You must remit payment in accordance with the FedEx Service Guide, tariff, service agreement or other terms or instructions provided to you by FedEx from time to time. You may not withhold payment on any shipments because of equipment failure or for the failure of FedEx to repair or replace any equipment. Inaccurate Invoices If you generate an inaccurate invoice, FedEx may bill or refund to you the difference according to the FedEx Service Guide, tariff service agreement or other terms or instructions provided to you by FedEx from time to time. A request for refund on a FedEx shipment must be made in accordance with the applicable Service Guide, or terms or instructions provided by FedEx from time to time. A shipment given to FedEx with incorrect information is not eligible for refund under any FedEx money-back guarantees. FedEx may suspend any applicable money-back guarantees in the event of equipment failure or if it becomes inoperative. Confidential and Proprietary The information contained in this Developer Guide is confidential and proprietary to FedEx Corporate Services, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively "FedEx"). No part of this Developer Guide may be distributed or disclosed in any form to any third party without written permission of FedEx. This Developer Guide is provided to you under and its use is subject to the terms and conditions of the FedEx Automation Agreement. The information in this document may be changed at any time without notice. Any conflict between this Developer Guide, the FedEx Automation Agreement, and the FedEx Service Guide shall be governed by the FedEx Automation Agreement and the FedEx Service Guide, in that order FedEx. FedEx and the FedEx logo are registered service marks. All rights reserved. Unpublished.

3 Foreword This document describes how to use FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) version Audience This document is intended for FSMS users and developers who need to set up the application and code transactions. Scope This document describes how to install, configure, and use FSMS version Prerequisites You should be familiar with basic FedEx shipping services before reading this document. Related Documents The following documents contain information related to this reference guide: FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) Transaction Coding Reference FedEx Service Guide available at Document Conventions This document uses the following conventions to help you understand the different types of content: Information that you need to enter into a field or transaction is formatted in Courier New Bold Sample transactions are formatted in Courier New Important notices begin with the word Note The names of windows and other user interface element appear in bold Support For FedEx Ship Manager Server technical support, call and state FedEx Ship Manager Server at the voice prompt. Support hours are Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 12 a.m. (midnight) (CST) and Saturday, 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. (CST). For international customer support, call Go.FedEx ( ). FSMS Developer Guide version iii

4 Foreword Revision History The following revisions have been made to the FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) Developer Guide since version 8.0. Section Description Setting Up Printers Added Windows Print Manager Driver Support to include new field 2990 (Printer DPI Setting) to use in the 020 transaction Glossary Added DIB. FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Appendix A FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Creating a Label Creating a Label Creating a Label FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines For transactions 057/157, added Demand Upload information to support upload on demand In table of special services allowed with Returns shipments, changed Nonstandard Packaging indices as follows: For FO, PO, SO, 2Day column, changed to Yes (FO = No) For Freight column, changed to No In the Country Code table, changed Libya from N to Y in Ship To column In the Document Shipments section, added information about free-form entry of document descriptions by using field 79 Added PDF (Portable Document Format) as a new label format Added the following thermal label formats: 4x8 Unimark 4x9 Unimark 4x8 Eltron/Zebra EPL 4x9 Eltron/Zebra EPL 4x8 Zebra 4x9 Zebra For support of the customizable section of the thermal label, added a new section under Custom Labels: Using a Customizable Section of the Thermal Label. In the table of countries allowed for Third Party Consignee (TPC), added the following: United States as origin China as destination Hong Kong as destination Taiwan as destination Configuring FSMS Added note to installation process to indicate that if the operating system has a French language default setting, the installation and registration screens will display in French. Creating a Label Added DIB section and new values for PDF, PNG labels. Configuring FSMS In Doc Tab Settings section, added information and illustration for setting label stock orientation and configuring it with doc tab orientation. Premium Service Options Added this chapter to include all contractual services offered for FSMS.. Transborder Distribution Added updates and errata including Import Order Record (IOR) Fields to this section. SmartPost Hub ID Added description of new Hub ID setting in FSMS Configuration dialog. Open Ship Print-As-You- Go (PAYG) Added description of new PAYG feature which gives FedEx customers the ability to print labels as you go for Domestic Express (including Express C.O.D.) and US Domestic Ground shipments. iv FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

5 Contents Introduction...1 Document Organization...1 What s New...4 Installing FSMS...9 System Requirements...9 Minimum System Requirements...9 FedEx-Tested System Requirements...9 Thermal Printers...10 Dot Matrix Printers...10 Laser Printers...10 Servers...10 Scales...11 Network Connection Requirements...11 Pre-Installation Checklist...12 Recommendations...13 Your FedEx Account...13 Administrator User Rights...14 File Transfer Protocol...14 Network Connections...14 CSP Installations and Solutions Type...14 Uploading Revenue Files Before Upgrades...15 Post-Installation Che9cklist...15 How to Install FSMS...16 Passwords...16 Installing FSMS...16 How to Uninstall FSMS...26 Configuring FSMS...27 Starting the Configuration Utility...28 Shipper Settings...31 Managing Meter Numbers...31 Adding a Child Meter Number to an Existing FSMS Installation...32 Adding a Master Meter to a New FSMS Installation...33 Deleting a Child Meter...34 Configuring a New Meter...35 Remote Configuration...37 Adding an IP Address...37 Editing an IP Address...38 Deleting an IP Address...39 Connecting to an IP Address...39 Report Settings...39 Selecting a Printer for FSMS Reports...43 Selecting a Reports Directory...44 Changing Paper Size and Number of Copies...44 Saving Changes to the Printer Settings...44 Label Settings...45 Doc Tab Settings...49 System Settings...50 IPD / IED / IDF Settings...52 FSMS Developer Guide version v

6 Contents Tracking Numbers Settings...53 Meter Settings...54 FedEx Express Options...54 FedEx Ground Options...55 SmartPost Options...56 Software ID Data Capture...56 Handling Charges Configuration...57 Handling Charge Calculation...58 Handling Charge Level...58 Handling Charge Amount...58 Managing Your Handling Charge Entries...59 Configuring Meter Settings Using the 070 Meter Query Request...59 Advanced Settings...60 Setting Up Printers...63 Adding a Local Printer...63 Adding a Local TCP/IP Printer...72 Windows 2000 Additional Configuration Needed...82 Adding a Windows Network Printer...84 Printing to a Windows-Based Print Share Network...86 Adding a FEDEXUSER Account to a Printer...87 Windows Print Manager Driver Support...89 Printer Troubleshooting...89 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines...91 FSMS Transactions...91 Web Services Transactions...94 Coding FSMS Transactions...95 Transaction Coding Tables...95 Required Fields...96 Transaction Format...96 Field Editing Guidelines...97 Shipment Level Compared to Package Level...97 Multiple Occurrence Fields...99 Fields with Specific Editing Rules Date Fields Numeric Fields Printer ID Fields Batch Processing Enable Batch Processing Disable Batch Processing Ship Types Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight FedEx Express U.S. Shipping Rules FedEx Express U.S. Services FedEx First Overnight FedEx Priority Overnight FedEx Standard Overnight FedEx 2Day FedEx Express Saver FedEx Express U.S. Freight Services FedEx 1Day Freight (Express) FedEx 2Day Freight (Express) vi FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

7 Contents FedEx 3Day Freight (Express) Standard Shipping Creating a Standard FedEx Express Transaction Sample FedEx Express Shipping Transaction Shipping Service Options Delivery Signature Services Delivery Signature Options for Special Services Delivery Signature Field Description Sample Delivery Signature Transactions Non-Standard Packaging Surcharge Rules Dry Ice Saturday Shipping, Pickup, and Delivery Saturday Service Shipping Rules Saturday Service Field Descriptions Inside Pickup and Delivery (Freight Only) FedEx Express Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) C.O.D. Shipping Rules C.O.D. Field Descriptions Alcohol Shipping Alcohol Shipping Rules Future Day Shipping Additional Handling Charges Hold at FedEx Location (HAL) HAL Shipping Rules HAL Field Descriptions Dangerous Goods (DG) Shipping Dangerous Goods Shipping Rules Creating a Dangerous Goods Transaction Shipping Dangerous Goods in Accepted Quantities Dangerous Goods Field Descriptions Reference Fields Open Ship Open Ship Service Details Setting Up an Open Ship Shipment Setting Up Domestic Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) Shipments PAYG Package Association and Print Modes Creating an Open Ship Shipment Creating an Open Ship PAYG Shipment PAYG Required Fields Editing an Open Ship Shipment Editing an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Returning Sequence Numbers for FedEx Express C.O.D. PAYG Shipments Receiving a Route or Time-in-Transit Rating the Open Ship Shipment Adding a Package to the Open Ship Shipment Adding a Domestic Package to an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Adding a Domestic Package and Printing C.O.D. Return Labels Editing a Piece in an Open Ship Shipment Domestic Express or Ground PAYG Editing an Open Ship Piece Domestic Express C.O.D. PAYG Editing an Open Ship Piece Deleting an Open Ship Shipment FSMS Developer Guide version vii

8 Contents Deleting an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Deleting a Package from an Open Ship Shipment Deleting a Package from an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Confirming a Package and Printing a Label Confirming an Open Ship Ground or Express PAYG Piece Confirming a Shipment Confirming an Open Ship Shipment Pre-Ship Validation for Open Ship Open Ship PAYG Transaction Summary Sample Open Ship Transactions Sample FedEx Express Open Ship shipment Sample FedEx Ground Open Ship Shipment Open Ship Field Table Domestic Express Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) Domestic Express MPS Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) Sample Domestic Express MPS Transaction Deleting a Shipment Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Shipping Rules Ground FedEx Home Delivery FedEx Home Delivery Premium Service Options Creating a FedEx Ground Transaction Package Size and Weight Restrictions Non Standard Packaging Delivery Signature Services FedEx Ground Multiweight Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) and Electronic Collect On Delivery (E.C.O.D.) FedEx Ground C.O.D FedEx Ground E.C.O.D Coding Ground C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. Transactions Alcohol Shipping Future Day Shipping Hazardous Materials (HazMat) Reference Fields Deleting a Ground Shipment Domestic Ground Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) Sample Domestic Ground MPS Transaction SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Service Details Coverage Restrictions Packaging Rules Features Configuring SmartPost Configuring SmartPost Settings SmartPost Transaction Coding SmartPost Service Types SmartPost 020 Global Ship Request Transaction SmartPost C.O.D viii FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

9 Contents SmartPost Open Ship Shipping SmartPost 120 Global Ship Reply Transaction SmartPost 120 Rate Quote Reply Transaction SmartPost 007 End-of-Day Close Request Transaction SmartPost Manifest SmartPost 004 Tracking Number Request Transaction SmartPost 024 Shipment Query Request Transaction Other Transactions SmartPost Sample Transactions Global Ship Request Transactions Global Ship Reply Transactions Open Ship Transactions /123 Global Delete Request/Reply Transactions /107 End-of-Day Close Request/Reply Transactions Tracking Number Request Transaction SmartPost Labels Formats Doc Tabs SmartPost Sample Label SmartPost Label Label Stamp Delivery Confirmation Barcode Delivery Confirmation Number Reference Barcode Using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx Express International Service Details FedEx Express International Services FedEx International First FedEx International Priority FedEx International Economy FedEx Europe First (FEF) FedEx Express International Freight Express International Freight Services International Express Transaction Coding Delivery Signature Options Saturday Shipping, Delivery, and Pickup Inside Pickup and Delivery Dangerous Goods Shipping FedEx Dangerous Goods in Accepted Quantities Dry Ice Alcohol Cut Flowers Future Day Hold at Location (HAL) FedEx International Broker Select (BSO) Customs Clearance Documents Commercial Invoice Commodity Rules: (Total Customs Value = TCV) Adding, Editing, and Deleting Commodities Document Shipments FSMS Developer Guide version ix

10 Contents Carriage Value Vague Commodity Edits Shipper s Export Declaration (SED) or Electronic Export Information (EEI) B13A Canadian Export Shipments Reference Fields Third Party Consignee (TPC) FedEx International Ground International Ground Transaction Coding Delivery Signature Options International Multiweight International Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) International Express MPS International Ground MPS Deleting an International Shipment Transborder Distribution (TD) TD Shipping Transactions Configuration Settings Fixed and Variable Handling Charge Configuration Entering Handling Charge Amounts Processing TD Shipments Basic TD Shipping Details FedEx Services Allowed for TD TD Shipping Service Details Creating a TD Shipment Creating a TD Shipment Adding a TD Shipment Piece Returning the Package Count Deleting a TD Package Deleting a TD Shipment Confirming a TD Shipment Performing a Close TD Rate/Route/Time-in-Transit Requests Tracking TD Labels TD Label TD Reports Producing TD Reports TD Consolidated Commercial Invoice Ground Pickup Manifest Express Courier Report TD Error Messages International Ground Distribution/ DirectDistribution (IGD/IGDD) IGD/IGDD Service Details IGD Service Details IGD/IGDD Settings Configuration IGD Configuration IGD Transaction Coding International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD/IED/IDF) IPD/IED/IDF Chapter Organization IPD/IDF/IED Service Details Coverage x FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

11 Contents Restrictions IPD/IED vs. IDF Configuring IPD/IDF/IED in FSMS IPD/IDF/IED Settings Configuration IPD/IDF/IED Report Configuration IPD/IDF/IED Shipping Transactions Basic IPD/IDF/IED Shipping Rules Creating an IPD/IDF/IED Shipment Concurrent Shipments and Future Day Processing IPD/IDF/IED Transaction Flow Identifying IPD/IDF/IED Shipments Identifying an IPD Shipment Identifying an IED Shipment Identifying an IDF Shipment Identifying an SPOC Shipment Creating the IPD/IDF/IED Shipment (MAWB) Adding a Package with a Child Reference Number (CRN) Deleting a Child Reference Number (CRN) Package Deleting a Shipment Obtaining Route Information for Custom Labels Requesting Consolidated Customs Information Confirming the Shipment Sample IPD/IDF/IED Transactions IPD/IDF/IED Labels Using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility Commercial Invoice Reprint Utility IPD/IDF/IED Reports Producing IPD/IDF/IED Reports IPD/IDF/IED Reports IPD/IDF/IED Consolidated Commercial Invoice IPD/IDF/IED Packing List IPD/IDF/IED CRN Report IPD/IDF/IED Visa Manifest IPD/IDF/IED FAQ Returns Shipping Service Options Available for Returns Print Return Label Availability Services and Shipping Types Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) Specifications Printing Information Canceling and Reporting Return Label (Express and Ground) Transaction Coding Requirements Availability Services and Shipping Types Access and Retention Printing Information Canceling and Reporting Tracking Outbound and Return Shipments Together Return Shipment Examples FSMS Developer Guide version xi

12 Contents Packout Process Example Call Center Example Self-Service Website Example Express Tag Ground Call Tag Creating a Label Label Types Thermal Labels Laser Labels Thermal Label Graphic PNG Labels PDF Labels DIB Labels Multi-Ply Air Waybills Label Printing Options Printing Labels to a File Deferred Printing Reprinting a Label Customizing Your Label Using a Customizable Section of the Thermal Label Creating a Custom Label Using the 020 Global Ship Request Transaction Global Ship Request Transaction Custom Label Open Ship Sample Transactions Reply Transaction Submitting Custom Labels for FedEx Approval FedEx Express Label Approval FedEx Ground/FHD Label Approval Labels with Doc Tabs Creating a Doc Tab Label Using the 020 Global Ship Request Transaction Label Orientation Support Print Quality Troubleshooting Revenue Management Setting Up Revenue Options No Upload/No Ship (NUNS) Force Close Managing Rates List/Base Rates for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Shipping Net Charges for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Shipping Providing Dimensions for FedEx International Shipments Standard FedEx International MPS shipments Shipment Level Dimensions Standard FedEx International MPS shipments Package Level Dimensions IPD/IDF/IED and TD Package Level Dimensions Dim Weight Calculations for FedEx Express Shipping Dim Weight Calculations for FedEx Ground Shipping Determining Dimensional Weight Examples for Determining Dimensional Weight Dim Weight Calculations for Non-Rated Countries International Courtesy Rating (FedEx Express Only) Bundling Rules (FedEx Express Only) Multiweight Discounting (FedEx Ground Only) xii FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

13 Contents Earned Discount Pricing Program Tracking and Inbound Visibility Tracking in FSMS Tracking Number Request Sample 004 Tracking Number Request Transactions Tracking Request Tracking Options FedEx InSight Signature Proof of Delivery (SPOD) Rating Rate Available Services Request Transaction Rating Options Understanding the Rate Quote Rate Discounts Earned Discount Pricing Program Rate Surcharges Dynamic Surcharging Processing the Shipment Routing and Time-in-Transit Requesting a Route and Time-in-Transit Field 1234 Rate/Route/Time in Transit Flag Dynamic Surcharging Processing the Shipment Closing the Shipping Day Reporting Standard FSMS Reports FedEx Shipment Summary Report Domestic FedEx Express International FedEx Express FedEx Ground (Domestic and International) FedEx Freight Bill of Lading (BOL) End-of-Day (EOD) Reports List of Predefined Reports Report Fields FedEx Shipment Summary Report Domestic Courier Report FedEx Express Domestic Shipment Report FedEx Express Domestic End-Of-Day TransOut Report FedEx Express Dangerous Goods: Shipper s Declaration Form (1421C) FedEx Express Domestic Shipping History FedEx Express International Courier Report FedEx Express International Shipment Report FedEx Express International Invoice Report FedEx Express International End-of-Day TransOut Report FedEx Express International Commercial Invoice (CI) FedEx Express International Proforma Invoice International Shipping History FedEx Express Express International Visa Manifest Report International Dangerous Goods (4121C) FedEx Express Certificate of Origin FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Ground Pickup Manifest FSMS Developer Guide version xiii

14 Contents Multiweight Package Detail FedEx Ground Oversize Flag displayed if the package was Oversize Multiweight Shipment Detail by Postal Code FedEx Ground Multiweight Shipment Detail by Zone FedEx Ground Multiweight Shipment C.O.D. Detail FedEx Ground Multiweight Shipment Declared Value Detail FedEx Ground Hazardous Materials Certification Report FedEx Ground Ground C.O.D. Report Ground Commercial Invoice FedEx Freight Bill of Lading (BOL) Custom Reports Configuring Custom Reports FSMS Utilities Custom Label Generator Utility Sample Transaction for Domestic Express Service Demand Download Utility GoToAssist TM System Requirements Ground Rates and Discounts Utility Starting the Ground Rates and Discounts Utility Adding or Changing Base Discounts Adding or Changing Matrix Discounts Adding or Changing Multiweight Discounts Adding or Changing Ground Customer Profiles Adding or Changing Minimum Charges Adding or Changing Base Rates Adding or Changing Oversize Exceptions Adding or Changing Extra Services / Discounted Accessorials Label Reprint Utility Meter Registration Utility Retrieve, Retain, Restore (R3) Utility Starting R Backing Up Data Restoring Data Report Viewer Utility Report Viewer Features Crystal Report Toolbar Tree View Nodes Shipment Reports Ship Manager Server Console Premium Services Appendix A: Value Reference Tables Unit of Measure Code Table (Harmonized Tariff Schedule) Currency Code Table Country Code Table U.S. State Code Table Canadian Province Code Table Mexican State Code Table Maximum Weight per Package or Service Table Vague Commodity Descriptions Table Index xiv FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

15 Introduction FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) is a network shipping solution for customers who want to integrate FedEx shipping capabilities into their shipping operation. FSMS provides the following shipping functions: Ship to and from any FedEx service location Track any package shipped using FSMS, or shipped using any other FedEx automated solution, or shipped using manual or pre-printed air waybills Route using Universal Routing and Sorting Aid (URSA) for FedEx Express shipments and ZIP/postal codes for FedEx Ground shipping Rating for any U.S. or Canada-based account number FSMS is a transaction-based shipping solution. FedEx provides all the transactions needed to streamline your shipping operations. You can build your own user interface that is customized to your business needs. See the FedEx Service Guide for more information about shipping and the FedEx services available to meet all your shipping needs. Document Organization Installing FSMS This chapter describes how to install and uninstall FSMS. Configuring FSMS This chapter includes instructions for configuring the FSMS software on a server. Setting Up Printers This chapter describes how to set up local and remote printers. FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines This chapter covers rules for coding transactions. Ship Types This chapter describes standard shipping, open shipping, and multiple-package shipments (MPS), with links to procedures for each type of shipping. Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight This chapter describes how to code FedEx Express U.S. and FedEx Freight shipping transactions. Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery This chapter describes how to code FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery (FHD) shipping transactions. FSMS Developer Guide version

16 Introduction SmartPost Shipping This chapter describes how to code transactions for SmartPost shipping services. Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx International services include FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipping. Returns Shipping This chapter describes how to prepare return labels and tags. Creating a Label This chapter describes how to create and print standard and customized labels. Revenue Management This chapter describes revenue upload and management functions available to help provide accurate billing and reporting of shipping costs. Tracking and Inbound Visibility This chapter describes how to request tracking numbers using the 004 Tracking Number Request transaction and track shipments using the 404 Tracking Request transaction. Rating This chapter describes how to request rate information Routing and Time-in-Transit This chapter describes how to request the route and time-in-transit information using the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Closing the Shipping Day This chapter describes how to close the shipping day using the 007 End of Day Close Request transaction. Reporting This chapter includes standard and customized reports. FSMS Utilities This chapter describes these FSMS utilities: Utility Custom Label Generator Utility Description Produces and prints a custom non-shipping label using the following label formats: 4 x 6 doc tab, 4 x 6 (non doc tab), 4 x 8, and 4 x 9. Demand Download Utility GoToAssist Ground Rates and Discounts Utility Automatically updates several data files for routing, rating, and tracking number management, as well as software updates. Facilitates remote access support for FSMS. Configures discount rates for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipping. Rates can be configured for Base discount, Matrix discount, Multiweight discount, and Accessorial surcharges. 2 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

17 Introduction Utility Description Label Reprint Utility Reprints labels and Future Day shipment labels up to 48 hours ahead of the ship date. Meter Registration Utility Retrieve, Retain, Restore (R3) Utility Report Viewer Utility Ship Manager Server Console Assists you to obtain new meter numbers for your FSMS software. Supports reconfiguration of FSMS software after installations or upgrades. The utility is able to back up or export and save data before uninstalling FSMS. Data can then be restored or imported to the new FSMS installation. Generates FSMS reports using information in the FSMS database. Use to view information about FSMS and configure alert messages for delivery using or over a TCP/IP port. Premium Services This section lists Premium Services. Appendix A: Value Reference Tables Appendix A includes the following tables: Unit of Measure Code Table (Harmonized Tariff Schedule) Currency Code Table Country Code Table U.S. State Code Table Canadian Province Code Table Mexican State Code Table Maximum Weight per Package or Service Table Vague Commodity Descriptions Table FSMS Developer Guide version

18 Introduction What s New FSMS 8.4 (or higher) includes new features and changes described in this guide as follows: Feature/Change Rate, Route and Transit Time Enhancements Ground Preship Validation Extend Ground Future Day Shipping Zebra II USB Printer Support Expanded Weight Field Windows Print Manager and Driver Support FSMS Custom Label Generator Utility Open Ship Package Count for MPS Mask Sender Account on International Shipping Label Print Doc Tab Information on Consignee Label Print Recipient Telephone Extension Number on Shipping Label Label Orientation Support Description The 120 Global Ship reply and the 125 Rate Available Services reply now include Field 1981 (Published Delivery Time) to indicate the time FedEx expects a package to be delivered based on a given service and destination with the U.S. and Canada. For FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipments, FSMS will now validate that shipping information is correct before ship time. FSMS will treat FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery packages the same as FedEx Express prior to ship. FedEx Ground pre-ship validation will use the same edits for FedEx Ground that is used for FedEx Express. A new checkbox has been added to the FedEx Configuration Utility on the System Settings tab to allow a Future Day shipping extension beyond 90 days for Ground shipments. This is a system level setting and applies to all Ground enabled account numbers. FSMS 8.4 supports the Zebra ZPLII USB printer. The FSMS 8.4 shipping label now prints up to 8 characters for the package shipping weight. FSMS 8.4 supports Windows Print Manager and Windows printer drivers. This feature is recommended for use with high-speed interfaces or printers connected using USB, parallel, or network interfaces with appropriate bandwidth. Note: This feature is not recommended for serial label printers. To make the creation of custom labels easier, FSMS 8.4 provides a Custom Label Generator Utility. This utility allows you to create custom non-shipping labels to accompany customized 4x8 and 4x9 labels. FSMS 8.4 allows you to include a package sequence number and total package count for pieces in a C.O.D. or International FedEx Express Open Ship shipment. The sequence number and total package count are included in the 2D barcode. In the FSMS Configuration Utility on the Label Settings tab, you may choose to mask the sender account number on both the International shipping label and the consignee labels. If you use the 4x6 or 4x9 doc tab thermal label, you may configure FSMS 8.4 to print doc tab information on the international consignee label. This configuration may be set in the FSMS Configuration Utility on the Label Setting tab or in the 020 Ship request (Field 1374, Print Doc Tab on Consignee Label). FSMS 8.4 allows you to include Field 1277 (Telephone Extension) in the 020 ship request. This field is printed on all shipping labels. The orientation of thermal labels may now be configured for leading edge or trailing edge. This configuration may be performed using radio buttons on the Doc Tab Settings screen of the FSMS Configuration Utility or using Field 1375 (Label Stock Orientation) in the 020 Ship request. 4 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

19 Introduction Feature/Change Customizable Thermal Label PDF Label Support Thermal Configurable Reference and Support for Transaction ID Dimensional Weight Calculation AutoConfiguration Utility to Auto-Populate the FedEx Ground Account Number Incorporate CSP Solution Type in FSMS Install Improved FSMS Install File Management and Display Redesign of FedEx Express Freight Service Areas FSMS Versioning Transaction Description If you want to customize a thermal label without creating a custom label from scratch and going through the label certification process, you may use the 4x8 or 4x9 (with doc tab) label format. These formats allow you to add custom text, graphic, or barcode to be printed on all shipping labels. FSMS now provides the laser label in PDF format. With PDF labels, there is no need to resize labels. By designating PDF in Field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator), the PDF label is generated and is saved to the default file path or the path entered in Field 537 (Thermal Printer Identifier/Label Buffer File Path). The Reference Setting Configuration tab has been added to the FSMS Configuration Utility to allow you to configure reference to be printed on the shipping label. You may also choose to print the Transaction ID on your shipping label. Oversize packages are now rated based on the greater of 3 weight types: actual rounded weight, dimensional weight or a 90 pound minimum billable weight. This calculation applies to: FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery services U.S. to U.S. (50 states) U.S. to Puerto Rico U.S. to Canada Transborder Distribution (TD) Multiweight shipments If Field 431 is passed in the 020 Ship transaction, FSMS returns a Y if dimensional weight is used to calculate the rate quote for the shipment. Dimensional weight is returned in Field FSMS 8.4 now automatically populates the Ground account number in the correct field when an install is performed. FSMS now builds the Compatible Solutions Provider (CSP) solution type in the FSMS install so automatic configuration is easier to use by eliminating the separate install/edit. FSMS now creates a FedEx folder on the desktop and places all required FedEx files and icons in this folder. FSMS will retain routing and rating files when an upgrade is performed unless a new feature requires the replacement of these files. The following enhancements have been made to FedEx Express Freight service areas: The following new service areas have been added: H0, H4, H5, H6, and H7. These services areas are available for the U.S. market for domestic F1, F2, and F3 including TD and IPF/IEF Puerto Rico/U.S. inbound/outbound. The appropriate surcharges will be displayed in the rate quote for pickup and delivery to these new service areas. Pick up and Delivery surcharges have been removed for H3. Money Back Guarantee expanded for H3, H4, and H6 Money Back Guarantee commitment is allowed for H0 (doorto-door delivery) and to H7 (ramp-to-ramp delivery) Expansion of F1 and IPF to/from Oahu, Hawaii. A new transaction (050/150) transaction has been added to request and return the FSMS software version number, FSMS build date, FSMS Developer Guide version

20 Introduction Feature/Change Dangerous Goods Edit During Open Ship Oversize Ground Shipment with Adult Signature Support FedEx Express Non- Standard Surcharge Return Rate Zone in Rate Reply DAS Surcharge for Ground Multiweight Rate Transaction to Fail Without Pay Type Return Field 498 in EOD Reply Free-Form Field for Document Descriptions Allow FedEx Pak with First Overnight Service Allow FSMS to Operate on a French OS Allow Canadian City Names with Numeric Characters FedEx International Ground Distribution and FedEx International Ground Direct Distribution Signature Services Edit for Declared Value Fixed/Variable Handling for TD Allow $0 Customs Value Doc Shipments with Description Description CRS Version Number, and CLS version number. Dangerous Goods Open Ship transactions are now validated after an edit occurs to ensure that the DG qualifier (accessible dangerous goods) is included in the ASTRA barcode string. FSMS 8.4 allows the Adult Signature option to be used with FedEx Ground Oversize shipments. FSMS includes the Non-Standard Package surcharge in the rate quote. FSMS 8.4 now returns Field (1092) Rate Zone in the Rate reply. When requesting the courtesy rate quote for FedEx Ground Multiweight shipments to remote locations (where the Delivery Area Surcharge applies), FSMS will add the DAS surcharge to the rate quote. If a Rate request is submitted without Field 23 (Payment Type), a hard error is returned. FSMS now returns Field 498 (Meter Number) in the close transaction so multi-meter customers can determine which meter has successfully closed. FSMS 8.4 provides a free-form field for customers to describe their document type in case this description is not provided in the document description list. FedEx Pak is now an allowed package type for FedEx First Overnight. FSMS 8.4 can now be installed and run on a French language operating system. FSMS now allows preceding numeric characters in City field. For example, 100 Mile House is allowed in the City field. FSMS 8.4 includes two new distribution services from US to Canada: FedEx International Ground Distribution (IGD) and FedEx International Ground Direct Distribution (IGDD). For Canada to US shipments that have a declared value of $500 CAD or greater, FSMS defaults to Direct Signature Required. No additional surcharge is applied to these shipments. FSMS now provides the ability to add or subtract handling charges for TD shipments. FSMS now allows a $0 customs value for document shipments with descriptions. 6 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

21 Introduction Feature/Change Extend IPD SPOD to 10 EU Accession Countries IPD Route Request IPD/IED/IDF File Consolidation Label Buffer Option TD Rate/Route without TD Master TD Close and Default Changes Brazil Tax ID FEF Outbound Expansion SmartPost Hub ID Association with Meter Settings Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) Description FSMS 8.4 will extend IPD SPOC to 10 EU accession countries: Latvia Lithuania Estonia Slovenia Cyprus Poland Hungary Slovak Republic Romania Bulgaria Malta and the Czech Republic already have IPD inbound service. IPD customers who use IPD multi-port end destination routing can now use the Route transaction to determine routes prior to creating custom labels. This feature applies to FedEx Express International only. FSMS 8.4 now allows visibility into how FSMS consolidates IPD/IED/IDF shipments so the appropriate customs documentation (such as EEI) is provided. This information is requested using field 2427 (Consolidated Commodity File) and Tag 2428 (File Format). FSMS 8.4 provides the option to receive a label buffer for TD, International FedEx Express, and IPD/IDF/IED shipments. FSMS 8.4 has enabled the rate/route/time in transit request for TD shipments without having to open a TD master. FSMS 8.4 now prompts you to perform a Close you may configure an automatic Close for TD shipments. This configuration setting is provided in the FedEx Configuration Utility/Shipper Settings tab. To comply with Brazilian customs requirements, a new field has been added to the 020 transaction to allow for the entry of the Recipient Tax ID Type (Field 2424). Shipments with this field must also include the corresponding Tax ID. FSMS 8.4 now allows FedEx Europe First outbound to: Czech Republic Poland Hungary Slovenia Slovak Republic FSMS (or higher) provides a new setting for Hub ID that allows SmartPost customers to specify a SmartPost hub identifier (ID) for each destination to which they ship and associates the Hub ID with a Meter number. FSMS (or higher) allows Open Ship customers to print a label as you go when performing shipping. This service is available for Domestic shipping within the United States and applies to US Domestic FedEx Express (including US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D.) and US Doestic FedEx Ground. FSMS Developer Guide version

22 Introduction 8 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

23 Installing FSMS This chapter describes how to install FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) on your system. Note: To integrate FSMS software with your business information technology solutions, you need dedicated IT resources to program shipping transactions and establish network connections. See for more information. System Requirements This section describes minimum and FedEx-tested computer system requirements and supported printers, servers, and scales. Minimum System Requirements Windows 2000 SP4, Windows 2003 SP2, or Windows XP SP2 Server operating systems 512 MB RAM GHz processor 4 GB hard drive (minimum) Hayes-compatible 56K modem 10/100 Mbps network adapter Windows-compatible CD ROM drive Environment that is 50 to 90 degrees Fahrenheit FedEx-Tested System Requirements Windows 2000 SP4, Windows 2003 SP2, or Windows XP SP2 Server operating systems 1 GB or more of RAM 2.5 GHz or higher XEON processor 10 GB or larger hard drive Hayes-compatible 56K modem 100 Mbps or higher network adapter Windows-compatible CD-ROM drive Environment that is 60 to 70 degrees Fahrenheit Note: FedEx currently utilizes these hardware and operating system components with FSMS software. FSMS Developer Guide version

24 Installing FSMS Thermal Printers EPL printers o Zebra 2348 Plus (Warehouse) o Zebra 2844 (Desktop) ZPL printers o Zebra Z4 M Plus (Warehouse) o Zebra ZP 500 (Desktop) o Zebra ZP 500 Plus (Desktop) DPL printers o Unimark U550 Dot Matrix Printers Lexmark 2480 Lexmark 2580 Laser Printers HP LaserJet P 2015 HP LaserJet 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Servers HP Tower Rack o HP Proliant ML 330 G3 o HP Proliant ML 310 o HP Proliant ML 310 G5 o HP Proliant ML 310 G4 HP Server Rack o HP Proliant DL 360 G3 o HP Proliant DL 360 G4 o HP Proliant DL 360 G5 Non-HP o Dell PowerEdge SC 440 (Tower Rack) o Dell PowerEdge 1950 (Server Rack) o Stratus F2 Server 2400 (Server Rack) o Stratus F2 Server 2500 (Server Rack) FedEx does not support any other server models. 10 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

25 Installing FSMS Scales Serial/USB o Serial o o Mettler Toledo PS60 (Desktop) Mettler Toledo PS60 (Desktop) Mettler Toledo PS90 (Warehouse) Network Connection Requirements FSMS software must communicate with FedEx directly through a network connection. The following items are required for network connectivity: GoToAssist is the online application for FSMS support. The server running the software application must be configured for TCP/IP protocol. WinSocket must be loaded on the server. The server must have a network connection. A dedicated IP address is required. FSMS Developer Guide version

26 Installing FSMS Pre-Installation Checklist Complete the steps in this checklist before you begin the installation of FSMS software. FedEx Account Action If you are a new FedEx shipper, sign up for a FedEx account at or contact a FedEx representative for assistance at Go.FedEx ( ). You need an account number to register for an FSMS Meter number and to use FedEx shipping services. Windows Administrator Account Verify that the computer you use as the FSMS application server has a Windows Administrator account. When you use this Administrator account to install FSMS software, it becomes the FSMS Services account that allows you to log on to FSMS. Who Windows Admin Windows Admin Verify that the person installing FSMS software has access to the Windows Administrator account. Verify that the Windows Administrator account has the Log On as a Service user right. See Administrator User Rights below for instructions. FTP and Network Connections If you need to install Internet Information Service (IIS) to transfer data to FTP servers, install IIS BEFORE you install FSMS. See File Transfer Protocol for instructions. Verify that the server that runs the FSMS application is connected to a network and can access the FedEx server over the Internet. See System Requirements. CSP Installation and Solutions Type If you received your FSMS software installation CD through the FedEx Compatible Solutions Program (CSP), contact your CSP provider to get your CSP Solution Type code. When you enter this code during an FSMS first-time installation, the program automatically configures your FSMS settings for the specified CSP solution type. If you are upgrading FSMS, you must place this number in the fdxinstall file located in your temp folder BEFORE you install FSMS. See CSP Installations and Solutions Type in this section. Windows Admin Windows Admin Windows Admin Windows Admin FSMS Admin 12 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

27 Installing FSMS Install Compatible Solutions Program (CSP) software BEFORE you install FSMS. Upgrade Preparation Find the version number of the FSMS application that is currently installed on your server. If you are running FSMS version 6.1x or lower, uninstall FSMS using the Microsoft Windows Add or Remove Program BEFORE you install a new version of FSMS. If you are running FSMS version 6.8x, 7.2x, 7.40, 7.7x or 8.0x, you do not need to uninstall your current FSMS software version. When you install FSMS, the installation program automatically upgrades your FSMS software with features in the latest version. Before you upgrade, be sure you close the shipping day and log out of the FSMS application. Before you upgrade, verify that there are no revenue files in the following folders: C:\FedEx\FedEx_Admin\Close C:\FedEx\FedEx_Admn\HourlyUpload If you have live revenue files on your server, you must upload these files to FedEx before starting an upgrade. If you have test revenue files on your server, you can delete them. Final Preparation Close all applications including Windows Explorer before you install, upgrade or uninstall FSMS. FSMS Admin FSMS Admin FSMS Admin FSMS Admin FSMS Admin Recommendations Always select Yes if the installation script asks if a file should be overwritten at the Read Only File Detected prompt. If prompted to restart your computer, please follow the instructions. Your FedEx Account A FedEx account number is required for all FedEx shipping. With a FedEx account, you can charge your shipments as either FedEx Express or FedEx Ground. If you are a new FedEx shipper, it is convenient to sign up for your FedEx account before you install FSMS. After you install FSMS, register for a Meter number and begin to use FedEx shipping services immediately. FSMS Developer Guide version

28 Installing FSMS Administrator User Rights Follow these steps to assign user rights to your Windows Administrator account: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Local Security Settings. 2. Scroll down to the Log on as a service policy and verify that you have user rights assigned to your Administrator account. If you do, your account name displays beside the policy. If you need additional assistance to create an Administrator account on your server, access the Microsoft Help and Support service at Start > Help and Support or visit File Transfer Protocol If you need File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for transferring reporting data to another system, install Internet Information Service (IIS) before you install FSMS. IIS download files are provided on the Microsoft Web site. Contact your FedEx customer service representative if you need assistance. IIS should be installed only if you need the FTP function. Network Connections Set up your network connection with a static IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP. Instructions for setting up an IP address are provided as part of the Microsoft Help and Support. If you need additional assistance, access the Microsoft Web site at CSP Installations and Solutions Type The FedEx Compatible Solutions Program (CSP) integrates FedEx shipping capability with many popular business software systems. If you plan to install CSP software, you must perform the installation and setup BEFORE you install FSMS. Your CSP provider will provide you with a CSP Solution Type code for your FSMS installation. When you enter this code during an FSMS first-time installation, the program automatically configures your FSMS settings for the specified CSP solution type. Note: If you do not have a code and you have CSP software installed, contact your CSP provider to get the Solutions Type code. This is a three-digit number that corresponds to the Solution Program software you installed. You must have this code to install FSMS properly for your CSP software. CSP Providers: Please contact the FedEx Compatible Solutions team at CSPsupport@corp.ds.fedex.com to get the code for your solution type. If you are upgrading FSMS, you must open the fdxinstall.dat file located in the C:FedEx\FedEx_Temp folder on your system and type the three-digit CSP code in the SOLUTION_TYPE=[nnn} field. You must have Administrator privileges to edit this file and must complete this task before you perform the upgrade. 14 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

29 Installing FSMS Uploading Revenue Files Before Upgrades Before beginning an upgrade, make sure that you have closed the shipping day and that there are no revenue files in the C:\FedEx\FedEx_Admin\Close and/or C:\FedEx\FedEx_admn\HourlyUpload folders. If revenue data exists in either of these folders, the system prompts you to upload all revenue files and to upload files on a predetermined schedule before continuing the upgrade. Post-Installation Checklist Complete the steps in this checklist after you install FSMS software. Meter Number Registration Action If you did not choose to launch the Meter Registration utility at the end of your installation, go to and register for a Meter number. You cannot use FSMS shipping services without a Meter number. FSMS Application Services The FSMS application services will start automatically each time you log onto your computer. To verify that these are starting select Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services. FSMS Configuration Manually configure FSMS by specifying options and services specific to your installation. See Configuring FSMS in this guide. Who FSMS Admin FSMS Admin FSMS Admin FSMS Developer Guide version

30 Installing FSMS How to Install FSMS This section describes how to install the FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) from the installation CD. Passwords During the installation process you will be asked to provide a password for your FSMS Services account that allows you to log on to FSMS after the installation. The Administrator account you use to install your FSMS software is the account you MUST use to log on to FSMS after the install. FedEx recommends that you create a secure location for the account name and password. This is especially important if multiple persons will be logging on to FSMS as the Administrator. Installing FSMS Before you begin, complete all appropriate tasks in the pre-installation checklists. See Pre- Installation Checklist. Complete the following steps to install your FSMS software: 1. Insert the FSMS software installation CD in your computer drive. 2. If the installation process does not start automatically, you can: a. Select Start > Run from the Windows Start menu. The Run dialog box displays. Verify that the dialog shows the correct path to the setup.exe file on the installation CD and click OK. Note: If you are installing over a network, click Browse to select the setup.exe file from the server drive that contains the installation CD. Alternately, you can type the directory path to the installation file, such as D:\setup.exe. OR b. Open Microsoft Explorer and browse to the FSMS0846 folder on the installation CD, open the folder, and double-click the file. 16 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

31 Installing FSMS 3. If you are installing FSMS for the first time, the program prompts you to select a language. Select the language in which to view the installation instructions and click OK to continue. 4. The FSMS setup prepares the InstallShield Wizard for the FSMS installation. 5. The Welcome to the FedEx Ship Manager Server install displays. 6. Click Next to continue. FSMS Developer Guide version

32 Installing FSMS Note: You may exit the setup program at any time by clicking Cancel. 7. If there is a previous version of FSMS on your computer, the Upgrade Options screen displays. Select the FedEx shipping information that you wish to save during the upgrade. Check Save Current Ground Rates to retain the current Ground Rates tables on your system. Check Save Shipment Data to retain Shipment Data tables during the upgrade process. 8. Click Next to continue. 9. The Choose Destination Location window displays. Select a directory location where you want to install FSMS on your system. To accept the default location C:\FedEx, click Next. To select a new directory location, click Change, then select the destination directory and click Next. 18 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

33 Installing FSMS 10. The wizard displays the Start Copying Files window. Verify that the information is correct. If you need to change or review any settings, click Back. 11. If the settings are correct, click Next to continue. 12. The wizard displays the Setup Status window and shows the status of the FSMS installation and configuration. 13. When this initial installation phase completes, the FedEx End User License Agreement screen displays. Read the agreement carefully. 14. Click Accept to agree to the license terms and continue the installation of FSMS. FSMS Developer Guide version

34 Installing FSMS If you prefer to read a printed copy of the agreement, click Print. To cancel the installation, click Exit Setup. 15. If you have received your FSMS software through a FedEx Compatible Solutions Program (CSP) provider, the CSP Solution Type Information window displays next. The FedEx Compatible Solutions Program integrates FedEx shipping capability with many popular business software systems. If you have already installed a FedEx Compatible Solution on your server, enter the Solution Type code for that software. The Solution Type that you specify is used by the installation program to configure your FSMS system settings. If you do not have a code and you have CSP software installed, contact your CSP provider to get the Solutions Type code. This is a three-digit number that corresponds to the Solution Program software you installed. CSP Providers: Please contact the FedEx Compatible Solutions team to get the code for your solution type. 20 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

35 Installing FSMS Note: You must install all CSP software BEFORE you install FSMS. If you have not done this, please Cancel the installation program, install your CSP software, and then install FSMS. See Pre-Installation Checklist. 16. Click Next to continue. 17. The Enter Password for FSMS Services window displays. In Password, type the password you want to use for your FSMS Services account. In Confirm, retype the password. FSMS Developer Guide version

36 Installing FSMS Note: The FSMS Services account you use to log on to FSMS MUST be the same Windows Administrator account that you are now using to install FSMS. The Administrator account name displays at the top of the first paragraph. You must specify the password you want to use for this account. 18. Click Next to continue. 19. The InstallShield wizard briefly displays the Setup Status window and then prompts you to identify your network connection type to complete the FedEx installation. Select FedEx Dialup, if you plan to use a dial-up connection over a phone line to connect to the FedEx server. If the dial-up number includes a prefix number, for example 9 to dial outside your building, in Dial Prefix, type this number. If the dialup number also includes required number(s) at the end, type the number(s) in Dial Suffix. Click Next and go to Step 24. Select Network, if you are planning to use your company s network. Click Next and go to Step 20. Select Private, if you plan to use a private connection to a public network, such as an Internet connection through an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Click Next and go to Step FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

37 Installing FSMS 20. If you selected Network (default) in the previous window, the Direct Access Setup screen displays. 21. Select Connect through a Proxy Server if you are connecting to FedEx through a proxy server. Be sure to click the Set Proxy Password button at the bottom of the window to specify the proxy user and password. 22. Specify whether you want to establish the connection manually or automatically by using a proxy configuration script. To set up an automatic connection, select Set Automatic Proxy Configuration Location (URL) for Tunnel Client and specify the automatic configuration script URL. To set up a manual connection, select Set Manual Proxy Settings for Tunnel Client and specify the address (iport number) for the Tunnel Server. 23. Click Finish to continue. FSMS Developer Guide version

38 Installing FSMS 24. The InstallShield Wizard Complete window displays. 25. Check Yes, I would like to launch the Meter Registration utility after the reboot to launch the Meter Registration window after you complete the FSMS installation process. Note: You must receive a Meter number from FedEx before you can use FSMS. FedEx recommends that you register immediately after you complete this installation. For instructions for completing Meter Registration, see the FSMS Developer Guide in the FSMS Utilities section. 26. Click Next to continue. 24 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

39 Installing FSMS 27. The wizard prompts you to restart your computer. 28. Make sure all disks are removed from the drives of the server and accept the default setting Yes, I want to restart my computer now. 29. Click Finish. The wizard restarts your computer. After your computer restarts, the FSMS version software installation is complete. You may re-run the FSMS installation program at any time to Modify your FSMS software setup or to Repair a previous software installation, for example, to perform a full installation of all program features. You must receive a Meter number from FedEx before you can use FSMS. FedEx recommends that you use the Meter Registration Utility immediately after you complete this installation. See Meter Registration Utility in the FSMS Developer s Guide for more information.. FSMS Developer Guide version

40 Installing FSMS How to Uninstall FSMS This section describes how to remove the FSMS software application from your computer. If you are upgrading from FSMS v 6.8 or a later version, you do not need to remove the existing FSMS application on your system. When you install FSMS, the installation program automatically performs the upgrade. You can only upgrade to FSMS v from versions 6.8x, 7.2x, 7.40, 7.7x or 8.0x. You must upgrade to one of these versions prior to upgrading to v or you must remove your pre-6.8 FSMS installation using the Windows Add or Remove utility and then install v Complete the following steps to remove a previous version of FSMS: 1. Insert the FSMS software installation CD for the FSMS version currently installed on your system. 2. If the installation process does not start automatically, you can: a. Select Start > Run from the Windows Start menu. The Run dialog box displays. Verify that the dialog shows the correct path to the setup.exe file on the installation CD and click OK. Note: If you are installing over a network, click Browse to select the setup.exe file from the server drive that contains the installation CD. Alternately, you can type the directory path to the installation file, such as D:\setup.exe. OR b. Open Microsoft Explorer and browse to the FSMS0845 folder on the installation CD, open the folder, and double-click the file. 3. The FSMS setup prepares the InstallShield Wizard. 4. If the installed version is 6.8x, 7.2x, 7.40, 7.7x or 8.4x, the Welcome screen displays. Click the Remove option. 5. Click Next. 6. When prompted to confirm the removal of FSMS, click Yes. 7. The Status Setup window displays while the InstallShield Wizard removes the FSMS installation on your computer. 8. The Uninstall Complete screen displays when the FSMS removal is complete and prompts you to restart. Click Yes to restart your computer now or click No to restart later. If you select Yes, remove the FSMS software CD from your disk drive. If you select No, remember that you must restart your computer in order to complete the FSMS removal. 9. Click Finish. Note: Java version 1.3 is installed with FSMS versions 6.8, 7.2, and You must remove this version of Java as part of the uninstall process. 26 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

41 Configuring FSMS This section of the FSMS Developer Guide contains step-by-step instructions for configuring the FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) software on a server. Before using FSMS, you must configure it using the FSMS Configuration Utility, which gives you the ability to enter and store user level and field level (system) specific data. The FSMS Configuration Utility includes nine tabs, four at the user level and five at the field level: User Level tabs: Shipper Settings Report Settings Label Settings Doc Tab Settings Field Level tabs: System Settings IPD / IED / IDF Settings Tracking Numbers Settings Meter Settings Advanced Settings Before you begin to configure your FSMS installation, consider the following guidelines: Always tab out of a text field on any of the Configuration windows. Otherwise, the command buttons, such as Apply, may not be enabled. A text field that is displayed in red prior to or after you tab out of it contains an invalid field value, which you should correct before exiting the window. Holding the mouse cursor over a field opens a tip that provides the valid data for the field, as well as the access level required to edit the field. If you click the Close button to close the FSMS Configuration Utility, the data you entered will not be saved. You must click Apply or Apply & Exit to save your entries. If you are making configuration changes to an existing version of FSMS, you must perform an 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction before changing any information. Note: If you attempt to use the FSMS Configuration Utility while processing a shipment or executing transactions, an error may occur in FSMS. While this usage is not recommended, if it is necessary to open the FSMS Configuration Utility while processing transactions, contact your FedEx representative for steps to eliminate processing errors. FSMS Developer Guide version

42 Configuring FSMS Starting the Configuration Utility Complete the following steps to start the FSMS Configuration utility and change the access level if needed: 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on the desktop and double-click the FSMS Configuration icon. The FedEx Configuration window displays. The Configuration utility opens with User Level access privileges. 28 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

43 Configuring FSMS 2. If you need to change the access level, click Access Privileges. The Access Privileges dialog box displays. 3. Enter one of the following passwords depending upon the level of access required: o o If you need Field Level access, enter the field level password provided by your FedEx account representative. If you need the User Level-View, enter View as the password. Remember to enter a capital V because the password field is case sensitive. The User Level- View includes User Level access with the ability to view Field Level items, with the exception of the IPD / IED / IDF Settings tab. 4. Click OK to continue. The window displays new items according to your access level. Note: If you click OK with no password, the FedEx Configuration window returns to the default User Level access, regardless of the previous access level. If you entered the field level password, the window displays the following items: FSMS Developer Guide version

44 Configuring FSMS If you entered the user level view password, the window displays the following items: 30 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

45 Configuring FSMS Shipper Settings Use the Shipper Settings tab to enter information about where the shipment originates. FSMS supports an unlimited number of shipping locations. A unique meter number is needed to establish and identify each shipping location. It is also used for other functions, including: generating meter level reports, uploading revenue data, and assigning tracking numbers. Each meter number is associated with a FedEx account number and may not be used with any account number other than the one to which it has been assigned. However, a single account number or a single location can be assigned many meter numbers. Configure shipper settings before entering any other configuration information. The first meter added to this configuration should be the master meter. All subsequent meters are child meters associated with the master meter. Managing Meter Numbers The procedures in this section describe how to add, delete, and remotely manage meter numbers. Each of the procedures requires Field Level privileges. Complete the following steps before continuing: 1. Change to Field Level access privilege as described in Starting the Configuration Utility. FSMS Developer Guide version

46 Configuring FSMS 2. Enter all required information in the Shipper Settings tab before configuring any other information. Required fields have bold titles. The Shipper Settings tab allows you to add meters (both Master and Child) for shipping from your specified locations. The first meter to be entered in this window is the Master meter. All subsequent meters entered added to the FSMS configuration are Child meters associated with the Master meter. Adding a Child Meter Number to an Existing FSMS Installation Complete the following steps to add a new meter number using the FSMS Configuration utility: 1. From the Shipper Settings tab click Add New. The Add Meter dialog box is displayed. 2. All four fields are required. Enter the meter number as provided by your FedEx account executive. Complete the remaining fields according to your account information. 3. Click OK to add the meter number. A Status dialog box is displayed. 4. Click OK to continue. The new meter number is displayed in the Meter Number field. The rest of the Shipper Settings tab contains the same information as the master meter. With Field level privileges you can change the Shipper settings for the active meter number. 32 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

47 Configuring FSMS Adding a Master Meter to a New FSMS Installation This section describes how to add an existing meter number to a new FSMS installation. Note: New meters must be requested using the FSMS Meter Registration utility. 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on the desktop and double-click the Meter Registration icon: 2. Click the Access Privileges button in the FSMS Configuration window. The Access Privileges password window is displayed: 3. Enter the password provided by your FedEx customer support representative. 4. Click the Add New button. The Add a Meter window is displayed: 5. Enter the meter number to be added. 6. Enter the account number of the associated meter number. 7. Select the origin country for the meter number. 8. Enter the postal code for the meter number. 9. Click OK. 10. FSMS attempts to retrieve meter information from FedEx systems. During this process, the following message is displayed: FSMS Developer Guide version

48 Configuring FSMS 11. If successful, the Shipper Settings and Meter Settings tabs of the FedEx Configuration window are populated with the correct information for FedEx systems. 12. If unsuccessful, an error message prompts you to enter the information manually. Deleting a Child Meter Complete the following steps to delete a child meter: 1. Change to Field Level access privilege as described in Starting the Configuration Utility. 2. Select the child meter number you want to remove from the Meter Number list. 3. In the Shipper Settings tab click Delete Current. Note: Only a child meter can be deleted using this utility. If you attempt to delete the master meter, an error message is displayed. Click OK to continue without changing any configuration settings. To delete a master meter, you must first designate another meter number as the master. Contact your FedEx customer support representative if you need to delete a master meter. If you selected a child meter to delete, the following window is displayed: 4. Click Yes to delete the child meter. The configuration utility displays Shipper Settings tab for the master meter 34 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

49 Configuring FSMS Configuring a New Meter After adding a new master or child meter, you can configure each meter number. Complete the following steps to configure a new or existing meter number. 1. Change to Field Level access privilege as described in Starting the Configuration Utility. 2. Select the meter to configure from the Meter Number list. All Bold fields on the Shipper Settings tab are required to configure a meter. FSMS Developer Guide version

50 Configuring FSMS The following table lists the requirements for all fields: Field Name Master Meter Do Not Allow Multiple Meters per Account Number Contact Name Company Name Department Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City Country State / Province Postal Code Cleaned Postal Revert Phone Number Origin Loc ID Meter Time Zone Force Close Time Description This check box is checked if you are viewing a master meter. For child meters this check box is clear. With the proper privileges it can be used to specify a new master meter. Displayed only for master meters. Click this box to prevent multiple meters from using the same 9-digit FedEx account number. This restricts Close Request transactions to this account number only. Enter the contact name. This can be a company name. Enter the company name. Enter the name of the department shipping from the assigned meter. This entry prints in the Sender section of the label. The Department field value can be overridden using field 38 (Sender/Origin Department) in an 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Enter the primary address for your location. This address usually includes the street name and number. Enter any secondary address information, such as Suite #, for your location. Enter the city name from which shipping will originate. FSMS defaults to US. To select another country, click on the pull-down list and highlight the appropriate choice. If your country is postal aware, this means that a verifiable postal/zip code must be supplied as part of your shipper record. This designation is supplied by FSMS after you select the country from which you are shipping. If shipping from a country that is not postal aware, the postal code you enter is not validated and any routing information supplied on your package label is determined from the FedEx location designated for your country. If you are located in the U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, select your state or province from the pull-down list. Enter the postal code for your shipping origin location. When you enter your shipper address, including your postal code, FSMS checks the URSA file to ensure that the postal code is correct and displays the matched postal code found. If you want to revert to your original entry, click the Revert button. FSMS will change the postal code back to your original entry. FSMS will attempt to provide a cleaned postal code for the entered postal code. If there is no cleaned postal code, Revert can be used to use the manually entered postal code. Enter your company phone number, such as No special characters such as dashes or parentheses are allowed. The FedEx location identification (if your shipper address is postal aware, which means that your address is supported in the FedEx URSA file) of your shipping origin location. This information is not entered, but comes from the URSA file located on your server. The OriginLocID may be overridden with FedEx assistance. FSMS allows you to select a time zone for each meter (both Master and Child) configured on your server. This functionality allows you to designate Close Times, etc. for each meter by its specific time zone. Enter the most convenient time for FSMS to close your shipping day. Force Close is activated only if you have not closed your shipping day 24 hours before the Force Close Time entered. 36 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

51 Configuring FSMS Field Name Address Pager Number Description The Force Close Time is entered in military time (for example: 1 p.m. is coded as 1300). Force Close Time is a meter level setting. Force Close time defaults to the nearest hour at the time the Master meter is added. For example, if a meter is added at 3:07 PM, the Force Close Time defaults to Child meters default to the same fore close time as the Master meter. Enter the address for the shipping contact in your company. Enter the pager number for the shipping contact in your company. Required elements are printed on the shipping label. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for instructions on how to override the configured information. 3. To save changes click Apply to save changes without closing, or click Apply & Exit to save changes and exit the FSMS Configuration Utility. To exit without saving any changes, click Exit. Remote Configuration You can install the Configuration Utility independently of the FSMS application to enable remote network configuration of the FSMS application. To install the Configuration Utility, run the FSMS installation, select Custom install and Configuration Utility from the install options menu. By default, the FSMS Configuration Utility attempts to connect to the local installation of FSMS (IP ) when launched. If the FSMS Configuration Utility was installed for remote use, no local connection is established. Adding an IP Address Complete the following steps to add an IP address to the configuration utility. 1. To connect to the FSMS application on another server on the network, click the Network button at the bottom of the FSMS Configuration Utility. The following window is displayed: FSMS Developer Guide version

52 Configuring FSMS 2. To add an IP address, click the Add button. The Add IP window is displayed: 3. Enter the IP Address of the FSMS server to be remotely configured. 4. Enter the system server name if available. 5. Enter the port number through which the FSMS server is to be accessed. Ensure this port is open on the server to be remotely configured. FSMS defaults to port Click OK to accept changes or Cancel to exit without saving or making any changes. Editing an IP Address 1. To edit an IP address, click the Edit/View button. The following window is displayed: 2. Make desired changes. 3. Click OK to accept changes or Cancel to exit without saving or making any changes. 38 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

53 Configuring FSMS Deleting an IP Address 1. Select the IP address to be deleted. 2. Click the Delete button. Connecting to an IP Address 1. Select an IP address in which to connect. 2. Click the Connect button. 3. The connection status is displayed at the top of the FedEx Configuration window. Report Settings The Report Settings window is used to configure output for FSMS-supported reports. Choose the report format: PDF, DOC, RTF, TXT (do not use.txt for FedEx Ground or IED/IPD/IDF reports). The report format is a system level setting and will apply to all reports on all meters. Reports can be sent to a printer OR to a directory, but not both. If a printer and a directory are configured, the reports will be saved to the specified directory. End-of-Day (EOD) reports can be saved to a directory and then printed to a directory once close is complete. Multiple copies are available for selected International reports. The FedEx Express Dangerous Goods 1421C can be printed on multi-ply forms or on plain paper. If printed on plain paper, the form can be printed on 8-1/2x11 or A4 paper. All International reports can be printed on 8-1/2x11 or A4 paper. FSMS Developer Guide version

54 Configuring FSMS Click the Report Settings tab to view the settings, such as for U.S. origin, all services enabled: Reports Description U.S. origin, FedEx Express only The Freight folder has the Bill of Lading report or FedEx Freight service. The Shipment Summary report provides a summary of all shipping. U.S. origin, FedEx Express and FedEx Ground 40 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

55 Configuring FSMS Reports Description U.S. origin, all services enabled FedEx Ground reports will be enabled when the FedEx Ground checkbox on the Meter Settings tab is checked. After enabling FedEx Ground, click the Apply and Exit button, and then relaunch the FSMS Configuration Utility to configure FedEx Ground reports. The IPD and IDF reports will be enabled when IPD is manually configured or after a download of the rate file if the account is a valid IPD or IDF account. If the account is manually configured, click the Apply and Exit button, and then relaunch the FSMS Configuration Utility to configure IPD and/or IDF reports. The FedEx Transborder Distribution (TD) reports, will be enabled only if the account is a TD qualified account. The TD flag that enables the TD reports downloads as part of the FedEx Express rate download. CA origin, FedEx Express only CA origin, FedEx Express and FedEx Ground CA origin, all services enabled FedEx Ground reports will be enabled when the FedEx Ground checkbox on the Meter Settings tab is checked. After enabling FedEx Ground, click the Apply and Exit button and then relaunch the FSMS Configuration Utility to configure FedEx Ground reports. The IPD and IDF reports will be enabled when IPD is manually configured or after a download of the rate file if the account is a valid IPD or IDF account. If the account is manually configured, click the Apply and Exit button and then relaunch the FSMS Configuration Utility to configure IPD and/or IDF reports. The TD reports, not shown, will be enabled only if FSMS Developer Guide version

56 Configuring FSMS Reports Description the account is a TD qualified account. The TD flag that enables the TD reports downloads as part of the FedEx Express rate download. Non-U.S. or CA origin, FedEx Express only Non-U.S. or CA origin, all services enabled The IPD and IDF reports will be enabled when IPD is manually configured or after a download of the rate file if the account is a valid IPD or IDF account. If the account is manually configured, click the Apply and Exit button and then re-launch the FSMS Configuration Utility to configure IPD and/or IDF reports. Detailed information regarding the configuration options for each FSMS report is provided in the Reporting section. Note: IPD/IDF and TD are contract services provided for FedEx International shipping. Contact your FedEx account executive for more information. 42 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

57 Configuring FSMS Selecting a Printer for FSMS Reports 1. Click on the + (plus) indicator next to the report type (FedEx Express, International, FedEx Ground, etc.) to expand the report list. 2. Highlight the report for which you want to select a printer. 3. Click the Printer icon button next to the Printer field. The Print window is displayed: 4. Choose a pre-installed printer from the Name drop-down list. Note: You must have pre-installed printer(s) to select for printing FSMS reports configured as part of your operating system before making any selection in the Report Settings window. 5. Click OK to save the printer selection. You are returned to the Print window, and the printer you chose is displayed in the Printer field. FSMS Developer Guide version

58 Configuring FSMS Selecting a Reports Directory 1. Click on the + (plus) indicator next to the report type (FedEx Express, International, FedEx Ground, etc.) to expand the report list. 2. Highlight the report for which you want to select a directory. 3. Click the Directory icon button next to the Directory field. The Choose a Directory window is displayed: 4. Select the report folder and click Open. The Print window is displayed, showing the directory you chose in the Directory field. Changing Paper Size and Number of Copies If you choose a report (for example, International Commercial Invoice), and the Paper Size and/or Number of Copies field is displayed, you can change designations for these fields as follows: Paper Size is allowed for International reports only. You may select either 8-1/2" x 11" or A4 from the pull-down list. Number of Copies is provided for select reports in the Reports list. This field is displayed by FSMS when a report is selected that allows a variable number of printed copies to be chosen. For example, if you select "Commercial Invoice" from the International reports list, FSMS allows you to choose up to 9 copies of this document. Saving Changes to the Printer Settings 1. Click Copy To All Reports to copy the printer or report path for a selected report to all reports within the active meter. This does not copy any report information to any other meter. To copy report information to other meters, use the Copy To All Meters button. 2. Click Copy To All Meters if you want to configure your printer settings for all of the meters configured on your server. If you are configuring different printers for each meter (if you have more than one meter assigned for your shipping operation), you must repeat the install procedures. 3. Click OK at the bottom of the Print window to save your selections. 44 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

59 Configuring FSMS Label Settings The Label Settings window is used to configure printers for printing laser and thermal shipping labels as well as for multi-ply air waybills, Dangerous Goods (DG) forms (for FedEx Express shipping), and Hazardous Materials (HazMat) forms (for FedEx Ground shipping). The Label Settings window is divided into four tabs: Laser and Thermal Air Waybill Defaults Additional Laser and Thermal Copies Multi-ply Printer Defaults Freight Report Printer The following is the Label Settings tab: FSMS Developer Guide version

60 Configuring FSMS The following Copy To All Meters section appears on the Label Settings tab. Note that Mask Sender Account Number for T/C and D/T is enabled. This applies to trans-canada and Transborder Distribution labels. Laser and Thermal Air Waybill Defaults To designate printers to print laser and/or thermal air waybills: 1. In the Laser and Thermal Air Waybill Defaults section of the Label Settings tab, click the printer icon next to the label type you want to configure or the folder icon to specify the directory to which thermal label buffers should be saved. Note: To configure a laser and/or thermal printer in the Label Settings window, you must first install the printer in your operating system. 2. The Printer Selection window is displayed with the printer you have set as a default in your operating system. If you want to select this printer as either your laser printer or thermal printer, click OK. To select another printer that has been installed on your operating system, click Properties in the Printer Selection window to display the list of printers from which you may choose. 3. When you click OK, the printer you selected is displayed in either the Laser Printer ID or Thermal Printer ID fields (depending on the printer type you chose to configure). 4. If you select a thermal printer in the Thermal Printer ID field, you must also select the Thermal Type and Label Stock. To choose entries in these fields, select the pull-down list for each field and highlight the appropriate choice. 46 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

61 Configuring FSMS Additional Laser and Thermal Copies 5. In this section of the Label Settings tab, select the number of labels to be printed for FedEx International services. Note: The IPD/IDF/IED items are not displayed unless one of the Distribution services is enabled in the IPD/IDF/IED tab. 6. If you ship internationally, select the number of labels to be printed for Shipper, Customs, and Manifest. You can select to print up to 3 copies from each list. Note: IPD (FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution ) is a contract service offered by FedEx to customers with specific FedEx International shipping requirements. For more information regarding IPD, contact your FedEx customer service representative. Multi-Ply Printer Defaults 7. In the Multi-ply Printer Defaults section of the Label Settings tab, select the pin-feed printer for these forms by clicking the Printer icon and selecting the printer type from the Printer Selection window. If you choose to print multi-ply air waybills, you must select the form type associated with this label stock. Valid form types are: o 306: Form 306 is an International air waybill with a preprinted tracking number. o 307: Form 307 is an International air waybill without a preprinted tracking number. o 362: Form 362 is a French-language International air waybill without a preprinted tracking number. FSMS Developer Guide version

62 Configuring FSMS Freight Report Printer ID 8. You can set a Freight Report Printer ID in the Label Settings tab by clicking the Printer icon and selecting the printer type from the Printer Selection window. When you create and print a Bill of Lading (BOL) for FedEx Freight, the BOL will print on your selected printer. Note: Dangerous Goods and Hazardous Materials reports are configured under the Reports Settings tab. More information regarding the configuration of FSMS reports are provided in the "Report Settings" section earlier in this chapter. If printing the FedEx Ground Hazardous Materials form OP-900, use the Windows Generic/Text only printer driver and not the Lexmark printer driver. This will allow the custom form OP-900, defined in the Windows Print Server, to be used. 9. After you have selected printers for the labels included as part of the Label Settings window, you may make the following configuration choices before you save the information on this window: o o o Mask Account Number: To prevent your shipper account number from printing on your shipping labels, click the Mask Account Number checkbox. Do Not Ship Labels: Checking the Do Not Ship Labels checkbox causes labels with the text "Do Not Ship" to print in the event that a shipping transaction fails. This feature is best used for batch processing so label printing is not interrupted if a shipment transaction fails. This feature is not available for single package labels, but can be configured if you process multiple-package shipments. Copy To All Meters: To copy the printer selections you entered to all meters configured on your server, click the Copy To All Meters button. An action box is displayed which asks: "Do you want to copy all of the label settings for this meter to all meters?" Click Yes to copy your input to all configured meters. Click No to dismiss the action box. 10. To save your changes to the Label Settings tab, click Apply or Apply & Exit. 48 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

63 Configuring FSMS Doc Tab Settings Complete the Doc Tab settings to print labels with custom doc tabs. FSMS Developer Guide version

64 Configuring FSMS System Settings The System Settings window is used to set important system level parameters. These settings are global and apply to all meters on the server. The following is a sample System Settings window: 50 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

65 Configuring FSMS All fields on the System Settings window are password protected and can only be accessed by your FedEx Representative. Although you cannot make changes to this window, provided below is a description of each field to help you understand how your system is configured: Field Name Reconcile Time Enable Password Configuration CTS Port Number Web Services Port Number Origin Phone Number Use Dynamic Surcharging Extend 90 Day limit - FedEx Ground Receive Rates Database Ship History Description The time your server communicates with the FedEx mainframe systems to download any new components (rates, URSA, etc.). The Reconcile Time defaults to Recommendation: Configure the reconcile time to a time when no server activity is occurring. Click this check box to enable the Enter Password and Confirm Password field. Enter the same password in both fields to set an administrative password for User level access tabs. Using this password The port used to send standard FedEx transactions to FSMS. The port used to send Web Services transactions to FSMS. Your system modem number. Check this box to use the Dynamic Surcharging feature. See the "Rating, Routing, Time-In-Transit Dynamic Surcharging" section in Chapter Two: FSMS Transaction Coding in this Developer Guide for details on Dynamic Surcharging. Note: When switching between standard and dynamic surcharging, the Open Ship service must be stopped and then restarted for the change to take effect. Checking this box extends the 90-day limit for FedEx Ground Future Day shipping transactions processed in advance. The extension applies to FedEx Ground Domestic and International shipping only. When this box is not checked, the standard 90-day limit is used for Future Day shipping. Checking this will enable the download of non-u.s., CA, or PR origin discount rates. This checkbox is a system level setting and will only be visible and active for FedEx International (non-u.s. or CA) Master meters. Specify the Backup Time in 24-hour format (0100 equals 1 p.m.), and specify up to 2 backup directories. Retention Interval is the length of time your FedEx Express shipping history information is stored by FSMS. Up to 90 days may be selected. Purge Time is the time at which the Ship History files are purged after the retention interval has elapsed. Export Time is the time at which Ship History files are exported after the retention interval has elapsed. Specify the export file names for Domestic FedEx Express, International FedEx Express, International MPS FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Freight, and SmartPost. If you need to make changes to any of these settings, contact your FedEx Customer Support Representative. FSMS Developer Guide version

66 Configuring FSMS IPD / IED / IDF Settings IPD (FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution ), IDF (FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution Freight) and IED (FedEx International Economy DirectDistribution SM Service) are contract services offered by FedEx to customers with specific FedEx International shipping requirements. For more information regarding IPD/IDF/IED, see the IPD/IDF/IED section of this guide.. 52 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

67 Configuring FSMS Tracking Numbers Settings The Tracking Numbers window provides information for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground tracking number management. No entries are required in this window. This tab is also password protected and can only be accessed by your FedEx Customer Support Representative. FedEx Express tracking numbers require a Demand Download to acquire the initial range. Future tracking numbers are staged and automatically downloaded after half of the current range has been used. After the current tracking number range has been used, the future range is displayed in the Express Future Tracking Numbers area. FedEx Express tracking numbers are also downloaded during a meter registration process if you use the Meter Registration Utility. FedEx Express tracking numbers are stored in the FSMS database. When the FedEx Ground tracking number range is depleted, the range automatically rolls over and begins again at No action is needed to download FedEx Ground tracking numbers. The complete FedEx Ground tracking number is composed of three parts: the customer's 7-digit FedEx Ground account number, the 7-digit 'tracking number' visible in the Tracking Numbers tab above, and a check digit. This complete 15-digit number is the tracking number used to track FedEx Ground packages. The SmartPost Delivery Confirmation Number section is only enabled if you are enrolled in the FedEx SmartPost program. FSMS Developer Guide version

68 Configuring FSMS Meter Settings The Meter Settings window is used to set special options for FedEx Express, FedEx International, and FedEx Ground shipping. This window is password protected and can only be accessed by a FedEx Customer Support Representative. The following Meter Settings window is for U.S. origin: You cannot make changes to the Meter Settings tab without the assistance of FedEx Customer Support. The following tables describe each field to help you understand how your system is configured. FedEx Express Options Field Name List Rates Description If List Rates is checked, List Rates are available for the meter(s) on your server. U.S. origins only. 4 Digit Cycle Number Select to display the current invoicing cycle count. This number is incremented after each Close and is transmitted to the FedEx revenue systems after the Close process is complete. 54 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

69 Configuring FSMS Field Name No Upload/No Ship (NUNS) Non Rated Intl Rating Canada Label Customs Value Suppression Third Party Consignee Late Drop Off Time Code Page Description If this option is checked, the system will not allow shipping to continue if revenue files have not been uploaded for 72 hours. For more information regarding NUNS, Revenue Management in this book. If Non Rated is selected, FSMS will not download FedEx Express rates. This box must be checked to receive discounted rate quotes for non- U.S. or CA origins. This option, if selected, prevents the customs value for a Canadaorigin FedEx International shipment from printing on the shipping label. Note: For CA origins, this field will be displayed as Label Customs Value Suppression to US. When this option is selected, the Commercial Invoice for international shipments will not be attached to the shipment upon delivery. If your shipping site has an extended shipping day agreement with FedEx (for example: you have a late drop-off time of 1:00 AM), you may set this parameter to have your shipping labels display the extended day date instead of rolling to the next shipping day. Selecting Use Microsoft Extended Characters Page allows you to enter extended characters in the shipping transaction, specifically to support International language requirements. FedEx Ground Options Field Name FedEx Ground Enabled List Rates Account HazMat E.C.O.D. Label Multi Pack Piece Count SCNC Description If this box is checked, you are configured for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipping. If this box is checked, list rates are available to the meter(s) on your server. Your seven-digit FedEx Ground account number is not displayed in the User Level View. If you have contracted to ship Hazardous Materials using FedEx Ground, this box must be checked to process these shipments on FSMS. If you have contracted to ship Electronic Collect On Delivery (E.C.O.D.) using FedEx Ground, this box must be checked to process these shipments on FSMS. Selecting this option causes the package count to appear on FedEx Ground MPS labels in the 1/X, 2/X, and etc. format. The Label Multi Pack Piece Count option is explained in detail in Chapter Three: Shipping Labels of this Developer guide. This pull-down list provides the Serial Container Numeric Code (SCNC) formats for FedEx Ground Labels. The SCNC option is explained in detail in Chapter Three: Shipping Labels of this Developer guide. FSMS Developer Guide version

70 Configuring FSMS SmartPost Options The SmartPost Options section of the Meter Settings window can only be modified by FedEx personnel. SmartPost is a contract service for shippers of high volume, low weight, and less time sensitive packages using the U.S. Postal Service for final delivery. See the SmartPost section in this guide for more information about SmartPost services. Software ID Data Capture The Software ID Data Capture button of the Meter Settings tab displays the Software ID Data Capture dialog box containing further identification information for client software that is associated with your FSMS installation. The following fields are included in this section of the Software ID Data Capture dialog box: Field Name Client Name Client Version Middleware Name Middleware Version Description This field is provided for the entry of a CSP interface or for customers who use FedEx Ship Manager Enterprise with the FSMS server application. The software version associated with the Client Name is entered in this field. If you use a middleware application with the FSMS server, the middleware identification is enter in this field. The software version associated with the Middleware Name is entered in this field. 56 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

71 Configuring FSMS Handling Charges Configuration If your shipping operation charges handling fees in additional to shipping/insurance charges, FSMS allows you to add these handling fees to your total shipment charge. The handling charges can be configured using the following utility or can be included in the shipping. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for transaction coding requirements if assessing handling charges in the transaction. These fees can also be printed on the Doc Tab portion of the 4x6 shipping label. To display the Handling Charges Dialog window, click the Handling Charges button on the FSMS Configuration Utility Meter Settings screen: The Handling Charges Dialog window provides options for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipping. Select the appropriate service from the Service Type list. To configure a handling charge for both shipping types, you must make the changes separately for both Service Types. FSMS Developer Guide version

72 Configuring FSMS Handling Charge Calculation The fields required to designate a handling charge calculation are defined as follows: Field Name Fixed Amount Percent of Freight Charge Percent of Net Charge Percent of Net Charge Taxes Description Click this selection to add a predetermined handling charge to each package/shipment. For example, select Fixed Amount if you charge $5USD handling for all packages regardless of the package value or shipping charge. Click this selection if you want FSMS to calculate a fixed percentage of the list rate (undiscounted) shipping charge to be applied as a handling fee. For example, if you select this option, you may enter 3.00 (%) to be calculated from the shipping charge for the package to be assessed as the handling charge for the shipment. Click this selection if you want FSMS to calculate a fixed percentage of the net freight charges (including discounts) to be applied as a handling fee. For example, if you select this option, you may enter 3.00 (%) to be calculated from the discounted shipping charges for the package to be assessed as the handling charge for the shipment. This feature is available for Canadian customers shipping intra-canada packages only. If you choose this option, you may include Canadian taxes as part of the net charge used to calculate a handling charge. For example, your shipment price is $100CAN and Canadian taxes are $5CAN. If you configure 5.00 (%) for your handling fee, the actual handling fee accessed the shipment is $5.25CAN. Handling Charge Level In addition to providing the ability to add handling charges via a transaction, FSMS also provides the ability to set up handling charges within the configuration. Any handling charge provided via a transaction will override the configured handling charges. The Handling Charge Level section of the Variable Handling window allows you to select whether you want the handling charge calculated on the package level or on the shipment level. If you select Package and configure a $5USD handling charge, $5USD will be applied to each package in a multiple-package shipment. Therefore, if you have 10 packages in a single multiple-package shipment, the total handling charge is $50USD. If you select Shipment and configure a $5USD handling charge, the $5USD handling charge is applied to the entire shipment. Therefore, if you have 10 packages in a single multiple-package shipment, the total handling charge, in this scenario, is $5USD. Handling Charge Amount The Handling Charge Amount field allows you to enter either the actual dollar amount (if you selected Fixed Amount in the Handling Charge Calculation section) or the percent amount if you choose any Percent option as a Handling Charge Calculation. Field entry requirements are as follows: Dollar amounts are entered in the Handling Charge Amount field as XXXXX.XX. For example, a handling charge of five dollars is entered as Percent amounts are entered in the Handling Charge Amount field as XXXXX.XX. For example, a handling charge of ten percent is entered as FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

73 Configuring FSMS Managing Your Handling Charge Entries The Variable Handling window allows you to enter handling charges for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipments for each meter number configured on your server. If you have a Master meter and three Child meters, you may make up to four FedEx Express and four FedEx Ground Handling Charge configuration settings by selecting the meter you want to configure from the Master Meter pull-down list at the top of the Variable Handling window. If you configure the Master meter and want to save that configuration for all meters on your server, click the Copy to All Meters button at the bottom of the Variable Handling window. To save your entries, click OK. The Variable Handling window is dismissed. If you want to exit this window without saving your configuration entries, click Cancel. Configuring Meter Settings Using the 070 Meter Query Request The 070 Meter Query Request transaction allows configuration changes to FSMS Meter settings using a transaction. This feature reduces the need to access the FSMS Configuration Utility directly and allows the ability to make changes remotely. The following service details apply: The new configuration transaction does not allow adding or deleting a meter. Each meter must send a separate 070 transaction for configuration. For example, if you have one Parent/Master meter and three Child meters, then four separate 070 transactions must be entered to make configuration changes for all meters. The following fields from the FSMS Configuration Utility can be configured using the 070 transaction: o o o o o o o o o o o o o o All fields on the Doc Tab screen FedEx Express DG Printer ID FedEx Express DG Printer Form Type FedEx Ground Hazmat Printer ID FedEx Express/Ground Commercial Invoice FedEx Ground Hazardous Materials Certification Client Name Client Version Middleware Name Middleware Version Time Zone Late Drop-Off Sender ID Variable Handling Fields For more information regarding Remote Configuration using the 070 transaction set, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FSMS Developer Guide version

74 Configuring FSMS Advanced Settings The Advanced Settings window is used to set communications and revenue parameters. This window is password protected and its fields can only be adjusted by a FedEx Customer Support Representative. You cannot make changes to the Advance Settings tab without the assistance of FedEx customer support. 60 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

75 Configuring FSMS The following table describes each field to help you understand how your system is configured. Field Name Force Close Active Express Hourly Upload Interval Hourly Upload Retention Period Communication Check Interval Comm Logging Retention Period Ground Hourly Upload Retention Period Tracking File Retention Period GCIU Retention Period Description Checking this box will force each configured meter to close at the time entered on the Shipper Settings tab. See the "Shipper Settings" section previously in this chapter. Note: This setting is system level, which means that each meter configured on your server will undergo a Force Close at the time specified for each meter on the Shipper Settings tab. This field is used to set the frequency of the hourly upload of FedEx Express package data to the FedEx backend systems and can be set from minutes. This applies to both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground HU files. Number of days the FedEx Express Hourly Upload data is retained. Can be set from 7-14 days. Can be set from hours. Number of days the communication log is retained. Number of days the FedEx Ground Hourly Upload is retained. Can be set from 7-14 days. Number of days to retain the tracking results. Number of days the FedEx Ground Commercial Invoice Upload (GCIU) data is retained. FSMS Developer Guide version

76 FSMS Developer Guide version

77 Setting Up Printers You can use FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) to set up printers for both label and report printing. Use one of the following three following methods: Local Printer Local TCP-IP Printer Windows-based Print Share Network FSMS supports the following thermal printers: Eltron LP2348 Eltron LP2443 Unimark U550 Zebra DA402 Any ZPL supported Zebra printer FSMS supports the following dot matrix printers: Lexmark 2480 IBM 2488 Adding a Local Printer Complete the following steps to add a local printer: 1. Click Start > Settings > Printers. FSMS Developer Guide version

78 Setting Up Printers The Printers window is displayed. 2. Double-click Add Printer. 3. Click Next to start the Add Print Wizard function. 64 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

79 Setting Up Printers The Local or Network Printer window is displayed. 4. Click Local Printer. 5. Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box. (If this check box is checked, click it again to clear it.) 6. Click Next to continue local printer installation. FSMS Developer Guide version

80 Setting Up Printers The Select the Printer Port window is displayed. Most systems have several types of ports for printer communications. This example uses LPT1, which is a parallel port. 7. Click Use the following port. 8. Click LPT1 or the LPT port to which your printer is connected. 9. Click Next to continue. 66 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

81 Setting Up Printers The printer model window is displayed. Use this window to select the Manufacturer and Model of the printer you are installing. The Zebra label printers are not listed as a default option. 10. To install drivers for Zebra printers, click Have Disk. 11. Click Browse. 12. Navigate to C:\W2K Drivers\Printer\Zebra\2348 and click Open. FSMS Developer Guide version

82 Setting Up Printers This window should now show the path to the 2348 folder. 13. Click OK. This window shows a list of printers the supported by the driver. 14. Click Eltron LP Click Next. Note: If the printer you are installing has already been installed on your server, and you are attempting to reinstall the printer, a window is displayed asking if you want to use the new driver or retain the existing driver. Always click Use New Driver. This entry ensures that you are loading the most recent driver provided by FSMS. 68 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

83 Setting Up Printers The Name Your Printer window is displayed. 16. Enter a name and click Next. The Printer Sharing window is displayed. 17. The printer must be shared to print via FSMS. To share the printer, click Share As. Then type a name or accept the default name. 18. Click Next. FSMS Developer Guide version

84 Setting Up Printers The Location and Comment window allows the printer to be identified with a location. 19. Enter a location and comment, or leave the fields blank. 20. Click Next. The Print Test Page window is displayed. 21. Click No. Printing a test page is not necessary and, in the case of some label printers, may not work. 22. Click Next. 70 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

85 Setting Up Printers The Completing the Add Printer Wizard window is displayed, summarizing the information you added during printer installation. 23. If you want to make changes to this configuration, click Back. To complete the printer installation, click Finish. You can continue to add local printers using the steps described above. After you have installed printers for all of your shipping applications (labels, reports, and invoices, for example), you are ready to start coding your shipping transactions. FSMS Developer Guide version

86 Setting Up Printers Adding a Local TCP/IP Printer To add a local printer with TCP/IP port: 1. Perform steps 1-6 as described in the previous section. The Select the Printer Port window is displayed. 2. Click Create a new port. 3. Select Standard TCP/IP Port from the port Type list. 4. Click Next. 72 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

87 Setting Up Printers The Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard start-up window is displayed. 5. Confirm that the printer is turned on and you are connected to a configured network. To continue, click Next. The Add Port window is displayed. 6. In the Printer Name or IP Address field, enter the IP address for the printer you are adding. 7. In the Port Name field, enter the name of the printer port you are adding. This is the queue name for the port your printer is connected to on the TCP/IP Print Server. 8. Click Next to continue. FSMS Developer Guide version

88 Setting Up Printers The Additional Port Information Required window is displayed. 9. Select the port type from the Device Port pull-down list. This example uses Port 1 (Parallel) as the sample port type. 10. Click Next. The Completing the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard window is displayed, summarizing the information you added during printer installation. 11. If you want to make changes to this configuration, click Back. To accept the port installation as displayed in this window, click Finish. 74 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

89 Setting Up Printers The Add Printer Wizard window is displayed. 12. Click Have Disk. The Install From Disk window is displayed. 13. Click Browse. FSMS Developer Guide version

90 Setting Up Printers The Locate File window is displayed. 14. Navigate to the folder where the printer drivers are stored, such as C:/W2K Drivers/Printer/Zebra/2348Plus. 15. Click Open. The Install From Disk screen is displayed showing the path where the drivers are located. 16. Click OK. 76 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

91 Setting Up Printers The Add Printer Wizard window shows the manufacturers and printers information. 17. In the Manufacturers pane, select the manufacturer of the printer. 18. In the Printers pane, select the printer model. 19. Click Next. The Add Printer Wizard window displays Name Your Printer information. 20. If the default value in the Printer name box is not the name of the printer you want to use, click in the box and change the printer name. 21. To set this printer as your default printer, click Yes. Otherwise accept the default value of No and continue to the next step. FSMS Developer Guide version

92 Setting Up Printers 22. Click Next. The Add Printer Wizard window displays the Printer Sharing information. 23. Click Share as. 24. Accept the default value or enter a new printer name in the Share as field. Note: This name becomes part of the UNC name. The UNC name consists of the computer name or computer IP address and the printer share name (\\computer\zebra234 or \\ \zebra234). If you use more than 12 characters, or you use spaces, in the name, the following message window is displayed: 25. If this message window displays, click Yes. Otherwise click Next. 78 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

93 Setting Up Printers The Location and Comment window allows the printer to be identified with a location. 26. Enter a location or comment, or leave the boxes blank. 27. Click Next. The Add Printer Wizard window displays Print Test Page information. 28. Click No. Printing a test page is not necessary and, in the case of some label printers, may not work. 29. Click Next. FSMS Developer Guide version

94 Setting Up Printers The Completing the Add Printer Wizard window is displayed, summarizing the information you added during printer installation. 30. To make changes to the configuration, click Back. To accept the settings, click Finish. If the driver is not found, the Files Needed window is displayed. 31. Click Browse to navigate to the WinNT folder for the driver file. 80 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

95 Setting Up Printers The Locate File window is displayed. 32. Open the WinNT folder. Click the appropriate driver. 33. Click Open. The Files Needed window shows the new path. 34. Click OK. The Printers window shows the printer you just added, with a hand under the printer indicating that it is shared. 35. Close the Printers window. FSMS Developer Guide version

96 Setting Up Printers Windows 2000 Additional Configuration Needed If you are running Windows 2000 as your operating system, you must switch the TCP/IP port to LPR after the printer is added. Complete the following steps to perform this action: 1. Click Start > Printers. The Printers window is displayed. 2. Right-click the printer icon of the TCP/IP printer you installed and click Properties. The Printer Properties window is displayed. 3. Click the Ports tab. 82 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

97 Setting Up Printers The Ports tab is displayed, highlighting the printer you selected. 4. Click Configure Port. The Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor window shows the Port Settings information. 5. In the Protocol section click LPR. FSMS Developer Guide version

98 Setting Up Printers 6. Under LPR Settings enter the Queue Name in the box. Click OK to continue. You are returned to the Printer Properties tab. 7. Click Close to save your entries. Adding a Windows Network Printer Complete the following steps to add a network printer: 1. Complete steps 1-3 in the Adding a Local Printer section. The Local or Network Printer screen is displayed. 2. Click Network printer. 3. Click Next. 84 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

99 Setting Up Printers The Locate Your Printer information is displayed in the Add Printer Wizard window. 4. Click Type the printer name, or click Next to browser for a printer. 5. In the Name field, enter the UNC name for the printer. Use the IP address of the PC to which the printer is connected formatted as follows: 6. Click Next. \\xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\printer share name The Completing the Add Printer Wizard window is displayed, summarizing the information you added during printer installation. 7. Click Finish. FSMS Developer Guide version

100 Setting Up Printers Printing to a Windows-Based Print Share Network If your label printer is connected to a Windows-based PC, you can print a label to the printer without adding the printer driver to your FSMS server. To do this, you must add a field to your FSMS transactions. Complete the following steps to use a Windows-based print share network: 1. Connect the label printer to the Windows-based system. 2. Configure the printer using the standard Windows steps for printer configuration. 3. Share the printer. 4. If your server is running Windows 2000, 2003, or XP, you will need to add the FEDEXUSER account to this system. The password must be the same as it is on the FSMS Server. 5. Add the FEDEXUSER rights to this printer as described in the following section, Adding a FEDEXUSER Account to a Printer. 6. In the 020 Global Ship Request transaction, code either field 544 (Laser) or field 537 (Thermal) as follows: 544,"\\x.x.x.x\label3" or 537,"\\x.x.x.x\label3" Notes: x.x.x.x is the IP address of the Windows-based system and label3 is the share name for this printer. Adding this field allows the labels to be sent over the network and printed on the printer. Each operating system (OS) has a slightly different method of adding a printer. If your server is running Windows 2000, follow the instructions in the FSMS supports the following thermal printers: Eltron LP2348 Eltron LP2443 Unimark U550 Zebra DA402 Any ZPL supported Zebra printer FSMS supports the following dot matrix printers: Lexmark 2480 IBM 2488 Adding a Local Printer section. After the printer is configured, complete the steps in the next section to add the FEDEXUSER account and to allow the FEDEXUSER print rights. 86 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

101 Setting Up Printers Adding a FEDEXUSER Account to a Printer Complete the following steps to add the FEDEXUSER account and give the account print rights: 1. Click Start > Printers. The Printers window is displayed. 2. Right click on the printer to be configured and click Properties. 3. In the Properties window, select the Security tab. FSMS Developer Guide version

102 Setting Up Printers The Select Users or Groups window is displayed. 4. Select FEDEXUSER from the Name section of the window. Click Add to save your selection. FEDEXUSER is displayed in the bottom portion of the window. Click OK to save your selection. 5. Select the Security tab in the Printer Properties window. 88 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

103 Setting Up Printers 6. Notice that the FEDEXUSER account has been added to the Name list. In the Permissions panel, make sure that the Allow check box is checked for Print. Click OK to exit the Properties window. You are now ready to print labels to this network printer. Note: There may be some differences in the steps required to set permissions for network printers depending on your operating system. The steps included above are for Windows If you have any questions regarding any printer functionality for your operating system, consult the Windows Help option. Windows Print Manager Driver Support FSMS supports Windows Print Manager and Windows drivers. For clear label output, it may be necessary to adjust printer settings to get the appropriate attributes. You can include field 2990 (Printer DPI Setting) in an 020 Global Ship Request to pass the dots-per-inch setting of the printer used to print labels. Although field 2990 accepts any value, anything lower than 203 or higher than 999 defaults to 200. The following table lists the recommended values for field 2990 per printer type: Printer Type Recommended DPI Eltron Zebra 203 Typical Laser Printer 200 Unimark 200 Note: FedEx does not recommend use of this feature with serial printers. The label throughput speed will be below reasonable expectations. Use this feature with high speed interfaces or printers connected via USB, Parallel, or Network interfaces with appropriate bandwidth. Printer Troubleshooting If you experience problems with print quality, see the Print Quality Troubleshooting section. FSMS Developer Guide version

104 Setting Up Printers 90 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

105 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines This chapter describes the types of FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) transactions and how to code a basic transaction. Each transaction is composed of a transaction pair: the request transaction and the reply transaction. The request transaction makes a request to FSMS or FedEx systems. The reply transaction contains a success message if processing was successful or an error messages if processing failed. FSMS Transactions Use FSMS transaction processing if you ship a high volume of packages using similar shipping types and services. Transactions are numbered and named. The first three numbers are used in transaction coding, and the names describe what the transaction accomplishes. For example, the 020 Global Ship Request transaction is coded with an 020 in the first field to identify the type of transaction you are sending. The name Global Ship Request is associated with the number to make it easier to remember and identify. FedEx systems generate a Reply transaction when processing a Request transaction. Therefore, transactions pairs are often referred to together, as in the 020/120 Global Ship Request/Reply transaction. The individual transactions are the 020 Global Ship Request and the 120 Global Ship Reply. FSMS processes transactions locally on your server. FSMS transactions require only a part-time network connection with FedEx systems to obtain data required for shipping such as routing files, rate files, and tracking numbers. FSMS transactions include the following: 004 Tracking Number Request 020 Global Ship Request 025 Rate Available Services Request 404 Tracking Request FSMS Developer Guide version

106 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines FSMS supports the transactions listed in the following table. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for detailed information about fields and coding rules for each transaction. Transaction 004/104 Tracking Number Request/Reply 007/107 End-of-Day Close Request/Reply 020/120 Global Ship Request/Reply 023/123 Global Delete Request/Reply 024/124 Shipment Query Request/Reply 025/125 Rate Available Services Request/Reply 035/135 Child Meter Registration Request/Reply Use to Assign tracking numbers for FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, and FedEx Home Delivery at the time a shipment request is submitted with the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. You can request tracking numbers in advance, if needed, using this transaction. Using the 004 transaction you can request and receive a tracking number that can then be pre-assigned in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. This is useful if a tracking number is needed prior to a shipment being prepared. 104 Tracking Number Reply contains the requested tracking number and also the form ID required for FedEx Express shipments. Perform an End-of-Day Close transaction or request the status of the End-of-Day Close. Submitting an End-of-Day Close request causes the server to upload all package and revenue data to FedEx, and generates end-of-day reports. An End-of-Day Close status request returns the status of the current End-of-Day Close transaction but does not cause an End-of-Day Close. An End-of-Day Close request can be performed on FedEx Express, FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery or both simultaneously. Note: You are required to perform this transaction daily. Ship packages and to request FedEx Express, FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery rates (U.S. and Canada), FedEx Express routes, and Ground and Home Delivery time-in-transit information for shipments. This is the primary shipping transaction. Delete one or more packages from a shipment, or an entire shipment. Locate a package in the FedEx back-end server database. This feature is available for all FedEx shipping solutions except SmartPost. Request rates and service options for specific origin/destination combinations. Request a new Child Meter Registration using a transaction rather than using the Auto Configuration Utility (preferred method). See Configuring FSMS in this guide for more information. 057/157 Demand Download Perform the Error! Reference source not found. functions 92 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

107 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Request/Reply Transaction 070/170 Meter Query Request/Reply or Meter Configuration 095/195 Label Reprint Transaction Request/Reply Use to using a transaction rather than the utility. You can use field 1053 (Download Flag) to specify any number of the 17 downloads to perform. FedEx provides updates, if available, for any selected flag. You can also perform a demand upload, field 2423 (Upload Flag), using this transaction. Determine all the meter numbers on the server for a given account number, or determine the sender information for a given meter. You can also use this transaction to configure a meter, rather than using the FSMS Configuration Utility. See Configuring FSMS in this guide for more information about the FSMS Configuration Utility. Reprint any previously printed label after a successful shipment transaction. Labels are available for up to 24 hours after the shipment is processed. You can also print deferred labels that were not originally printed. You can also use this transaction to reprint a customs document such as a Commercial Invoice, Proforma Invoice, Certificate of Origin, and Shipment Detail Report. 404/504 Tracking Request/Reply Obtain real-time tracking information for FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, or FedEx Home Delivery shipments. If you know the shipment tracking number, you can use it to track any FedEx shipment regardless of what automation device you used to ship. When you use the FSMS 404 Tracking service, all other services stop until tracking completes. You can also initiate 404 Tracking services through the Web Services Tracking option (see Web Services information in this guide). The Web Services option does not stop other FSMS services. This transaction handles single tracking numbers, but does not support batch tracking. You can also track using one of the following types of reference numbers such as purchase order (PO), customer reference, invoice, bill-of-lading (BOL), part number, or transportation control number (TCN). Note: The 404/504 Tracking Request/Reply transaction is available using FSMS and through the Web Service Track option. Since the FSMS 404/504 transaction requires a constant network session with FedEx, if you want to run tracking simultaneously with FSMS shipping, FedEx recommends that you use the FedEx Web Services Track option. FSMS Developer Guide version

108 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Web Services Transactions In addition to your FSMS application, you can use the following Web Services functions: Courier Dispatch and Cancel Courier Dispatch Drop-Off Locator Label and Cancel Label FedEx Express Tag Availability, Express Tag, and Express Tag Cancel FedEx Ground Close FedEx Ground Call Tag and Ground Call Tag Cancel Rate and Rate Available Services Service Availability Ship and Cancel Ship Shipment Notification Signature Proof of Delivery Track Use Web Services for a real-time response from FedEx. Web Services require a constant network connection. See the Developer Resource Center (DRC) at for more information about Web Services. The functions of the following unsupported FSMS transactions are provided by Web Services: 037/137 Return Label Request/Reply 033/133 Cancel Label Request/Reply 044/144 FedEx Ground Call Tag Request/Reply 045/145 FedEx Ground Call Tag Cancel Request/Reply 046/146 FedEx Express Call Tag Request/Reply 047/147 FedEx Express Call Tag Cancel Request/Reply 200/300 Dispatch Request/Reply 202/302 Cancel Dispatch Request/Reply 404/504 Tracking Request/Reply 410/510 Drop Off Locator Request/Reply 415/515 Address Verification Request/Reply 94 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

109 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Coding FSMS Transactions This section provides basic guidelines for coding transactions using FSMS. Before you begin coding a transaction, FedEx recommends that you become familiar with the following: Transaction coding tables Required fields and field numbers Transaction format Field editing guidelines Shipment level and package level fields Multiple-occurrence fields Fields with specific editing rules Batch processing Reply transaction field 2 (Error Code) and field 3 (Error Message Text) Reply transaction field 557 (Error Type Code), field 558 (Error Code), and field 559 (Error Message) Transaction Coding Tables FedEx transactions are described in transaction coding reference (TCR) tables. The FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide contains a table for each available transaction. Using TCR tables, you can easily identify the fields needed for FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Home Delivery, FedEx International Express, and FedEx International Ground shipping. The following table is a sample entry from the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Field indicators: E for FedEx Express. G for FedEx Ground. A superscript S in the field name indicates that the field is used at the shipment level for a single Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) transaction or included in an Open Ship Create transaction. A superscript P in the field name indicates that the field is used at the package level for a single transaction MPS or included in an Open Ship Create for the first package and when adding subsequent packages. Required indicates a mandatory field. Required* indicates a required if condition. Field ID Field Name 26 Declared/ Carriage Value Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 11 Required* All E/G Required for all U.S. domestic freight services and all international shipments. The declared or carriage value of the shipment. There FSMS Developer Guide version

110 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional 3 Required 68 Customs Currency Type S Or Defaulted Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments are no implied decimals. See the FedEx Service Guide for allowable limits. Intl E Required for international shipments, otherwise defaulted to USD. In the sample table, field 26 (Declared/Carriage Value) is valid for both domestic and international shipping, as indicated by the word All in the Valid For column. Field 26 is also used for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipments, as indicated by the E/G entry in the Exp/Gnd column. Field 68 (Customs Currency Type) is required for FedEx Express international shipments only, for domestic shipments the value defaults to USD. Required Fields Some fields are required in all transactions and are denoted in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide transaction coding reference tables as Required. Fields required under specific conditions are listed as Required*, with the conditions listed in the field comments. Optional fields are listed as Optional. Fields that default to a specific value under certain conditions and are denoted as Defaulted, with the conditions and the default value listed in the field comments. Transaction Format Transaction records are null-terminated strings that do not contain carriage returns or line feeds. The strings consist of field-related pairs separated by a comma. Each pair consists of the following information: Field ID number Field value enclosed in double quotation marks For example, if you are coding field 15 (Recipient City) and you want to assign Memphis as the value, format the transaction string for this field as follows: 15,"Memphis" For every transaction, there are two required fields: 1. The first field of any transaction is field 0 (Transaction Type). Start all transactions with the following: 0,"TransactionNumber" Such as 020 Global Ship Request or 404 Tracking Request. 2. The last field of any transaction is field 99 (Transaction End). End all transactions with the following: 99,"" Do not use spaces or extra characters between the quotation marks. 96 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

111 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Field Editing Guidelines Fields 0 and 99 are required for FSMS to recognize the beginning and ending of a transaction. The following example is a complete and correctly coded request transaction: 0,"020"1,"FedEx2"10," "16,"OH"17,"44907"1670,"500"22,"1"99,"" Follow these rules when editing fields in FSMS transactions: Field values must be left justified within double quotation marks. Do not include leading or trailing spaces. The following example is a correctly coded field: "200" The following example is incorrectly coded with a leading space: " 200" The following example is incorrectly coded with a trailing space: "200 " Alphanumeric fields accept letters, numbers, blank spaces, and some special characters. The following special characters can not be included in a transaction: double quotation marks ("), single quotation marks/apostrophes ( ), and carets (^). You can use two accent marks (``) to give the appearance of a double quotation mark, as follows: 12,"Robert ``Bob`` Shipper" In another example, an entry with an apostrophe is incorrect, such as: 12,"Robert O Brien" You can use a single accent mark (`) to give the appearance of an apostrophe, such as: 12,"Robert O`Brien" Spaces between fields are not allowed. For example, you can format field 12 (Recipient Contact Name) with a space inside the quotation marks as follows: 12,"Bob Shipper" However, if you add field 13 (Recipient Address 1) to the transaction string, you cannot put any spaces between the end of field 12 and the beginning of field 13. The following example shows the correct syntax: 12,"Bob Shipper"13,"1 Shipper Road" Shipment Level Compared to Package Level In the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide, field names are marked with either a superscript S indicating shipment level or a superscript P for package level. Shipment level indicates that if the field is used as part of a multiple-package shipment (MPS), the value of the field applies to all of the packages in the shipment. You do not need to repeat the field for each package in a single-transaction MPS shipment or to place the field in each transaction added to an Open Ship transaction. Package level indicates that if the field is used as part of an MPS shipment, the field s value is specific to a particular package, and the value must be repeated for subsequent packages in a FSMS Developer Guide version

112 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines single transaction MPS shipment or included in each transaction added to an Open Ship transaction. The following is a sample table entry from the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Field Field Name ID 1090 Declared Value/Rate Currency Type S Max Length Required/ Optional 3 Required or Defaulted Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments All E Default for U.S. domestic shipping: USD U.S. export shipping requires: USD or CAD 2 Required All E Available for all: 1273 Packaging Type P 01 Customer Packaging 02 FedEx Pak 03 FedEx Box 04 FedEx Tube 06 FedEx Envelope FedEx international only (including U.S. export): 15 FedEx 10KG Box 25 FedEx 25KG Box Use the following guidelines when coding shipment level and package level fields: If you are using package level fields for an Open Ship Create, they must be part of the Create transaction. For Open Ship shipping, if you are using package level fields, one field for each package must be part of the Create and all added transactions. For single-transaction MPS shipments, use only one occurrence of each shipment level field in the transaction. Any additional occurrences are ignored. For single-transaction MPS shipments, use only one occurrence of each package level field for each package in the transaction. Note: All the preceding scenarios apply to all shipping services: All U.S. domestic and export services, all Canadian (CA) domestic and export services, and all FedEx International Express services. Note: Open Ship scenarios also apply to FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD), FedEx International Economy DirectDistribution SM Service (IED), FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution Freight (IDF), FedEx International Ground Distribution (IGD), FedEx International Ground DirectDistribution (IGDD) and FedEx Transborder Distribution (TD) shipments. For more information about these contract services, see Premium Services for more information. 98 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

113 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Multiple Occurrence Fields You can use multiple occurrence fields several times within a single transaction. You can specify a different value for each occurrence. Using multiple occurrence fields eliminates the need to code the same field over and over simply because the input values change. The format for a multiple occurrence field is: X # Where: X is the field number that you are repeating, such as (dash, also known as minus sign) separates the field number from the number of repetitions. # is the number of the repetition, such a 1, 2, 3, and so on. The maximum number of repeated fields is 999 unless otherwise noted within a specific transaction format. If you need to use a multiple occurrence field more than 500 times in a transaction, contact your FedEx customer support representative. For example, field 1670 (Weight), which in this case defines package weight, is a multiple occurrence field. If the first package in an MPS shipment weighs 2 pounds, the second package weighs 3 pounds, and a third package weighs 5 pounds, you can code field 1670 as follows: ,"200"1670-2,"300"1670-3,"500" This entry allows three different packages to be entered using the same field number followed by an occurrence indicator. You can eliminate the dash and the occurrence indicator for the first multiple occurrence field in any transaction. You can correctly code the previous example as follows: 1670,"200"1670-2,"300"1670-3,"500" Note: Field 1670 has two implicit decimals. In the above example 200 equals 2 pounds. See Numeric Fields for more information about coding implicit decimals. Using the field 1670 (Weight) example cited previously, code the third occurrence as follows: ,"###" Code the 25th occurrence of the field as follows: ,"###" Code the 999th occurrence of the field as follows: ,"###" Note: When coding a multiple occurrence field, do not use any leading zeros in the occurrence indicator. Examples of incorrect coding include the following: ,"###" and ,"###" FSMS Developer Guide version

114 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Fields with Specific Editing Rules Specific editing rules apply to each of the following field types: Date Numeric Alphanumeric Postal Code Weight Printer ID Date Fields Date fields must be eight digits in length, with all zeros included, in CCYYMMDD format. For example, code March 1, 2005 as follows: " " Numeric Fields Numeric fields must not contain commas, decimal points, blanks, or other non-numeric characters. Field lengths are displayed in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide as the total number of characters in the field plus any implied decimal places (described in the following paragraph). For example, field 119 (Total Customs Value) specifies a field length of 14.2: 14 specifies that the total field length is 14 numeric characters and.2 specifies that the last two numbers are interpreted as the decimal value. Some fields are fractional fields that allow entries in decimal format. The format can be in either implicit decimals or explicit decimals. An example of an implicit decimal would be "500" for $5USD when the field has two implicit decimals. The explicit decimal format displays the actual decimal, such as "256.5" for 256 ½, when the field length specifies one explicit decimal. For example, if the value of field 119 (Total Customs Value) is $125,000USD, the recommended coding is as follows: 119," " The field could also be coded with leading zeros as: 119," " The leading zeros are disregarded by the server, but they do slow down processing. You only need to include significant digits. Do not add leading zeroes to the beginning of a numeric field data value unless the field s data definition specifically requires you to do so. Note: Spaces are not allowed. The following example shows a field with a maximum length of 6.2 coded as: "123456" It is interpreted as follows: The following example shows a field with a maximum length of 6 coded as: 100 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

115 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines "123456" It is interpreted as follows: Postal Codes Postal codes can consist of 5, 6, or 10 alphanumeric characters, depending on the destination country, with no special characters. For example, you must code L5N-5R6 as follows: "L5N5R6" The following example shows postal code coded correctly as: " " Note: All postal codes for postal aware countries are validated by FSMS prior to shipment confirmation. If the postal code is invalid, FSMS returns an error message. Weights Field 1670 (Weight) specifies two implied decimals on all shipments regardless of whether the weight type entered in field 75 (Weight Units) is LBS or KGS. You can code both 25 pounds and 25 kilograms as follows: "2500" The system rounds any fractional value up to the next highest whole pound or half kilogram. For example, 25.5 pounds is coded as follows: "2550" and is rounded up to 26 pounds. In another example, 12.4 kilograms is coded as follows: "1240" and is rounded up to 12.5 kilograms. The default weight type for shipments originating outside the U.S. is LBS for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. The default weight type for shipments originating in outside the U.S., such as Canada or Mexico is KGS for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. Printer ID Fields Printer ID fields 537 (Thermal Printer Identifier) and 545 (Form Printer ID) cannot contain blank spaces. However, underscores are allowed. For example, the following printer ID entry is coded correctly: 537,"FedEx_162\FSMS" FSMS Developer Guide version

116 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines Batch Processing You can configure FSMS to process transactions according to a preset schedule. If you use batch processing, the system automatically checks for, and processes, new transaction files. Note: Before you can use batch processing, you must add the following user account to your system: User ID: FEDEXUSER Password: provided by your FedEx customer support representative Writes/Permissions: Create, Write & Read See the Configuring FSMS section for more information about adding users to an account. Enable Batch Processing Complete the following steps to enable batch processing: 1. Edit the client.ini file, located in the C:\WINDOWS directory. 2. In the TRANSFILE section, edit the Path= entry to include the name of the directory where you want to store transactions. For example, if the directory is C:\batch\, code the complete Path= entry as follows: Path=C:\batch\ The actual name of the transaction file is not needed, only the name of directory where you want to store transactions. The transaction file can have any file name, but must end with the.in extension, as follows: Trans.in The input batch file can be stored on the FSMS server or on any system you designate. 3. Save and exit the client.ini file. 4. Edit the server.ini file located in the WINDOWS directory. 5. In the DNLD section, change the value of the interval entry to (this value represents the number of milliseconds the given directory is checked for files with a.in extension). The complete interval entry must be coded as follows: interval= Save and exit the server.ini file. 7. Restart the FedEx Admin Service by completing the following steps: a. Right-click on the My Computer icon and click Manage. The Computer Management window displays. b. Click Services and Applications then Services. All Services display in the right panel of the window. c. Click on the FedEx SQL Anywhere service. The line highlights. d. If the service is running, click the Restart the service link. If the service is not running, click the Start the service link. 102 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

117 FSMS Transaction Coding Guidelines After you complete the preceding steps, the FedEx Admin Service monitors the directory you designated in the client.ini file every ten seconds for any input transaction files. When FSMS detects an input batch file, it processes the file and creates an output file and a copy of the original in the same directory. The following example shows the input file, the output file, and a copy of the original: batch1.in is the input file processed by FSMS, resulting in the following output file: batch1.out FSMS copies the original input file to the following file: batch1.old Note: Make sure that input files do not contain an extra line or space at the end of the transactions. This causes processing errors. The last field at the end of the input file must be: 99,"" Disable Batch Processing To disable batch processing, you must complete the following steps: 1. Edit the server.ini file. 2. Edit the interval entry in the DNLD section back to The complete interval entry must be coded as: interval= Save and exit the server.ini file. 4. Restart the FedEx Admin Service as described in the preceding Enable Batch Processing section. FSMS Developer Guide version

118 FSMS Developer Guide version

119 Ship Types The 020/120 Global Ship Request/Reply transaction is the required format for all FedEx shipping methods. This transaction supports the following functions: Domestic FedEx Express Shipping Domestic FedEx Ground Shipping International FedEx Express Shipping International FedEx Ground Shipping Rating FedEx Express and FedEx Ground/FedEx Home Delivery shipments Receiving a FedEx Express service commitment Retrieving FedEx Express package routing information Requesting FedEx Ground/Home Delivery "Time-in-Transit" information Retrieving FedEx Express and FedEx Ground/ FedEx Home Delivery package delivery date information This document includes basic instructions for coding 020 transactions. After you have an understanding of how these transactions work, refer to the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide to create transactions for your specific shipping requirements. Standard Shipping For any transaction processed by FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS), you must include basic shipping information fields. After these fields have been coded into your shipping transaction, you can add optional fields as needed for your shipment. For information about coding standard shipping transactions, see Standard Shipping in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. Open Ship Open Ship is a highly flexible shipping option unique to FSMS. Open Ship allows you to enter information for a particular shipment as it is received throughout the day, rather than entering all of the shipping information only when the shipment is ready to be processed. The shipment remains "open," accepting each package as it is entered and closing only when you confirm the shipment. With the Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) mode enabled, you can print labels for each piece as you need them and do not need to wait until the shipment is confirmed. For information about coding Open Ship transactions, see Open Ship in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. FSMS Developer Guide version

120 Ship Types Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) A Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) consists of two or more packages shipped to the same recipient/consignee. An MPS shipment uses either: single transaction (with multiple occurrence fields) or single Open Ship transaction. There are four types of MPS shipment services: Service Type Domestic FedEx Express Domestic FedEx Ground International FedEx Express International FedEx Ground For more information see Domestic Express Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. Domestic Ground Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) in the Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery chapter. International Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) in the Shipping International Express and Ground chapter. Domestic Ground Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) in the Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery chapter. International and Domestic FedEx Ground use the same coding rules. 106 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

121 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight This chapter describes how to code FedEx Express U.S. and FedEx Freight shipping transactions. Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction to create FedEx Express and Freight shipments. FedEx transactions must be formatted according to rules specified in transaction code reference (TCR) tables. All transaction codes are described in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FedEx Express U.S. Shipping Rules Before you code FedEx Express U.S. shipping transaction, you should be familiar with the basic shipping rules for this service: FedEx Express U.S. service is available to the 50 United States. Transit times vary depending on the package destination and the service you choose. FedEx provides custom packaging for FedEx Express shipments. You may choose to ship using the FedEx Envelope, FedEx Pak, FedEx Box, and FedEx Tube. You may also ship using your own packaging. Both commercial and residential shipments may be shipped using FedEx Express U.S. Residential packages must be identified in your shipping transaction. You may bill the shipping costs to your FedEx account, to the recipient s FedEx account, or to a third party FedEx account number. The maximum size limit for a FedEx Express U.S. package is 150 pounds and 119 inches in length, or 165 inches in length and girth. If your package exceeds 150 pounds or is larger than 119 inches/165 inches length and girth, you will use FedEx Express U.S. Freight as your shipping service. FedEx Express U.S. Services FedEx Express U.S. offers the following services: FedEx First Overnight FedEx First Overnight provides early-morning delivery between 8 and 10 a.m. depending upon the destination postal code. Shipping rules are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Available throughout all states except Hawaii (outbound-only from Alaska). FSMS Developer Guide version

122 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Not available to Alaska, but delivery is available from Alaska to many U.S. markets, depending on destination postal code. Not available to or from Hawaii. For more information about Alaska and Hawaii shipments see Options include Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods support for dry ice only, and Delivery Signature Services. FedEx Priority Overnight FedEx Priority Overnight provides next-business-day delivery by 10:30 a.m. to most U.S. addresses, delivery by 5 p.m. to remote areas, and delivery by 1:30 p.m. on Saturdays. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Available to and from all 50 states, but not all areas of Alaska and Hawaii. Delivery to and from many areas of Alaska and Hawaii in 1 or 2 business days. For more information about Alaska and Hawaii shipments see Options include Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods, Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.), Delivery Signature Services, and Hold at FedEx Location. FedEx Standard Overnight FedEx Standard Overnight provides next-business-day delivery by 3 p.m. to most addresses, and by 4:30 p.m. to rural areas. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Available to and from all 50 states, but not all areas of Alaska and Hawaii. Delivery to and from many areas of Alaska and Hawaii in 1 or 2 business days. For more information about Alaska and Hawaii shipments see Options include Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods support for inaccessible items only, C.O.D., Delivery Signature Services, and Hold at FedEx Location. FedEx 2Day FedEx 2Day provides delivery in 2 business days by 4:30 p.m. to most areas and by 7 p.m. to residences. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Available to and from all 50 states. Delivery to some rural areas of Alaska and postal codes in Hawaii in 3 business days. For more information about Alaska and Hawaii shipments see Options include Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods support for inaccessible items only, C.O.D., Delivery Signature Services, and Hold at FedEx Location. 108 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

123 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight FedEx Express Saver FedEx Express Saver provides delivery in 3 business days to businesses by 4:30 p.m. and to residences by 7 p.m. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Available to and from all states except Alaska and Hawaii. Options include Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods support for inaccessible items only, C.O.D., Delivery Signature Services, and Hold at FedEx Location. FedEx Express U.S. Freight Services When package weights exceed 150 pounds or dimensions are greater than 119 inches long or 80 inches wide, FSMS allows you to ship these packages as FedEx Express U.S. Freight. Before you create a FedEx Express Freight ship transaction, keep the following rules in mind: 1Day Freight requires a booking number from Freight Customer Services before the shipment is tendered to FedEx. Field 1272 (Booking Number) in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction lets you to enter this information for your 1Day Freight shipment. The booking number, when included in the 020 transaction, prints on the shipping label. More information on freight packaging, including packing skids, is available when you call FedEx Express Freight Customer Service at FedEx 1Day Freight (Express) FedEx 1Day Freight service provides next-business-day delivery for packages and skids weighing in excess of 150 pounds. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday delivery available depending on the recipient zip code. Available to all states except Hawaii. Skid or package size and weight: Exceeding 70 in height, or 119 in length or 80 in width. Individual packages/skids greater than 151 pounds. Skids weighing in excess of 2200 pounds require prior approval by FedEx. The following special services are allowed (depending on destination location): Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods, C.O.D., Hold at Location. FedEx 2Day Freight (Express) FedEx 2Day Freight services provide delivery in 2 business days for packages/skids weighing in excess of 150 pounds. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday delivery available depending on the recipient zip code. Available to all states, but only to the island of Oahu in Hawaii. FSMS Developer Guide version

124 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Skid or package size and weight: Exceeding 70 in height, or 119 in length or 80 in width. Individual packages or skids greater than 151 pounds. Skids weighing in excess of 2200 pounds require prior approval by FedEx. The following special services are available (depending on destination location): Saturday Service, Dangerous Goods, C.O.D., Hold at Location. FedEx 3Day Freight (Express) FedEx 3Day Freight services provide delivery in 3 business days for packages and skids weighing in excess of 150 pounds. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday. No Saturday service. Not available to Alaska or Hawaii Skid or Package Size and Weight: Exceeding 70 in height, or 119 in length or 80 in width. Individual packages/skids greater than 151 pounds. Skids weighing in excess of 2200 pounds require prior approval by FedEx. The following special services are allowed (depending on destination location): Dangerous Goods, C.O.D., Hold at Location. In addition to the basic fields required for creating a FedEx Express U.S. shipment, you may also choose the following service options for your shipment. Standard Shipping For any transaction processed by FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS), you must include basic shipping information fields. After you code these fields into your shipping transaction, you can add optional fields as needed for your shipment. For more information about International transactions, see the Shipping International Express and Ground section. This section includes field descriptions and a sample transaction for a FedEx Express shipment that is U.S. to U.S. only. Creating a Standard FedEx Express Transaction The following table includes the minimum fields required to complete a basic 020 Global Ship Request transaction for a FedEx Express U.S. or Freight shipment. Field indicators: E for FedEx Express. G for FedEx Ground. A superscript S in the Field Name indicates that the field is used at the shipment level for a single Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) transaction or included in an Open Ship Create transaction. A superscript P in the Field Name indicates that the field is used at the package level for a single transaction MPS or included in an Open Ship Create transaction for the first package and in an Add for subsequent packages. 110 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

125 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field ID Required indicates a mandatory field. Required* indicates a required if condition. Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 0 Transaction Code S 3 Required All E/G 0,"020" or 0,"20" signifies the start of the transaction. 1 Customer Transaction Identifier S 30 Optional All E/G The transaction identifier lets you link transaction Replies back to the transaction Requests in the case of a bulk shipment. FSMS does not require this field, but it is available and recommended for customer use. 35 Required* All E/G Required if shipment is being 35 Required* All E/G Required for any of the 11 Recipient Company S sent to a company. If this field is not applicable, field 12 (Recipient Name) must be completed. 12 Recipient Contact Name S following conditions: If Recipient Company (field 11) is not provided For ALL FedEx Home Delivery shipments For ALL Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) (U.S. Domestic service only), Alcohol, Bill Recipient, Bill 3rd Party, and Hold at Location shipments 13 Recipient Address Line 1 S 14 Recipient Address Line 2 S 15 Recipient City S Exp: 35 Gnd: Required All E/G The first address line of the recipient address. 35 Required* All E/G The second address line of the recipient address. Required if the address contains secondary address elements such as apartment number, suite number, floor, building, etc. in addition to the street name and street number provided in field 13 (Recipient Address Line 1). Required All E/G A minimum of three characters are required, and the leading character cannot be numeric. FedEx Ground is limited to 20 characters. FSMS Developer Guide version

126 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 2/14 Required* All E/G Required for U.S. Domestic, 10 Required* All E/G Required for postal aware 16 Recipient State/Province S Canada, and Puerto Rico. Length is 2 for the preceding destinations. Length is 14 for all others. 17 Recipient Postal Code S countries. See Appendix E Note 8 of the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for a list of postal aware countries. 18 Recipient Phone Number S 1670 Package Weight P or Shipment Weight S 15 Required All E/G The phone number of the recipient. Note: Do not include nonnumeric characters such as parentheses or dashes. 8.2 Required* All E/G This field supports two implied decimals for all shipments and does not require any distinction between FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, or FedEx International shipping. For U.S. Domestic shipping, this field must contain individual package weights only. FSMS performs the weight summation and package count. This method is optional for all FedEx International shipping including U.S. Export. For all FedEx International and intra-canada FedEx Express shipping, you can enter the Total Shipment Weight rather than the individual package weights. If you use the Total Shipment Weight then you must also use field 116 (Package Total) to indicate the total number of packages in the shipment. Maximum FedEx Express (non-freight) and Ground weights = 150 Lbs. Maximum FedEx Home Delivery weight = 70 Lbs. 112 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

127 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 23 Pay Type S 1 Required All E Pay Type values: 1 Bill Sender 2* Bill Recipient 3* Bill 3rd Party * FedEx Express shipments do not return a rate when the recipient or a 3rd party is billed. 50 Recipient Country S 2 Required All E/G See the Country Code Table in Appendix A for a list of valid country codes. 498 Meter Number S 7 Required All E/G A unique number assigned to your FedEx account number. A meter number is required for all transactions if more than a single meter number is assigned to your FSMS installation. If no meter number is provided in a transaction, FSMS uses the master meter and account by default. Note: If a one-to-one relationship exists between meter number and account number, with one meter number per account number, then the meter number or the account number alone can be used in the transaction Packaging Type P 2 Required All E Available for all: 01 Customer Packaging 02 FedEx Pak 03 FedEx Box 04 FedEx Tube 06 FedEx Envelope 1274 Service Type S 2 Required All E/G The service type for the package. U.S. Domestic Services: 01 FedEx Priority Overnight 03 FedEx 2Day 05 FedEx Standard Overnight 06 FedEx First Overnight 20 FedEx Express Saver 70 FedEx 1Day Freight 80 FedEx 2Day Freight 83 FedEx 3Day Freight 99 End of Record Indicator S 0 Required All E/G 99,"" signifies the end of the transaction. FSMS Developer Guide version

128 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Sample FedEx Express Shipping Transaction The following example shows the code for a standard overnight shipping transaction. 0,"020"1,"Express single transaction single package"11,"recipient Company"13,"20 Peachtree Rd."15,"Atlanta"16,"GA"17,"30052" 18," "23,"1"25,"CR001 Package 1"50,"US"187,"199"498,"" 1273,"01"1274,"01"1670,"350"3062,"2"99,"" Shipping Service Options FSMS supports most FedEx shipping services and options. The following sections describe options available with FedEx Express U.S. and Freight shipping. Delivery Signature Services Use Delivery Signature Service options to specify the level of signature required for FedEx Express and Freight shipments using the 020 Global Ship Request transactions. To have FedEx obtain a signature when your package is delivered, choose from one of four FedEx signature options: Signature Level Service Description Restrictions Special Fees Indirect Signature Required FedEx will obtain a signature in one of three ways: 1. From any person at the delivery address; or 2. From a neighbor, building manager, or other person at a neighboring address; or 3. The recipient can sign a FedEx door tag authorizing release of the package without anyone present. Not available for shipments to commercial addresses. A surcharge applies. Direct Signature Required Adult Signature Required* FedEx will obtain a signature from any person at the delivery address. If no one is at the address, FedEx will reattempt delivery, Direct Signature Required overrides any recipient release that may be on file for deliveries to nonresidential addresses. FedEx will obtain a signature from any person at least 21 years old (government-issued photo identification required) at the delivery address. If no one is at the address, FedEx will reattempt delivery. Adult Signature Required overrides any recipient release that may be on file for deliveries to nonresidential addresses. A surcharge applies A surcharge applies 114 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

129 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Signature Level Service Description Restrictions Special Fees No Signature Required You may choose this option if no signature is to be obtained for delivery. The package will be left at the recipient s address. The following rules and restrictions apply: Not available for shipments to commercial addresses. No surcharge applies Delivery signature options are available for both FedEx Express U.S. and FedEx Ground U.S. shipments. If you are an international customer and are shipping a package to a U.S. recipient, you must include a delivery signature option for your shipment. Alcohol shipments always require an adult signature. No signature option is allowed for Hold at FedEx location shipments. C.O.D., Dangerous Goods, Haz Mat, FedEx Home Delivery with Appointment Delivery and shipments with an insurance value greater than $499 USD require a direct signature and a surcharge is not applied. However, if you want to upgrade to the adult signature option, a surcharge will be applied. Indirect signature and delivery without a signature are not available options for these types of shipments. Direct Signature is the only option available for FedEx 1Day and 2Day Freight Services. Note: Signature options are supported at the package level for all FedEx Express U.S. and FedEx Ground U.S. services except for FedEx Express U.S. C.O.D., where they are supported at the shipment level. Delivery Signature Options for Special Services This section describes signature options and requirements for special services. Coding special services transactions with field 2399 (Signature Requirement Type) missing or incorrect can result in an error or an override by the transaction processing system. The following table lists delivery signature options for the special services listed: Special Service Signature Levels Description Alcohol 4 Adult Signature level 4 is the only accepted level and any other value defaults to 4. HAL 0 Unspecified Signature levels 0 4 default to 0. C.O.D., ECOD, or Express DG Declared/Carriage Value greater than $499 USD 0 Unspecified 1 None 2 Indirect 3 Direct 4 Adult 0 Unspecified 1 None 2 Indirect 3 Direct 4 Adult Signature levels 0 3 default to 0 and do not incur a surcharge. Signature level 4 incurs a surcharge. Signature levels 0 3 default to 3 and do not incur a surcharge. Signature level 4 incurs a surcharge. FSMS Developer Guide version

130 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Special Service Signature Levels Description All Other Cases (any other special service / scenario, including no special services) 0 Unspecified 1 None 2 Indirect 3 Direct 4 Adult Signature levels 0 and 1 default to 0 and do not incur a surcharge. Signature levels 2, 3, and 4 do incur a surcharge. Delivery Signature Field Description The following table describes coding requirements for field 2399 (Signature Required Type): Field ID # Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments Signature Required Type S 1 Optional All E/G Valid values: 1 No signature required 2 Indirect signature required 3 Direct signature required 4 Adult signature required Field values are interpreted as follows: 1. No signature required No signature is required for delivery. Select this option by coding the field as 2399,"1" to deliver the shipment without collecting a signature. This is the default for all residential deliveries. 2. Indirect signature required A signature can be obtained from any individual at the address specified on the package, from a signed door tag, or from an individual at a neighboring address. Select this option by coding the field as 2399,"2" to deliver the shipment when an indirect signature is obtained. FedEx charges a fee for this service when shipments are delivered to residential addresses. This service option is available for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. Address corrections are permitted. 3. Direct signature required A signature can be obtained from any individual at the address specified on the package. Select this option by coding the field as 2399,"3" to deliver the shipment with when a direct signature is obtained. FedEx charges of fee for this service. This service option is available for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. Address corrections are permitted. 4. Adult signature required A signature can only be obtained from an individual 21 years of age or older at the address specified on the package. Select this option by coding the field as 2399,"4" to deliver the shipment only when an adult signature is obtained. A government-issued, photo ID is required for age verification. This service option incurs a fee for all deliveries. This service option is available for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. Address corrections are not permitted. 116 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

131 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Sample Delivery Signature Transactions 0,"20"1,""11,"Indirect Signature"12,"TEST"13,"1 FedEx parkway" 15,"COLLIERVILLE"16,"TN"17,"38017"18," "20," "23,"1"24,"Satu rday"32,"testing"38,"rtc"50,"us"69,"100"116,"1"117,"us"183," "440,"y "498,""1145,"RTC"1267,"Y"1273,"1"1274,"1"1670,"100"2399,"2"99,"" 0,"20"1,""11,"Adult Signature"12,"TEST"13,"2 FedEx parkway" 15,"ANCHORAGE"16,"AK"17,"99501"18," "20," "23,"1"24,"Friday" 32,"testing"38,"RTC"50,"US"69,"200"116,"1"117,"US"183," "498,""1145, "RTC"1266,"Y"1273,"1"1274,"1"1670,"200"2399,"4"99,"" 0,"20"1,""11,"Direct Signature"12,"TEST"13,"3 FedEx parkway"15,"new ORLEANS" 16,"LA"17,"70119"18," "20," "23,"1"32,"testing"38,"RTC"50,"U S"69,"300"116,"1"117,"US"183," "498,""1145,"RTC"1273,"1"1274,"1"1670,"300"2399,"3"99,"" Non-Standard Packaging Surcharge Rules A surcharge applies to any package that: Measures greater than 60 inches in length Is not fully encased in an outer shipping container Is encased in an outer shipping container made of metal, wood, hard plastic, or foam material (such as polystyrene packing materials) Is cylindrical, including cans, buckets, barrels, drums or pails that are not fully encased in a shipping container made of corrugated cardboard Is cylindrical, whether or not encased in corrugated cardboard and exceeds 18 inches in length or 3 inches in diameter or has a diameter greater than its height Is bound with metal, plastic or cloth banding Would become entangled in or cause damage to other packages in the FedEx conveyance system If your package meets any of these criteria, set Field 3018 (Non Standard Container Flag) to Y to receive the correct surcharge for your shipment. Field 3013 (Non Standard Container Surcharge) will be returned in the 120 Reply transaction. Note: If dimensions are greater that 60 inches on any one container side, the Non Standard Container Flag is automatically applied to that shipment. Dry Ice FSMS allows you to ship packages containing dry ice as long as the specifics for the shipment are included in the shipping transaction. The following shipping rules apply: Dry ice shipping is allowed for FedEx Express US, FedEx Express Intra-Canada, and FedEx Express international shipments. Dry ice weight is measured in the same weight units as the package weight set in Field 75 (Weight Type). The weight entered for dry ice must be less than the total weight of the shipment. FSMS Developer Guide version

132 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Dry Ice is considered a packing material and does not require any dangerous goods fields for shipping. Note: To provide transactional consistency, field 1684 (Dry Ice Weight) has two implied decimal parameters and is accepted in either pounds or kilograms depending on the weight type chosen for the entire shipment in field 75 (Weight Type). Saturday Shipping, Pickup, and Delivery Saturday ship, delivery, and pickup options are available for FedEx Express U.S. domestic shipments depending on your shipping service, origin, and destination. Saturday Service Shipping Rules The following service details apply to FedEx Express U.S. domestic shipments involving Saturday services: Saturday delivery is available with FedEx Priority Overnight and FedEx 2Day shipping. FedEx Express Fright Saturday delivery is available with FedEx 1Day Freight and FedEx 2Day Freight services. Saturday pickup is available for FedEx First Overnight, FedEx Priority Overnight, FedEx Standard Overnight, FedEx 2Day, and FedEx Express Saver. Saturday pickup and delivery are available to limited locations in Alaska. Saturday pickup and delivery are not available to Hawaii. Saturday Service Field Descriptions When coding for Saturday service, use field 24 (Ship Date), field 1266 (Saturday Delivery Flag), and field 1267 (Saturday Pickup Flag) as described in the following table: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 24 Ship Date S 8 Required* All E/G Required for Future Day shipping. Format: CCYYMMDD Default: Current system date. For example, to specify July 1, 2008 code the field as follows: 24," " You can specify a date up to 10 days in advance for FedEx Express and up to 90 days in advance for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Saturday Delivery Flag 1 Required* All E Required for Saturday Delivery service. Enter Y for Saturday Delivery. Saturday Delivery FedEx Express Freight available only within the U.S. or U.S. inbound. 118 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

133 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field ID Field Name 1267 Saturday Pickup Flag Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Required* All E Required for Saturday Pickup. Valid values: Y Saturday Pickup N Non-Saturday Pickup Not valid for Freight. Inside Pickup and Delivery (Freight Only) FedEx Inside Pickup and Delivery is intended for customers who do not have the necessary equipment to move shipments to the loading area. FedEx moves shipments from positions beyond the pickup or delivery site which are directly accessible from the curb and are no more than 50 feet inside the outermost door. FedEx Inside Pickup and Delivery is for the FedEx 1Day, FedEx 2Day, and FedEx 3Day Freight services and does not require a special service contract with FedEx. If a shipment breakdown is needed to fit a shipment through a doorway, additional charges may be assessed. FedEx does not provide package count or package verification when a breakdown of a freight shipment occurs at the delivery site. Use field 1120 (Inside Pickup Flag) and field 1121 (Inside Delivery Flag) to set FedEx Inside Pickup and Delivery options as described in the following table: Field ID Field Name 1120 Inside Pickup Flag 1121 Inside Delivery Flag Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Optional All E Enter Y if the shipment must be picked up from an inside pickup area. Freight Only. 1 Optional All E Enter Y if the package must be delivered to an inside delivery area. Freight Only. FedEx Express Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) C.O.D. service options are available for both FedEx Express and Freight shipments. C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. are not available for FedEx International or FedEx Home Delivery shipments. Use the FedEx Express C.O.D. service option to designate the amount of money that the FedEx Express courier collects from the recipient upon shipment delivery. Enrollment is not required. C.O.D. checks are returned to the shipper via FedEx Standard Overnight shipping schedule plus 90-minutes. Two labels (one outbound and one inbound) print at the time of shipping for automation customers. C.O.D. Shipping Rules FedEx contacts your recipient before delivery so payment is ready. Your recipient can pay by personal check, money order, cashier s check, company check, official check, or certified check. FedEx returns payment to you the next business day by FedEx Standard Overnight (where available; otherwise, FedEx 2Day). FSMS Developer Guide version

134 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight The following shipping rules apply to FedEx C.O.D. shipments: C.O.D. is available for these service: FedEx Priority Overnight, FedEx Standard Overnight, FedEx 2Day, FedEx Express Saver, and FedEx Express Freight C.O.D. is not available for FedEx First Overnight. C.O.D. is not available for international shipments. Dangerous Goods may be shipped using the C.O.D. service. Hold at Location is allowed with the C.O.D. service. The user may choose between Secured Payment (cashier s check, official check or money order) and Unsecured Payment (personal check, money order, cashier s check, company check, official check, or certified check). C.O.D. Field Descriptions You can configure how C.O.D. charges are assessed through the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Use the fields described in the following table to code C.O.D. shipments: Field Field Name ID 186 C.O.D. Add Freight Charges Flag S 543 Freight + Remit C.O.D. Charges Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Optional U.S. E/G Y or 1 Add discounted net charge 2 Add list net charge 3 Add discounted C.O.D. charge 4 Add list C.O.D. surcharge 5 Add discounted Customer Total Charge 6 Add list Customer Total Charge Default: N no additional charges will be added to the C.O.D. amount. Note: Valid for intra-u.s. or intra-ca only Optional U.S. E/G The total amount printed on the C.O.D. return label when using field 186. Note: For signature options with C.O.D. shipments, the following rules apply: Signature options are supported at the shipment level for FedEx Express U.S. C.O.D. shipments. When creating a MPS C.O.D. shipment using Open Ship, use Field 2399 (Signature Required Type) in the Create transaction. When creating a FedEx Express MPS C.O.D. shipment using a single transaction with multiple occurrence fields, use a single occurrence of Field 2399 (Signature Required Type). 120 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

135 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Alcohol Shipping FedEx accepts shipments of alcohol (beer, wine, and spirits) within the U.S. and for both U.S. import and export when the shipper and the recipient are licensed to import and export alcohol. Alcohol Shipping Rules Before you can ship alcohol with FedEx, you must meet the following requirements: You must complete a Wine Shippers Agreement with FedEx. This agreement is available from your FedEx account executive. The following text must be entered in the Your Reference field: $AW FedEx packaging cannot be used for alcohol shipments. You must select Adult Signature as the signature type. Field 51 (Signature Release) is not allowed for alcohol shipments. Every package containing wine is required to have a label affixed to it by the shipper identifying it as such. Your FedEx account executive can order these labels for you. If you have questions regarding your eligibility to ship alcohol, contact your FedEx customer support representative. Future Day Shipping Use Future Day shipping to prepare a FedEx Express shipment up to ten (10) days from the actual ship date. A label prints when the shipment is processed, but the shipment can be held until the specified day becomes current before tendering the package to the courier. Future Day is allowed for all FedEx Express shipping services. A FedEx Express label appears on the specified ship date, but does not appear on the FedEx Ground label. To specify a Future Day shipment, include field 24 (Ship Date) in the transaction with the specified shipping date. Code field 24 as described in the following table: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 24 Ship Date S 8 Required* All E/G Required for Future Day shipping. Format: CCYYMMDD Default: Current system date. For example, to specify July 1, 2008 code the field as follows: 24," " Used for Future Day shipments, up to 10 days in advance for FedEx Express. Note: Future Day shipments can be deleted using the 023/123 Global Delete Request/Reply from the FSMS shipment history database before the shipping day is closed. These shipments are not uploaded to FedEx. However, after you close your shipping day, Future Day shipments are uploaded to FedEx and kept in a reserve file. An 023 delete request must be uploaded to FedEx to cancel Future Day shipments after Close. FSMS Developer Guide version

136 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Additional Handling Charges If your shipping operation charges handling fees in addition to shipping/insurance charges, FSMS allows you to add these fees to your total shipment charge. The handling charges can be configured in the FSMS Configuration Utility Meter Setting tab or you can use the 020 Ship Transaction to code or override the configuration on a per shipment basis. The following transaction fields are used to code handling charges: Field ID Field Name 1588-# Handling Charge Type 1595-# Handling Charge Amount or Percentage 1606-# Handling Charge Application Point Max Length Required/ Optional Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Optional E/G Indicates the type of handling charge to be added to the net charge of the shipment. Valid values: 0 No handling charge (default) 1 Fixed handling charge amount 2 Variable handling charge based on percentage of gross transportation charge 3 Variable handling charge based on percentage of net charge 4 Variable handling charge based on percentage of new charge minus Canada taxes (Canada-origins shipments only) Note: If Ground multi-package shipment, a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4 must be on the first package to enable variable handling charges on any subsequent package of MPS. 7.2 Optional E/G 7.2 = 7 total numeric entries, two of which are implied decimals. If Field 1588 = 1, this field should contain a currency amount (for example, an entry of 500 = $5USD If 1588 = 2, 3, or 4, this field should contain a percentage (for example an entry of 1000 = 10% 1 Optional E/G Valid values: 0 or null handling charge applied at the package level 1 handling charge applied at the shipment level. Repeat only if used at the package level. 122 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

137 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Hold at FedEx Location (HAL) Hold at Location (HAL) is available to customers who want to pick up a package rather than have it delivered. The sender must select the FedEx pick-up location (designated FedEx Kinko s Office and Print Centers, FedEx Kinko s Ship Centers, or FedEx World Service Centers) by using the Web Services Drop-Off Locator. Using this option, FedEx Express labels display "Hold at Location" to indicate that packages will not be delivered by a FedEx courier. After a HAL package is received at the FedEx location, the recipient is notified by FedEx personnel that the package is available for pickup. HAL Shipping Rules The following shipping services allow the HAL option: FedEx Priority Overnight (Saturday service available) FedEx Standard Overnight FedEx 2Day (Saturday service available) FedEx Express Saver FedEx Express Freight (U.S. Only) FedEx International Priority Note: Saturday Hold at FedEx Location services is available for FedEx Priority Overnight and FedEx 2Day. Saturday Hold at FedEx Location service is not available for FedEx Express Freight. HAL Field Descriptions Use the fields described in the following table to code HAL shipments: Field ID Field Name 12 Recipient Contact Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 35 Required* All E Required for all HAL shipments. 44 HAL Address 35 Optional All E Default: Recipient information. 46 HAL City 35 Optional All E Default: Recipient information. 47 HAL State 2 Optional All E Default: Recipient information. 48 HAL Postal 10 Optional All E Default: Recipient information. Code 49 HAL Phone Number 15 Optional All E Default: Recipient information Hold at Location Flag 1 Required* All E Required for all HAL shipments. Enter Y for HAL. FSMS Developer Guide version

138 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Dangerous Goods (DG) Shipping FSMS supports the shipping of Dangerous Goods (DG) for FedEx Express under International Air Transport Association (IATA) and 49CFR Air regulations, (ORM-D). Any FedEx Express DG shipment can be shipped under IATA regulations, but only shipments that are intra-u.s., to or from Puerto Rico, or to or from U.S. territories can be shipped under ORM-D regulations Note: If you are not sure whether your commodity meets the criteria for dangerous goods or what dangerous goods identification and classification applies to your shipment, contact the U.S. Department of Transportation at If you have further questions on shipment preparation, call our Dangerous Goods/Hazardous Material Hotline at GoFedEx ( ), then press 81. Note: The federal government requires every shipper to have job-specific dangerous-goods training before tendering a dangerous-goods shipment to FedEx or any air carrier. Shippers are directly responsible for the correct transport of dangerous goods by air. FedEx offers several training options for dangerous goods shipping. For more information regarding these options, see the following link at Fedex.com: Dangerous Goods Shipping Rules Shipments with dangerous goods must be tendered to FedEx Express in accordance with current International air Transport Association (IATA) regulations for air transport and the FedEx Express Terms and Conditions. This is required regardless of the routing and whether they end up physically moving by air transportation, ground transportation, or any combination of these. Within the U.S., accessible dangerous goods may only be shipped using FedEx Priority Overnight or FedEx 1Day Freight. Inaccessible dangerous goods may be shipped using FedEx Priority Overnight, FedEx Standard overnight, FedEx 2Day, FedEx Express Saver, FedEx 1Day Freight, FedEx 2Day Freight, and FedEx 3Day Freight. It is the shipper s responsibility to identify, classify, package, mark, label, and complete documentation for dangerous goods according to all national and international governmental regulations. In addition, FedEx can only accept Shipper s Declarations for Dangerous Goods in typed or computer-generated formats, not hand-written. The shipper must provide three copies of the completed Shipper s Declaration for Dangerous Goods for each shipment. Service Description: DG service is not available for FedEx First Overnight. Dry ice is not considered dangerous goods. No additional documentation is required for dry ice shipping. Many FedEx drop-off locations cannot accept DG. There are limitations for DG shipments to Alaska, Hawaii, and many international destinations. The federal government requires every shipper to have job-specific dangerous goods training before tending a DG shipment to any air carrier. FedEx sponsors a number of seminars, for which you can register online. All questions regarding dangerous goods should be directed to GoFedEx ( ) and press FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

139 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Creating a Dangerous Goods Transaction To help you complete FedEx Express Dangerous Goods shipments, FSMS includes an IATA spreadsheet in the C:\FedEx\FedEx_Tables\iata_03_2006.xls file. Refer to this spreadsheet when preparing FedEx Express Dangerous Goods shipments. The input requirements for non-u.s. origin FedEx Express shipments containing Dangerous Goods were recently relaxed. Only two fields are required: field 1331 (Dangerous Goods/HazMat Flag) and field 492 (Dangerous Goods Class). If you want FSMS to print the 1421C Shipper s Declaration of Dangerous Goods form, you must include the reference fields described later in this section. The 1421C can be printed as a multiply form using a dot matrix printer or you can print this form on a laser printer using special 1421C paper (plain paper with a border of red cross-hatches). The 1421C plain paper form can be obtained from your FedEx supply source. The 1421C is produced at the time of shipment confirmation. For U.S. and CA Domestic FedEx Express DG shipments, you can ship up to five unique UN ID Numbers under a single tracking number. You can prepare a shipment as a single transaction with the required multiple occurrence fields repeated up to five times. Shipping Dangerous Goods in Accepted Quantities If shipping Dangerous Goods (DG) in quantities defined by the IATA as Accepted Quantities, full DG validation is not required. If shipping Accepted Quantities, only field 1331 (Dangerous Goods Flag) and field 1669 (Accepted Quantities Flag) are required. Field 1331 must be set to a value of E and field 1669 must be set to a value of Y. Accepted Quantities shipments are not assessed a DG surcharge and no 1421C Shippers Declaration of Dangerous Goods is printed. Dangerous Goods Field Descriptions Use the fields described in the following table to add DG to a shipment: Field Field Name ID 1331 Dangerous Goods/HazMat Flag P 1669 Excepted Quantities Flag Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Required All E/G Valid values: A Accessible DG I Inaccessible DG E Excepted Quantities Y Shipment contains DG/hazmat N Shipment contains no DG/hazmat 1 Optional All E Valid values: Y N Default: N Note: Error 3094 will be returned when this field = Y AND field 1331 = Y, I, or A. FSMS Developer Guide version

140 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight The following limitation applies to FedEx Express DG shipping: You must prepare U.S. and Canadian FedEx Express DG shipments as single piece shipments only. If you use Open Ship, any DG information entered after the Create transaction is ignored. If you print the 1421C form, Shipper s Declaration for Dangerous Goods, only the DG information associated with the Create prints and the remaining pages of the form are blank. Hazmat shipments can only contain a single hazmat commodity if you use FSMS to print the OP-900 HazMat Label and the OP-950 HazMat Certification Report. If more than a single hazmat commodity is supplied in the transaction, an OP-900 prints for the first commodity only, and only the first commodity prints on the OP-950. Reference Fields If you need to display additional information for your shipment on the shipping label or the FedEx invoice, the following 020 Transaction fields may be added to your shipping transaction: Field ID Name/Description Prints? 25 Reference Information Shipping label, shipping reports, FedEx Express DG 1421C, and in the Customer Reference field on the invoice 28 Sender/Origin Department Shipping label 3001 Shipment Purchase Order Shipping label and invoice 3002 Shipment Invoice Number Shipping label and invoice 3056 Package Purchase Order If 3001 is not present, prints on shipping label and invoice 3067 Package Invoice If 3002 is not present, prints on shipping label and invoice. Note: These fields can also be configured to print on the thermal label doc tab. For more information, see the Label Settings section. 126 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

141 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Open Ship Open Ship is a highly flexible shipping feature unique to FSMS. Open Ship allows you to enter information for a particular shipment as it is received throughout the day, rather than entering all of the shipping information only when the shipment is ready to be processed. The shipment remains "open," accepting each package as it is entered and closing only when you confirm the shipment. With the Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) mode enabled, you can print labels for each piece as you need them and do not need to wait until the shipment is confirmed. Open Ship Service Details The following service details apply to Open Ship transactions: You can use some of the Open Ship flags in conjunction with each other. For example, you can Open a shipment and Confirm the shipment with one transaction (assuming all required information to ship a package is received), or Add a package and Confirm, or even Edit data, Add a package, and Confirm. You can open several Open Ship shipments within the same day, but each must contain its own unique shipment index number in field 542. This number is used to access the shipment for future editing. After the shipment is Confirmed, the Open Ship ID number loses its association with the shipment and may be reused. Shipments that remain open after a Close/EOD transaction has been performed will remain available for 7 days. After the 7 th day, the entire shipment will be deleted if it has not been Confirmed. If a shipment is not Confirmed on the same day it was Created, or if a Future Day ship date was not specified during the Create, the Ship Date must be edited to the current day or later. To ship a multiple-package shipment (MPS) to a single consignee, use Open Ship to add individual packages to the shipment. You can choose to print labels as you Create, Add and Edit packages in a shipment. This feature is called Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) and is available for FedEx US Domestic Express (including US Domestic Express C.O.D.) and FedEx US Domestic Ground services. All available fields, along with an indication of which Open Ship flags they apply to, are found in the "Open Ship Field Table" later in this section. FSMS Developer Guide version

142 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Setting Up an Open Ship Shipment An Open Ship shipment uses the 020 Global Ship Request and 121 Global Ship Reply transactions. Typically, Open Ship requires multiple transactions: one to Create the shipment, one or more to Add or Edit the packages in the shipment, and one to Confirm the shipment. Field 541 (Open Ship Flags) is a required field that tells the server how to process each transaction that you specify. Set flags to specify the function you want performed and instruct the server to perform a shipment level or the package level transaction. You can create multiple Open Ship transactions and open them simultaneously by using field 542 (Open Ship Index) and setting this field to a unique number for each transaction. You can reuse this number after the shipment has been Confirmed. The following table lists the flags used in field 541 (Open Ship Flags): Shipment Level Function Flag Package Level Function Flag Create the Shipment 1 Add a Package 4 Route/Time-in-Transit 2 Edit a Package 5 Rate the Shipment 3 Delete a Package 7 Edit the Shipment 6 Confirm the Package 9 Delete the Shipment 8 Confirm the Shipment 9 Setting Up Domestic Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) Shipments Open Ship PAYG shipping gives FedEx customers the ability to print labels as they Create, Add and Edit shipment pieces rather than waiting until the shipment is confirmed. Open Ship PAYG shipping is available for the following FedEx services: US Domestic FedEx Express and Ground US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D. To enable the Open Ship PAYG mode, use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the following fields: Field 541 identifies transaction functions using shipment level or package level flags Field 542 holds the value index Field 2600 identifies the PAYG package association and print mode See the PAYG Required Fields table in this section below. 128 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

143 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight PAYG Package Association and Print Modes The following table describes the PAYG package associations and print modes for FedEx services: FedEx Service Data Entry Mode Package Association Print Mode US Domestic FedEx Ground Open Ship MPS No association or sequence numbers Print-As-You-Go Non- Associated (PAYG-NA) mode. Labels are printed for all pieces when they are US Domestic FedEx Express US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D. Open Ship MPS Open Ship MPS No association or sequence numbers Sequence numbers assigned to packages; each package added increments the sequence number. The first piece created is the Master piece for the shipment. The piece tracking number of the Create piece becomes the Master tracking number for the shipment. added or edited. Print-As-You-Go Non- Associated (PAYG-NA) mode. Labels are printed for all pieces when they are added or edited. Print-As-You-Go Associated (PAYG-A) mode. Labels are printed for all pieces when they are added or edited. The C.O.D. Return Label is printed with the last piece in the shipment. Creating an Open Ship Shipment The following fields are required for the 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 541 position 1 set to Y (YNNNNNNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Create the Shipment function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Create transaction. For Open Ship, the first package is added during the Create transaction. All shipment level information should be added at this point, as well as information specific to the first package. Shipment level information includes Recipient fields, Packaging Type, Service Type, and any other information common to all packages in the shipment. A tracking number is returned. Use this number to refer to this package in the future when you want to add or edit information for this package. For FedEx International Express shipments, the returned tracking number will be the Master tracking number. Open Ship Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) is not available for International FedEx Express shipments. FSMS Developer Guide version

144 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Creating an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Open Ship PAYG is available for US Domestic FedEx Express (Package and Freight), including US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D., and US Domestic Ground. Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the following fields to enable the Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) mode for your Open Ship shipment: PAYG Required Fields Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments The first three fields are required for US Domestic FedEx Express and Ground shipments (PAYG-NA), including US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D. (PAYG-A). 541 Required U.S. E/G Open Ship flags with first flag set to Y (YNNNNNNNN) 542 Required U.S. E/G Open Ship index value 2600 Required U.S. E/G Specifies type of package association and when labels are printed print-at-end or print-as-you-go. Valid values are for FedEx Express and Ground:: 01 (default) Domestic MPS non-association, FedEx Express C.O.D MPS association, FedEx Express International MPS association. Prints labels using package or shipment confirmation rules. 02 Open Ship MPS for US Domestic FedEx Express and Ground services. Prints labels with each shipment Confirm transaction: print-at-end. 03 Domestic Open Ship MPS for US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D. service. Prints labels for each Create/Add Package transaction. 04 Domestic Open Ship MPS for US Domestic FedEx Express and Ground services. Labels printed for each Create/Add Package transaction. 130 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

145 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field Max Required/ Valid Exp/ Field Name Comments ID Length Optional For Gnd These additional fields are required for US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D (PAYG-A) 116 Package Total 3 Required All E/G Total number of packages in a C.O.D. shipment, including the master package. For all MPS shipments, the software performs the package count summation based on the number of occurrences of field 1670-# and overrides any input value. 27-# C.O.D. Flag 1 Required U.S. E\G When set to Y, this field indicates that a package or shipment is being shipped Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.). This field is required for C.O.D. When field 27 is Y, C.O.D. prints in the box beside the recipient name on the BOL. Package level for FedEx Ground. Shipment level for FedEx Express. 53-# C.O.D. Amount 10.2 Required U.S. E\G The amount of payment that must be collected upon delivery of the Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) package. Maximum of $25,000 for FedEx Ground if guaranteed funds and maximum of $750 if cash. Package level for FedEx Ground. Shipment level for FedEx Express. Editing an Open Ship Shipment Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with these fields to edit shipment level data: 541 position 6 set to Y (NNNNNYNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Edit the Shipment function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Create. In addition to the two fields listed above, to add or edit shipment level data, include the fields you want to add or edit with the new or corrected information. For a list of fields that may be added or edited at the shipment level, see the "Open Ship Field Table" provided later in this section. FSMS Developer Guide version

146 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Note: When creating an Open Ship shipment, send all common shipment level information in the original Create transaction. Then add information unique to each package with every new Add transaction. This method eliminates duplication of existing data and increases the processing speed of the transaction. Editing an Open Ship PAYG Shipment Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the following field: 541 set Y to position 6 (NNNNNNYNN) which sets the flag to the Edit Shipment function. New tracking numbers are assigned and new labels are printed for all shipment pieces. Returning Sequence Numbers for FedEx Express C.O.D. PAYG Shipments When you create a US Domestic FedEx Express C.O.D. shipment using the Open Ship PAYG mode (Field 2600 = 3), each package you Create or Add is assigned a sequence number in the shipment. The sequence number starts at 1 (assigned to the first Create or Master piece), and any subsequent pieces you add to the shipment are incrementally increased by one (1). For example, the sequence number indicates that this is the 2 nd package added in a shipment where there are a total of 100 pieces. The total number of shipment pieces is given in the returned value of field 116. When a printed label is sequenced as 1 of 1 (only one piece added and the total number of pieces is 1), the printed label will not show a sequence number nor a Master tracking number. Sequence and tracking numbers print on the label for the second and all subsequent packages in an Open Ship PAYG FedEx Express C.O.D. shipment. Receiving a Route or Time-in-Transit FedEx Express Routing information or Ground Time-in-Transit is returned in an Open Ship transaction provided you have entered the minimum information required to process a route. The minimum fields are: 541 position 2 set to Y (NYNNNNNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Route/Time-in-Transit function. 542* set to the unique number passed in the Create transaction (E/G). *Not required if you are NOT simultaneously performing a Create or an Add transaction. Examples of simultaneous transactions are YYNNNNNNN which performs a shipment level Create and Route/Time-in-Transit transaction, or NYNYNNNNN which performs a package level Add and shipment level Route\Time-in-Transit together in the same transaction. 17 Recipient Postal Code (E/G) 1222 Pre-assign Tracking Number (E/G). You can omit this field if: o A Route/Time-in-Transit transaction is performed simultaneously with a Create or an Add transaction (for example, YYNNNNNNN or NYNYNNNNN), and a preassigned tracking number is not being used. 132 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

147 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight o The barcode string data is not required and a Route/Time-in-Transit transaction is not performed simultaneously with a Create or an Add (for example, NYNNNNNNN). 50 Recipient Country Code (E/G) 498 Meter Number (E/G) if other than default 1274 Service Type (E/G) A Route/Time-in-Transit Reply includes information described in the Routing and Time-in- Transit section. Rating the Open Ship Shipment To Request a Rate for an Open Ship shipment, the following fields are required: 541 position 3 set to Y (NNYNNNNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Rate the Shipment function. 542* for the unique number passed in the Create transaction; for example, YNYNNNNNN or NNYYNNNNN transactions. *Not required if you are NOT simultaneously performing a Create or an Add transaction. Adding a Package to the Open Ship Shipment To Add a package to an Open Ship shipment, the following fields are required: 541 position 4 set to Y (NNNYNNNNN) which sets the flag to the package level Add a Package function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Create transaction Package Weight 50 Recipient Country 1274 Service Type The Reply to this transaction includes the tracking number of the newly added package. The only fields for this package that can differ from the shipment s initial package are as follows: 1670 Weight (E/G) 26 Declared Value (E/G) 57 Height (E/G) 58 Width (E/G) 59 Length (E/G) 25 Reference Notes (E) 25 Package Customer Reference Number (G) 1684 Dry Ice Weight (E) 27 C.O.D. Flag (G) FSMS Developer Guide version

148 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight 3014 E.C.O.D. Flag (G) 3056 Package P.O. Number (G) 3057 Package Invoice Number (G) 53 C.O.D. Amount (G) 3010 Oversize I Flag (G) 3011 Oversize II Flag (G) 1331 HazMat Flag (G) 3018 Nonstandard Container Flag (E/G) Adding a Domestic Package to an Open Ship PAYG Shipment To Add a package to a US Domestic Express or Ground shipment that has the Open Ship Print- As-You-Go (PAYG) option enabled, use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction and include this required field: 541 position 4 set to Y (NNNYNNNNN) which sets the flag to the package level Add a Package function. Note: Field 2600 is not required. Adding a Domestic Package and Printing C.O.D. Return Labels If you add a Domestic Express C.O.D. package to a shipment created using Open Ship Print- As-You-Go (PAYG), the added package is given a sequence number that is assigned incrementally; for example, 1 of 2, 2 of 3, and so forth. The C.O.D. Return Label is printed with the last package in the shipment. See Adding a Domestic Package to an Open Ship PAYG Shipment above. Editing a Piece in an Open Ship Shipment To edit information about a package in an Open Ship shipment, including the Master piece (first package added), the following fields are required: 541 position 5 set to Y (NNNNYNNNN) which sets the flag to the package level Edit a Package function. 29 the tracking number of the package you want to edit 1274 Service Type Pass in the field number to edit with the new value. To determine which fields may be edited at the package level, see the "Open Ship Field Table" later in this section. Note that editing an Open Ship PAYG shipment results in different label printing and tracking behaviors. See the following topics for details. 134 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

149 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Domestic Express or Ground PAYG Editing an Open Ship Piece For US Domestic Express (excluding C.O.D.) or Ground PAYG pieces, you can edit a piece in an Open Ship shipment prior to a Confirm the Shipment transaction. To do this, you must set field 541 to Y in the 6 th position (NNNNNYNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Edit a Shipment function. New labels are printed when requested for unconfirmed pieces. Tracking numbers are preserved in the shipment. Domestic Express C.O.D. PAYG Editing an Open Ship Piece For US Domestic Express C.O.D. PAYG pieces, you can edit a piece in an Open Ship shipment prior to a Confirm the Shipment transaction. To do this, you must set field 541 to Y in the 6 th position (NNNNNYNNN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Edit a Shipment function. New labels for all edited pieces will be printed, and tracking numbers will be preserved. Printed labels use the Label Type and Printer ID in the Master piece, which is the original Create, Add or Edit piece. About Express C.O.D. PAYG Sequence and Tracking Numbers When you edit or delete a Domestic Express C.O.D. PAYG shipment prior to a Confirm shipment, the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction returns a new Master tracking number in field 1123, and a package level tracking number in multiple occurrence in field 29. Field 116 returns the total number of pieces in the shipment. All new labels are generated with new sequence numbers. The new sequence numbers reflect the new sequence position of the package. For example, the 5 th package added out of a total of 5 pieces in a shipment is given the new sequence number 5-5, indicating it is the 5 th of a total of 5 packages. Deleting an Open Ship Shipment To delete an entire Open Ship shipment before Confirm, the following fields are required: 541 position 8 set to Y (NNNNNNNYN) which sets the flag to the shipment level Delete the Shipment function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Create transaction for this shipment. To delete an Open Ship Shipment after a Confirm and prior to Close, use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction and field 1123 with a valid Master tracking number. Deleting an Open Ship PAYG Shipment You can delete any Open Ship PAYG Shipment prior to a Confirm Shipment transaction. See Deleting an Open Ship Shipment above and the following topic: Deleting a Package from an Open Ship Shipment. You may delete a piece of a Domestic Express (including Express C.O.D.) and Ground Open Ship PAYG shipment AFTER a Confirm Shipment transaction, but you cannot delete the shipment. Use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction to delete any piece in a shipment AFTER a Confirm. FSMS Developer Guide version

150 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Deleting a Package from an Open Ship Shipment Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the following fields to specify deletion of a package from an Open Ship shipment prior to a Confirm the Shipment transaction: 541 position 7 set to Y (NNNNNNYNN) which sets the flag to the package level Delete a Package function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Open Ship Create transaction. 29 the tracking number of the package to delete 1274 Service Type To delete an Open Ship shipment after it has been confirmed, use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction. Deleting a Package from an Open Ship PAYG Shipment You can use the 020 transaction to delete an Open Ship PAYG package prior to a Confirm transaction. The transaction requires these fields: 541 position 7 set to Y (NNNNNNYNN) which sets the flag to the package level Delete a Package function. 29 tracking number of the packages to delete This has the effect of deleting the entire shipment and reentering it without the deleted pieces. Express C.O.D. Labels New labels, when requested, are printed for Express C.O.D. shipments after the Delete Package transaction completes. The new labels will print new tracking and sequence numbers. Express C.O.D. Tracking and Sequence Numbers New Master and child tracking numbers are assigned for Express C.O.D. shipments and packages when a piece is deleted prior to a Confirm transaction. If the Master package is deleted, the Master tracking number is reassigned to the next undeleted package in sequence in the shipment. All sequence numbers are decreased by the number of deleted packages. For example, if the original sequence is 1-3, 2-3, 3-3, and the third piece is deleted prior to a Confirm, the revised sequence numbers are 1-2, 2-2. The 120 Global Ship Reply transaction returns a new Master tracking number in field 1123, and a package level tracking number in multiple occurrence in field 29. Field 116 returns the total number of pieces in the shipment. Confirming a Package and Printing a Label For U.S. Domestic shipments only, you may Confirm an individual package of an Open Ship shipment and print the label before you confirm the whole shipment by sending a Package Confirm transaction. The following fields are required: 136 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

151 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight 541 position 9 set to Y (NNNNNNNNY) which sets the flag for the shipment level Confirm Shipment function. Do not code field 542 in a Confirm; if you do, the entire shipment will be Confirmed. 29 the tracking number of the package for which you want to print the label. Enter required printer information into fields 187, 537, and 1282 if not using the default configuration printer. Note: An Open Ship shipment (non-payg) must have at least one package at all times prior to Confirm. If a package is confirmed and is the only package in the shipment, the entire shipment is Confirmed and you can not add any more packages to the shipment. To print and Confirm packages and maintain the ability to add more packages, perform the following recommended procedure: Create shipment (and Add 1), Add 2, Confirm 1, Add 3, Confirm 2, Add 4, Confirm 3, Add X, Confirm X Confirm Shipment. Note: For Open Ship PAYG shipments, you must confirm the shipment. A Confirm package transaction prior to a Confirm shipment is allowed only for Domestic Express and Ground services and not supported for Domestic Express C.O.D. packages. See the Open Ship PAYG Transaction Summary table below. Confirming an Open Ship Ground or Express PAYG Piece If you create a piece for Open Ship Domestic Ground or Express (excluding C.O.D.) shipment using PAYG, you can confirm the package individually. Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with these fields: 541 set Y to position 9 (NNNNNNNNY) 29 indicate valid tracking number Since a label for each piece is already printed, no additional labels are printed. After the piece is Confirmed, it is no longer a part of the Open Ship shipment. Note: An Open Ship PAYG shipment stays open until the shipment is confirmed, autoconfirmed or purged. Auto-confirm is available for PAYG Express C.O.D. shipments only. Confirming a Shipment After you add all packages to an Open Ship shipment, and the appropriate information has been passed, you may Confirm the shipment as follows: 541 position 9 set to Y (NNNNNNNNY) which sets the flag for the shipment level Confirm Shipment function. 542 set to the unique number passed in the Create transaction Service Type Include field 187 (Label Format Value), field 537 (Thermal Printer ID) OR field 544 (Laser Printer ID), and field 1282 (Printer Type Indicator) if using a printer other than the configured default printer. FSMS Developer Guide version

152 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Confirming an Open Ship Shipment To confirm an Open Ship PAYG shipment, use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the field 541 position 9 set to Y (NNNNNNNNY) sets the flag for the shipment level Confirm Shipment function. Since labels for all pieces of a shipment have already been printed, no additional piece labels are printed. For Domestic Express C.O.D. shipments, a C.O.D. Return Label is printed with the last package in the shipment. Pre-Ship Validation for Open Ship You can verify a FedEx Express, FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery shipment prior to label preparation and shipping to help ensure that all package and shipment information is correctly uploaded to FedEx. The Pre-Ship Validation is the same transaction as a Create shipment with the following exceptions: 541 set ALL positions to N (NNNNNNNNN) 542 should be blank 184 set to this value: P Data validated (for Open Ship only before shipment is committed to database) Open Ship PAYG Transaction Summary Action Create Shipment Domestic Express C.O.D. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Create flag 2600 set to value returns total pieces Label printed with Master tracking and package sequence numbers. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Domestic Express and Ground Services Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Create flag 2600 set to value 4 Labels printed. No Master tracking or sequence numbers available. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Add Piece Edit Piece Before Confirm Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Add flag Label printed with Master tracking and package sequence numbers. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Edit Piece flag New label printed with Master tracking (reused) and package sequence numbers (reused). Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Add flag Labels printed. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Edit Piece flag New labels are printed for all edited pieces. Tracking numbers are not changed. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. 138 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

153 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Action Edit Shipment Before Confirm Delete Piece Before Confirm Delete Shipment Before Confirm Confirm Shipment Domestic Express C.O.D. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Edit Shipment flag New labels are printed for all pieces with a new Master tracking number. Package sequence numbers are reused and reflect the new tracking number. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Delete Piece flag New labels are printed for all pieces with a new Master tracking number and new sequence numbers. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Delete Shipment flag Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Confirm Shipment flag No additional shipping labels printed. C.O.D. Return Label is printed with the last package in the shipment. Rate returned with 120 reply for Confirm Shipment. Domestic Express and Ground Services Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Edit Shipment flag New labels are printed for all pieces. Tracking numbers are preserved. Rate returned when requested by 541 set with Rate flag. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Delete Piece flag 29 piece tracking number No pieces are uploaded with the 120 Delete Piece reply. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Delete Shipment flag No pieces are uploaded with the 120 Delete Shipment reply. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Confirm Shipment flag No additional shipping labels printed. Rate returned with 120 reply for Confirm Shipment. Confirm Piece Not supported. Transaction: 020 Fields: 541 set to Confirm Package flag 29 valid tracking number Labels not reprinted. Delete a Piece or Shipment After Confirm Transaction: 023 Deleting one piece deletes the entire shipment. You can re-add the shipment as a separate transaction. Transaction: 023 You may delete any piece in the shipment. Note: For all Open Ship PAYG shipments, you cannot edit a piece or edit a shipment AFTER a Confirm transaction. FSMS Developer Guide version

154 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Sample Open Ship Transactions To help you understand how an Open Ship transaction is created, we have provided both FedEx Ground and FedEx Express Open Ship transaction samples. Sample FedEx Express Open Ship shipment Create an Express Open Ship shipment using 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Create Shipment and Add First Package"11,"Sam`s Publishing" 12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St"15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290" 18," "1670,"3500" 23,"1"50,"US"541,"YNNNNNNNN"542,"14"1273,"01" 1274,"01"99,"" Open Ship shipment confirmed by 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Create Shipment, Add First"29," "526,"0201"542,"14"99,"" Add second package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Second Package"1670,"1500"50,"US"541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"14" 1273,"03"1274,"01"99,"" Second package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Second Package"1670,"1500"25,""26,"0"29," "43,"0" 57,"0"58,"0"59,"0" 116,"2"526,"0201"542,"14"1117,"2"99,"" Add third package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Third Package"1670,"1000"50,"US"541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"14" 1273,"03" 1274,"01"99,"" Third package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Third Package"1670,"1000"25,""26,"0"29," " 43,"0"57,"0"58,"0"59,"0" 116,"3"526,"0201"542,"14"1117,"3"99,"" Add fourth package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Fourth Package"1670,"1200"50,"US"541,"NNNYNNNNN"542," 14"1273,"04" 1274,"01"99,"" Fourth package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Fourth Package"1670,"1200"25,""26,"0"29," " 43,"0"57,"0"58,"0"59,"0" 116,"4"526,"0201"542,"14"1117,"4"99,"" Add fifth package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Fifth Package"1670,"2300"50,"US"541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"14" 1273,"03" 1274,"01"99,"" Fifth package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Fifth Package"1670,"2300"25,""26,"0"29," " 43,"0"57,"0"58,"0"59,"0" 116,"5"526,"0201"542,"14"1117,"5"99,"" Request confirmation of an Open Ship shipment using 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"50,"US"187,"N"537,"" 541,"NNNNNNNNY"542,"14"99,"" Open shipment confirmed by 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: 140 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

155 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight 0,"120"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"30,"XJ GSHA "33,"A1"34,"9100"35,"182"36,"0" 37,"9282"60,"100" 65," " 65-2," " 65-3," " 65-4," " 65-5," " 194,"MON"195,"IND"198,"GSHA "409,"06Jun05"431,"N"542,"14" 552," "553,"7201 West 103rd St"1086,""1125,"0"1136,"XJ" 1274,""1393,"182"99,"" The following transactions show the shipper input needed to create an Express open shipment, add five packages, and request confirmation: 0,"020"1,"Express 5 Package Open Shipment: Create and Add First Package" 11,"Sam's Publishing"12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St" 15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290"18," "21,"35"23,"1"25,"Package CR001"50,"US"440,"Y"498,""541,"YNYNNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"01" 3001,"Shipment PO10001"3057,"Package IN001"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Second Package"21,"20"25,"Package CR002"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"01"3057,"Package IN002"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Third Package"21,"15"25,"Package CR003"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"01"3057,"Package IN003"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Fourth Package"21,"25"25,"Package CR004"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"01"3057,"Package IN004"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Fifth Package"21,"10"25,"Package CR004"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"01"3057,"Package IN004"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"21,"23"50,"US"187,"199"498,"" 537,"\\printserver\eltronlp"541,"NNNNNNNNY"542,"200"1274,"92"1282,"T"99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

156 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Sample FedEx Ground Open Ship Shipment Create a Ground Open Ship shipment using 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Create Shipment and Add First package"11,"sam`s Publishing" 12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St"15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290" 18," "1670,"3500" 23,"1"26,"100"50,"US"498,""541,"YNNNNNNNN" 542,"300"1273,"01"1274,"92"99,"" Open Ship shipment confirmed by 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Create Shipment and Add First"29," "542,"300"99,"" Add second package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Second Package"1670,"2000"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN" 542,"300"1273,"01" 1274,"92"99,"" Second package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Second Package"29," "99,"" Add third package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Third Package"1670,"1500"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN" 542,"300"1273,"01" 1274,"92"99,"" Third package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Third Package"29," "99,"" Add fourth package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Fourth Package"1670,"2500"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN" 542,"300"1273,"01" 1274,"92"99,"" Fourth package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Fourth Package"29," "99,"" Add fifth package request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Add Fifth Package"1670,"1000"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN" 542,"300"1273,"01" 1274,"92"99,"" Fifth package added reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Add Fifth Package"29," "99,"" Request confirmation of Open Ship shipment using 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"1670,"2300"50,"US"187,"N"498,"" 541,"NNNNNNNNY"542,"300" 1274,"92"99,"" Open Ship shipment confirmed by 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: 0,"120"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"34,"3508"35,"0"36,"0"37,"3508"60,"105" 112,"105"116,"5"421,"0"428,"0"429,"0"430,"0"542,"300"1089,"0"1274,"92" 3058,"2" 3063," " ," " ," " ," " 142 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

157 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight ," " 3064,"[)> RPSB 1/ N 201 West 103rd St Indianapolis IN" ,"[)> RPSB 2/ N 201 West 103rd St Indianapolis IN" ,"[)> RPSB 3/ N 201 West 103rd St Indianapolis IN" ,"[)> RPSB 4/ N 201 West 103rd St Indianapolis IN" ,"[)> RPSB 5/ N 201 West 103rd St Indianapolis IN" 3065," "3073,"019"3073-2,"019"3073-3,"019"3073-4,"019"3073-5," 019"99,"" The following transactions show the shipper input needed to create a Ground Open Ship shipment, add five packages, and request confirmation: 0,"020"1,"Ground 5 Package Open Shipment: Create and Add First Package" 11,"Sam`s Publishing"12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St" 15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290"18," "21,"35"23,"1"25,"Package CR001"50,"US"440,"Y"498,""541,"YNYNNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"92" 3001,"Shipment PO10001"3057,"Package IN001"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Second Package"21,"20"25,"Package CR002"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"92"3057,"Package IN002" 3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Third Package"21,"15"25,"Package CR003"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"92"3057,"Package IN003" 3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Fourth Package"21,"25"25,"Package CR004"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"92"3057,"Package IN004" 3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Fifth Package"21,"10"25,"Package CR004"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"200"1273,"01"1274,"92"3057,"Package IN004" 3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"21,"23"50,"US"187,"199"498,"" 537,"\\printserver\eltronlp"541,"NNNNNNNNY"542,"200"1274,"92"1282,"T"99,"" Open Ship Field Table The Open Ship table indicates which fields are used for each Open Ship flag. The following flag field indicators appear in the Open Ship table: R = Required O = Optional I = Ignored (If a field is listed as Ignored, there is no need to pass in that field with the corresponding flag set to Y.) RBC = Required Before Confirm * = Required before Confirm for C.O.D., HAL, and Alcohol FSMS Developer Guide version

158 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight ** = Required before Confirm for Bill Recipient or Bill 3 rd Party *** = Required before Confirm for Future Day Shipments = Required before Confirm for Freight Services Field Flag ID Name Create Route Pkg Add Pkg Edit Pkg Edit Entire Delete Pkg Delete Entire Confirm 0 Transaction Type (E/G) R R R R R R R R 1 Transaction ID (E/G) R R R R R R R R 541 Open Ship Flags (E/G) R R R R R R R R 542 Open Ship Index (E/G) R R R R R R R R 4 Shipper Name (E/G) O I I I O I I I 5 Shipper Address 1 (E/G) O I I I O I I I 6 Shipper Address 2 (E/G) O I I I O I I I 7 Shipper City (E/G) O I I I O I I I 8 Shipper State Code (E/G) O I I I O I I I 9 Shipper Postal Code (E/G) O O I I O I I I 11 Recipient Company (E/G) RBC I I I RBC I I I 12 Recipient Contact Name (E/G) O I I I O I I I 13 Recipient Address 1 (E/G) RBC I I I RBC I I I 14 Recipient Address 2 (E/G) O I I I O I I I 15 Recipient City (E/G) RBC O I I RBC I I I 16 Recipient State/Province (E/G) RBC O I I RBC I I I 17 Recipient Postal Code (E/G) RBC R I I RBC I I I 18 Recipient Phone Number (E/G) RBC* I I I RBC* I I I 20 Payor Account Number (E/G) O** I I I O** I I I 1670 Package Weight (E/G) RBC I RBC RBC RBC I I I 23 Payment Type (E/G) RBC R I I RBC I I I 24 Ship Date (E/G) O*** O I I R I I I 25 Reference Notes (E) O I O O O I I I 26 Declared Value (E/G) O I O O I I I I 27 C.O.D. Flag (E) O I I I O I I I 27 C.O.D. Flag (G) O I O O I I I I 29 Tracking Number (E/G) I O I R I R I I 32 Shipper Contact (E) O I I I O I I I 38 Department Notes (E) O I I I O I I I 40 Alcohol Type (E) O I I O O I I I 41 Alcohol Packaging (E) O I I O O I I I 42 Alcohol Volume (E) O I I O O I I I 1684 Dry Ice Weight (E) O I O O O I I I 44 Hold at Location Station Address 1 (E) O I I I O I I I 144 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

159 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field Flag ID Name Create Route Pkg Add Pkg Edit Pkg Edit Entire Delete Pkg Delete Entire Confirm 46 Hold at Location City (E) O I I I O I I I 47 Hold at Location State (E) O I I I O I I I 48 Hold at Location Postal Code O O I I O I I I 49 Hold at Location Phone Number (E) O I I I O I I I 50 Recipient Country Code (E/G) R R R I O I I I 51 Signature Release Flag (E) O I I I O I I I 52 Alcohol Packages (E) O I I O O I I I 53 C.O.D. Amount (E/G) O I I I O I I I 54 C.O.D. Cashiers Check or Money Order (secured) Flag (E) O I I I O I I I 57 Package Height (E/G) O I O O I I I I 58 Package Width (E/G) O I O O I I I I 59 Package Length (E/G) O I O O I I I I 75 Weight Type (E/G) O I I I O I I I 116 Number of Packages (E/G) O I I I O I I I 117 Shipper Country Code (E/G) O I I I O I I I 183 Shipper Phone Number (E/G) O I I I O I I I 186 C.O.D. Add Freight Charges Flag O I I I O I I I 187 Label Format Value (E/G) I I I I I I I O 439 C.O.D. Remit Payor (E/G) O I I I O I I I 440 Residential Delivery Flag (E/G) O I I I O I I I 488 DG Cargo Aircraft Only (E) O O I I O I I I 489 DG Packing Group (E) O O I I O I I I 492 Dangerous Goods Class (E) O O I I O I I I 498 Meter Number (E/G) R O R R R R R R 537 Thermal Label Printer ID (E/G I I I I I I I O 543 Add Freight Charges to C.O.D. Remit Flag (E) O I I I O I I I 544 Laser Label Printer ID (E) I I I I I I I O 1118 Release Authorization Number (E) O I I I O I I I 1120 Inside Pickup Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1121 Inside Delivery Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1200 Hold at Location Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1204 ShipAlert Address (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1206 ShipAlert Flag (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1237 C.O.D. Return Phone Number (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1238 C.O.D. Return Company Name (E/G) O I I I O I I I FSMS Developer Guide version

160 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Field Flag ID Name Create Route Pkg Add Pkg Edit Pkg Edit Entire Delete Pkg Delete Entire Confirm 1239 C.O.D. Return Department (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1240 C.O.D. Return Address Line 1 (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1241 C.O.D. Return Address Line 2 (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1242 C.O.D. Return City (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1243 C.O.D. Return State (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1244 C.O.D. Return Zip/Postal Code (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1266 Saturday Delivery Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1267 Saturday Pickup Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1268 Dry Ice Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 1273 Packaging Type (E/G) RBC R I I O I I I 1274 Service Type (E/G) RBC R I I O I I I 1282 Printer Type Indicator (E/G) O I I I O I I I 1331 Dangerous Goods Flag (E/G) O O I I O I I I 1332 Alcohol Flag (E) O O I I O I I I 2600 Package Association and Print Mode (E/G) R I O O O I I I 3000 C.O.D. Collection Type (G) O I O O O I I I 3001 Shipment PO Number (G) O I I I O I I I 3002 Shipment Invoice Number (G) O I I I O I I I 3003 Shipment Customer Reference Number (G) O I I I O I I I 3014 E.C.O.D. Flag O I O O I I I I 3019 Home Delivery Signature Flag (G) O I I I O I I I 3020 Home Delivery Type (G) O I I I O I I I 3021 Home Delivery Instructions (G) O I I I O I I I 3023 Home Delivery Date (G) O I I I O I I I 3024 Home Delivery Phone Number (G) O I I I O I I I 25 Customer Reference Number (G) O I O O O I I I 3056 Package P.O. Number (G) O I O O I I I I 3057 Package Invoice Number (G) O I O O I I I I 3059 Shipment Identifier Number (G) O I I I O I I I 99 End of Transaction (E/G) R R R R R R R R 146 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

161 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Domestic Express Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) A Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) consists of two or more packages shipped to the same recipient. An MPS shipment uses a single transaction (with multiple occurrence fields) or a single Open Ship transaction. A Domestic FedEx Express MPS is not considered a true multiple-package shipment because there is no Master tracking number to link the packages together. In addition, Domestic FedEx Express packages do not have an MPS package count printed on the label (for example: Package 1 of 3, 2 of 3, and 3 of 3). You can prepare U.S. and CA Domestic MPS shipments using the Open Ship option or through the use of multiple occurrence fields. Domestic Express MPS Print-As-You-Go (PAYG) Use a single Open Ship (020 Global Ship Request) transaction to print labels as you go when performing Domestic Express MPS shipping, including Domestic Express C.O.D. service. When enabled, PAYG prints labels when you Create, Add and Edit the pieces of an Express MPS shipment. For Domestic Express C.O.D. packages, the Master tracking number and sequence number prints on all labels. Domestic Express PAYG shipments do not have a Master tracking number or sequence numbers. For more information about the PAYG option and how to Create, Add and Edit packages, see the topics above in this section. Sample Domestic Express MPS Transaction The following sample shows a five-package Express MPS shipment in a single 020 Global Ship Request transaction 0,"020"1,"5 package Express single transaction MPS"11,"Recipient Company" 13,"20 Peachtree Rd."15,"Atlanta"16,"GA"17,"30052"18," " 23,"1"25,"CR001 Package 1"25-2,"CR002 Package 2"25-3,"CR003 Package 3" 25-4,"CR004 Package 4"25-5,"CR005 Package 5"50,"US"187,"199"498,"3781"537,"" 1234,""1273,"01"1274,"01"1660,"Y"1670,"500"1670-2,"500"1670-3,"500" ,"500"1670-5,"500"3062,"2"99,"" For a Domestic Express Open Ship MPS sample see the Sample FedEx Express Open Ship shipment section. FSMS Developer Guide version

162 Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight Deleting a Shipment Use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction to delete a single package or all packages in a multiple-package shipment (MPS). The following types of multiple-package shipments are included in the Global Delete Request: FedEx International Express or FedEx Ground MPS Domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground C.O.D. MPS Note: If you enter a tracking number associated with a multiple-package shipment, all packages in this shipment are deleted. The 023 Global Delete Request can not be used with International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) or International Priority DirectDistribution Freight (IDF) shipments. More information regarding IPD/IDF is provided in the FSMS IPD/IDF/IED section of this guide. The following table lists the fields required for the 023 Global Delete Request transaction: Field ID Field Name 29 Tracking Number Max Length Required/ Optional 498 Meter Number 7 Required or Defaulted Comments 15 Required The tracking number of the package shipment to be deleted. A unique number assigned to the Shipper s FedEx account number used in each transaction to identify the revenue/shipping activity of a shipment. Defaults to the Master Meter number. Note: If one-to-one relationship exists between meter numbers and account numbers, i.e. no more than one meter number per account number, then the meter number or the account number alone may be used in the transaction. The following example transaction shows the 023 Global Delete Request: 0,"23"1,"DelTest2"29," "99,"" 148 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

163 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery This chapter describes how to code FedEx Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery (FHD) shipping transactions. Use the 020 Global Ship Request to create FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery transactions. FedEx transactions must be formatted according to rules specified in transaction code reference tables described in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Shipping Rules Refer to these service details to help determine which service best meets your domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipping needs. Ground The following shipping rules apply to FedEx Ground shipping: Ground shipments can originate from and delivered to the 50 United States. Delivery between 1 to 5 business days within the contiguous U.S. and between 3 to 7 business days to and from Alaska and Hawaii. No Saturday pickup or delivery for Ground; shipping and delivery days are Monday through Friday (8 a.m. to close of business day). Ground accepts packages up to 150 pounds. The dimensions must not exceed 108 in length or 165 in length plus girth (L + 2W + 2H). Ground delivery is not available to P.O. boxes. HazMat allowed with restrictions, see the Hazardous Materials (HazMat) section for details. No hazardous materials can be shipped to or from Alaska and Hawaii. If the package is to a business, the service type is FedEx Ground. If the package is to a residence, the service type is FedEx Ground Home Delivery. FedEx Home Delivery The following shipping rules apply to FedEx Home Delivery (residential flag checked): Shipment can originate from and be delivered to the 50 United States, although longer transit times apply to Alaska and Hawaii. Shipping and delivery days are Tuesday through Saturday from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Package weight and size can be up to 70 lbs.; 108" in length; 165" in combined length plus girth (L+2W+2H). FedEx Home Delivery is not available to P.O. boxes. FSMS Developer Guide version

164 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery No HazMat except ORM-D packages, see the Hazardous Materials (HazMat) section for details. Options include Delivery Signature, Proof of Delivery, and Returns. For shipments including Alcohol, see the Alcohol Shipping section. FedEx Home Delivery Premium Service Options FedEx Home Delivery is part of FedEx Ground shipping. You can use FedEx Home Delivery to ship packages to residential addresses. Use the basic FedEx Ground transaction for FedEx Home Delivery shipments. You can also use the following options in field 3020 (Home Delivery Type) as needed: FedEx Date Certain Home Delivery SM Use this service option to specify a delivery date for home delivery. For example, if your recipient is available to accept packages on Thursdays, enter Thursday as the delivery date in your shipping transaction. FedEx Evening Home Delivery SM Use this service option to specify delivery between 5 PM and 8 PM, based on the recipient s local time zone. FedEx Appointment Home Delivery SM Use this service option to specify an appointment for delivery. The recipient is contacted by their local FedEx Home Delivery terminal to set a delivery appointment. Creating a FedEx Ground Transaction The basic FedEx Ground shipping transaction uses the same information required for FedEx Express shipments. However, several fields require different field values. These fields are described in the following table: Field ID Field Name 20 Payor Account Number Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 20 Required All E/G For Ground shipments, you must provide the 9-digit FedEx account number if you want to bill your recipient or a thirdparty account number. 23 Pay Type S 1 Required All G Account responsible for the shipping charges. Valid values: 1 Prepaid 2 Collect (not for C.O.D.) 3 Bill 3rd party 5 Bill recipient 1273 Packaging Type P 2 Required All G The only valid package type for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipments is: 01 Customer packaging 150 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

165 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1274 Service Type S 2 Required All G Valid service types for Ground shipments are: 90 FedEx Home Delivery 92 FedEx Ground Note: Additional fields available for Ground and Home Delivery are described in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Package Size and Weight Restrictions If you are shipping a package that exceeds the size and weight restrictions as described in the service details, refer to the following table about field 3124 (FedEx Ground Oversize Indicator) for the codes returned in a 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: Field Field Name ID 3124 FedEx Ground Oversize Indicator Max Length Valid For Exp/ Gnd G Comments 1 U.S./ CA Indicates if a FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery package meets an Oversize (OS) condition. Valid values: Ground package OS levels: OS 1 if length+girth is > 84" and <109" and weight is > 30 Lbs. OS 2 if length+girth is >108" and <131" and weight is <50 Lbs. OS 3 if length+girth is >130" and <166" and weight is <150 Lbs. Home Delivery package OS levels: OS 1 if length+girth is > 84" and <109" and weight is < 30 Lbs. OS 2 if length+girth is >108" and <131" and weight is <50 Lbs. OS 3 if length+girth is >130" and <166" and weight is <70 Lbs. Note: A $30 surcharge will be applied to packages that meet the OS 3 requirements. This surcharge is currently not supplied in the rate quote. To apply this surcharge code to your application, add the surcharge when this field returns a value of 3 in the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction. FSMS Developer Guide version

166 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Non Standard Packaging A surcharge applies to any package that: Measures greater than 60 inches in length but is equal to or less than 108 inches in length Is not fully encased in an outer shipping container Is encased in an outer shipping container made of metal or wood Any drum or pail (less than 5 gallons) that is not fully encased in an outer shipping container made of corrugated cardboard. If your package meets any of these criteria, Field 3018 (Non Standard Container Flag) should be set to Y to receive the correct surcharge for your shipment. Field 3013 (Non Standard Container Surcharge) will be returned in the 120 Reply transaction. Note: If dimensions greater that 60 on any one container side, the Non Standard Container Flag is automatically applied to that shipment. Delivery Signature Services Signature Services are available for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery using the 020 Global Ship Request transaction using field 2399 (Signature Required Type). See Standard Shipping in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. FedEx Ground Multiweight FedEx Ground Multiweight is ideal for multiple-package shipments moving as one unit to the same destination on the same day. This pricing option allows you to combine packages for a multiweight rate. Pricing is based on the combined weight of your packages. The following shipping rules apply: Door-to-door delivery is in 1-5 business days depending on your destination (longer delivery times apply for Alaska and Hawaii). Services days are Monday through Friday. Multiple-package shipments with a total weigh of 200 pounds or more are optimal for this service. Average package weight should be between pounds. Single packages cannot exceed 150 pounds or 108 in length plus girth. For more information regarding Ground Multiweight, contact your FedEx account executive. Collect On Delivery (C.O.D.) and Electronic Collect On Delivery (E.C.O.D.) C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. service options are available for domestic FedEx Ground shipments. FedEx Home Delivery. C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. are not available for international FedEx Ground shipments. 152 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

167 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery FedEx Ground C.O.D. Use the FedEx Ground C.O.D. service option to designate the amount of money that the FedEx Ground contractor collects from the recipient upon shipment delivery. If the FedEx Ground contractor collects guaranteed funds, or a company/personal check, the payment is sent directly to the shipper via U.S. mail. If cash is collected, on the next business day FedEx Ground delivers a check to the shipper in the amount of the cash collected. The FedEx-issued check is sent to the shipper via U.S. mail. The shipper must designate the type of payment to be collected by FedEx Ground. You can use FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) to ship either C.O.D. and/or E.C.O.D. shipments, but you can not use both services simultaneously under the same meter number. FedEx Ground C.O.D. can be used with the following service options: Delivery Signature Prepaid or third party billing only Declared Value Hazardous Materials Residential Surcharge Additional Handling FedEx Ground E.C.O.D. Use the FedEx Ground E.C.O.D. service option to receive funds within 24 to 48 hours after shipment delivery. Shippers receive monies via electronic funds transfer. Contact your FedEx Account Executive for more information about E.C.O.D. E.C.O.D. is not available for FedEx Home Delivery service. You can use FSMS to ship either C.O.D. and/or E.C.O.D., but you cannot use both services simultaneously under the same meter number. Available services with FedEx Ground E.C.O.D.: Signature Services Prepaid or third party billing only Declared Value Hazardous Materials Residential Surcharge Additional Handling Shipping a FedEx Ground E.C.O.D. package requires three thermal labels. Label 1 must be affixed to the outside shipping container. Labels 2 and 3 must be placed in a FedEx Ground C.O.D. pouch (OP-013 POUCH) and affixed to the outside shipping container. For more information about using the FedEx Ground E.C.O.D. service, contact your FedEx account executive. FSMS Developer Guide version

168 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Coding Ground C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. Transactions You can configure how C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. charges are assessed through the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Use the fields described in the following table to code C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. shipments: Field Field Name ID 186 C.O.D. Add Freight Charges Flag S 543 Freight + Remit C.O.D. Charges 1593 Accumulate Shipment Charges Indicator 3000 C.O.D. Collection Type S Max Length Required/ Optional Exp/ Gnd Comments 1 Optional E/G Y or 1 Add discounted net charge 2 Add list net charge 3 Add discounted C.O.D. charge 4 Add list C.O.D. surcharge 5 Add discounted Customer Total Charge 6 Add list Customer Total Charge Default: N no additional charges will be added to the C.O.D. amount. Note: Valid for intra-u.s. or intra-ca only Optional E/G The total amount printed on the C.O.D. return label for C.O.D. service when field 186 is used. 1 Optional G Y All freight charges, surcharges, and handling charges are added to field 53 (C.O.D. Collect Amount) of the final or only C.O.D. package in the shipment. Note: Valid for intra-u.s. or intra CAonly 2 Required* G Required for FedEx Ground C.O.D./E.C.O.D. shipments. Valid values: 1 Any Payment 2 Guaranteed Funds 3 Currency (maximum Cash amount is $750) 3014-# E.C.O.D. Flag P 1 Optional G Set to Y for Electronic Collect on Delivery (E.C.O.D.) service. FSMS defaults to C.O.D. To enable E.C.O.D. you must check the E.C.O.D. checkbox on the Meter Settings tab of the Configuration utility. 154 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

169 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Alcohol Shipping FedEx accepts shipments of alcohol (beer, wine, and spirits) within the U.S. and for both U.S. import and export when the shipper and the recipient are licensed to import and export alcohol. See Alcohol Shipping in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter for more information. Future Day Shipping Use Future Day shipping to prepare a FedEx Ground shipment up to ninety (90) days from the actual ship date. See Future Day Shipping in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter for more information. Hazardous Materials (HazMat) FSMS supports the shipping of Hazardous Materials (HazMat) for FedEx Ground under 49CFR FedEx Ground regulations. Shipments that are intra-u.s., to or from Puerto Rico, or to or from U.S. territories can be shipped under ORM-D regulations. FedEx Ground hazmat shipping requires only field 1331 (Dangerous Goods/HazMat Flag), unless you are using FSMS to print the FedEx Ground OP-900 HazMat label and the OP-950 HazMat Certification Report. For a description of field 1331 see Dangerous Goods (DG) Shipping in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. If you want FSMS to print the 1421C Shipper s Declaration of Dangerous Goods form, you must include the reference fields described later in this section. The 1421C can be printed as a multiply form using a dot matrix printer or you can print this form on a laser printer using special 1421C paper (plain paper with a border of red cross-hatches). The 1421C plain paper form can be obtained from your FedEx supply source. The 1421C is produced at the time of shipment confirmation. For FedEx Ground HazMat shipments only, you can use a single HazMat commodity per tracking number if printing the OP-900 and/or OP-950. Reference Fields If you need to display additional information for your shipment on the shipping label or the FedEx invoice, the following 020 Transaction fields may be added to your shipping transaction: Field # Name/Description Prints? 25 Reference Information Shipping label, shipping reports, and in the Customer Reference field on the invoice 28 Sender/Origin Department Shipping label 3001 Shipment Purchase Order Shipping label and invoice 3002 Shipment Invoice Number Shipping label and invoice 3056 Package Purchase Order If 3001 is not present, prints on shipping label and invoice 3067 Package Invoice If 3002 is not present, prints on shipping label and invoice. FSMS Developer Guide version

170 Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Note: These fields can also be configured to print on the thermal label doc tab. For more information, see the Labels with Doc Tabs section. Deleting a Ground Shipment Use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction to delete a single package or all packages in a multiple-package shipment (MPS). The following types of multiple-package shipments are included in the Global Delete Request: FedEx International Express or FedEx Ground MPS Domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground C.O.D. MPS Note: If you enter a tracking number associated with a multiple-package shipment, all packages in this shipment are deleted. For more information see Deleting a Shipment in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. Domestic Ground Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) A Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) consists of two or more packages shipped to the same recipient. An MPS shipment uses a single transaction (with multiple occurrence fields) or a single Open Ship transaction. Like FedEx Express Domestic shipments, FedEx Ground/ FedEx Home Delivery shipments (including International FedEx Ground) are not considered true MPS shipments because there is no Master tracking number used to link the packages together. You can label the packages with the package count (for example: 1 of 3, 2 of 3, and 3 of 3). The appearance of the MPS package count is optional for FedEx Ground and can be disabled by clearing the Multi-Pack Package Count checkbox in the Meter Settings tab of the FSMS Configuration Utility. If checked, the package count appears on a FedEx Ground/FedEx Home Delivery MPS label if the shipment was either created using a single transaction with multiple occurrence fields or in an Open Ship transaction if no labels were printed prior to the Confirm Shipment transaction. If any label of an Open Ship transaction is printed prior to Shipment Confirm, package counts are removed because the final package total is unknown. Sample Domestic Ground MPS Transaction The following sample shows a five-package Ground MPS shipment in a single 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 0,"20"1,"5 Package Ground Single Transaction MPS"11,"Recipient Company"13,"20 Peachtree Rd."15,"Pottstown"16,"PA"17,"19464"18," "1670,"15"1670-2,"15"1670-3,"5"1670-4,"5"1670-5,"5"23,"1"50,"US"187,"199"498,"" 537,"\\printserver\eltronlp"1273,"01"1274,"92"1282,"N"3002,"Shipment Invoice Number"3056,"Package PO 001"3056-2,"Package PO 002"3056-3,"Package PO 003"3056-4,"Package PO 004"3056-5,"Package PO 005"3062,"2"99,"" 156 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

171 SmartPost Shipping FedEx SmartPost helps you consolidate and deliver high volumes of low-weight, less timesensitive business-to-consumer packages using the United States Postal Service (USPS) for final delivery to residences. This service provides delivery Monday through Saturday to all residential addresses in the U.S. including P.O. Boxes and military APO and FPO destinations. Note: SmartPost includes delivery options to commercial addresses, although it is intended primarily as a residential delivery service. This guide includes the following information: SmartPost Service Details Information you need to know before using SmartPost. Configuring SmartPost in FSMS Instructions for using the FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) Configuration utility to set up the SmartPost service. Because the SmartPost is a contract-only service, you must contact your FedEx customer support representative to make changes to the SmartPost configuration. SmartPost Transaction Coding Information about building your own SmartPost transactions using the 020 Global Ship Request transaction for shipping and other transactions such as tracking number request, end-of-day-close, and label reprint. SmartPost Labels An overview of the SmartPost shipping label. This section also includes instructions for using the Label Reprint Utility to reprint SmartPost labels. FSMS Developer Guide version

172 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Service Details Before you begin using the SmartPost service, you should become familiar with the basic service details that apply to this service. SmartPost is available as a contract service only. To start using SmartPost, contact your FedEx customer service representative. Coverage Origin SmartPost is available for shipments originating in the 48 contiguous United States only. Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Territories are not included as origin points. Destination The SmartPost service allows delivery to all 50 United States and the U.S. Territories. These territories include: American Samoa Guam Marshall Islands Micronesia Puerto Rico Northern Mariana Islands Republic of Palau U.S. Virgin Islands Note: The preceding territories are treated as domestic locations for SmartPost, even though they are considered international destinations for other FedEx services. No customs paperwork is required for these destinations. Restrictions The following service options are not available for SmartPost shipping: Shipping alcohol Using dry ice as a packing material Dangerous goods (DG), neither accessible nor inaccessible Hold at Location (HAL) Declared/carriage value Inside pickup/delivery FedEx InSight FedEx Priority Alert SM FedEx ShipAlert Hazardous materials (hazmat) FedEx International Broker Select (BSO) 158 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

173 SmartPost Shipping FedEx Date Certain Home Delivery SM FedEx Appointment Home Delivery SM FedEx Evening Home Delivery SM Returns FedEx Delivery Signature Options Note: If you code fields for these special services in a SmartPost transaction, the fields are ignored. The SmartPost transaction continues to process without these services. Packaging SmartPost supports customer packaging only. Because SmartPost employs the USPS for final delivery to residences, packages are subject to the following USPS restrictions: Minimum package weight is 6 ounces. Maximum package weight is 70 pounds. Minimum package size is 6 x 3 x 1. Packages over 108 (length + width + height) are subject to surcharge. Maximum package size is 130 (length + width + height). Dimensions are not required, but can be included in field 57 (Package Height), field 58 (Package Width), and field 59 (Package Length). Rules The following rules apply to SmartPost service: SmartPost does not support Force Close. No ship date is required for SmartPost shipments. No commitment date is required for SmartPost shipments. No canned reports are available for SmartPost. The only two payment types available with SmartPost are Bill Sender and Bill Third Party. SmartPost does not support the Doc Tab function. If you use doc tab labels, the doc tab portion of the SmartPost label remains blank. FSMS Developer Guide version

174 SmartPost Shipping Features SmartPost service includes these features: A SmartPost Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) works the same as a FedEx Express Domestic MPS except that there is no master/child tracking number relationship for SmartPost MPS. SmartPost Labels can be reprinted using the Label Reprint Utility or the 095 Label Reprint Request transaction. Collect on Delivery (C.O.D.) is allowed with SmartPost (except with Standard A service), but you do not need to specify a collection type. C.O.D. is handled according to USPS C.O.D. policy. Saturday delivery is possible by USPS, and no FedEx surcharge applies in this case. Open Ship functions are available for SmartPost using field 541 (Open Ship Flags) of the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. This includes all functions except flag 5 (Edit Piece) and Flag 6 (Edit Shipment). Packages can only be tracked using the Delivery Confirmation Number (DCN) assigned to each SmartPost package. This tracking is not performed through FSMS. SmartPost customers can track their shipments from the SmartPost website. See for more information. Configuring SmartPost Complete the steps in this section to configure FSMS for SmartPost service. Before configuring SmartPost, you must meet the following prerequisites: Install FSMS Version 8.4 (or higher). Purchase and sign a contract for SmartPost service from your FedEx account executive. Note: Your FedEx customer support representative must configure your FSMS application to enable SmartPost. Configuring SmartPost Settings After FSMS software is successfully installed, you can access the FSMS Configuration utility to view the SmartPost settings. SmartPost is configured using two windows in the FSMS Configuration utility. These are the Meter Settings window and the Tracking Numbers window. Follow the steps below to access and view your SmartPost settings. 1. To launch the FSMS Configuration utility, open the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click the FSMS Configuration icon. 2. When the FSMS Configuration utility opens, only the tabs that can be edited without entering an Access Privileges password are displayed. 160 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

175 SmartPost Shipping 3. To view the remaining tabs without the ability to edit any information, click the Access Privileges button and type View (with a capital V) into the Enter Password field an click OK. Editing information on the hidden tabs requires a higher level password. Contact your FedEx customer service representative for assistance if you need to edit information on these tabs. FSMS Developer Guide version

176 SmartPost Shipping 4. After the User Level-View displays, select the Meter Settings tab. The SmartPost Options appear in the lower part of the window. This section is only available to origins in the U.S. The SmartPost Options section displays important configuration information for your shipping application. This information is set by a FedEx customer service representative during configuration, as described in the following table: Field Name SmartPost Enabled Customer ID DUNS Number Customer Distribution Center SmartPost Rate Files Postal Classes & Sub-Classes SP Hub ID Field Description When selected, this check box indicates that you have contracted to ship using the FedEx SmartPost service. Your unique SmartPost Customer ID. This is an alphanumeric text box with a maximum of 5 characters. The Customer ID is critical for the electronic manifest of SmartPost shipments. The Dun & Bradstreet Number (DUNS) uniquely identifies businesses at geographic locations. The DUNS Number is included in the Delivery Confirmation Number Barcode that is on the SmartPost label. This two-digit number indicates the distribution center that supports your shipping location according to the DUNS Number. This is entered during configuration and is part of the electronic SmartPost shipping manifest file. This button opens a file dialog box that a FedEx customer service representative uses to copy rate files to your system. Rate updates are provided manually per contractual agreement and loaded by FedEx personnel. There are three main postal classes and three sub-classes under one of the postal classes. These are USPS class types. Based on your SmartPost contract, your system is enabled for a certain class or class and sub-classes. Standard A Standard B o Bound Printed Matter o Media Mail o Parcel Post Priority Mail For more information on these classes, see SmartPost Transaction Coding. Select the Hub ID for the SmartPost hub city to which you want to send the shipment. A new SP HUB ID field appears for each Meter setting configured on your system. You must associate an SP Hub ID with each Meter number. The Hub ID is a unique four-digit number that identifies a specific city 162 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

177 SmartPost Shipping Field Name Field Description where a SmartPost hub is located. For example, SP Hub ID 5531 identifies New Berlin as a SmartPost hub. Note: If the SmartPost enabled option is checked, you must select an SP Hub ID. If you do not select an ID, you receive an error message: SmartPost Hub ID Field cannot be left blank. Note: U.S. child meters are not automatically enabled for SmartPost even if the U.S. origin master is a SmartPost meter. A FedEx support representative must enable a U.S. child meter for SmartPost. 5. Click the Tracking Numbers tab. The Tracking Numbers window includes a SmartPost Delivery Confirmation Number section. After SmartPost is configured, the range of delivery confirmation numbers for your SmartPost shipping is displayed in this section. The Start, End, and Current fields have a maximum length of eight numeric characters. Start indicates the beginning of the range. End indicates the end of the range. Current displays the next available Delivery Confirmation number. This eight-digit number is embedded in the Delivery Confirmation Barcode that is printed on the FedEx SmartPost label. The same DCN does not repeat within a 12-month period. FSMS Developer Guide version

178 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Transaction Coding This section describes the FSMS transactions needed to complete your SmartPost shipping activities. In addition to information on the SmartPost 020/120 Global Ship Request/Reply transaction set, information on other transactions used for SmartPost is provided. This section also provides sample transactions to help you code the SmartPost service to your shipping specifications. SmartPost Service Types For SmartPost shipping, FSMS requires field 2417 (SmartPost Service Type/Postal Indicia) instead of the 1274 (Service Type) field. You can enter additional dimension information in field 57 (Package Height), field 58 (Package Width), and field 59 (Package Length), but these fields are optional. The following table describes the different service options for SmartPost based on package weight and dimensions: Service Type Field Weight Value Minimum Maximum Dimensions <1 pound Minimum: 6 (L) x 3 (W) x 1 (H) Standard A 1 6 ounces (.37 lbs) Standard B Bound Printed Matter Standard B Media Mail Standard B Parcel Post 3 1 pound 70 pounds Oversize packages are allowed, not to exceed 130 inches (L+G). Minimum: 6 x 3 x pound 70 pounds Oversize packages are allowed, not to exceed 130 inches (L+G). Minimum: 6 x 3 x pound 70 pounds Oversize packages are allowed, not to exceed 130 inches (L+G). Minimum: 6 x 3 x 1 Priority Mail 4 13 ounces* (.78 lbs) Note: Rating for Priority Mail starts at 1 pound. 70 pounds Minimum: 6 x 3 x 1 Note: Dimensions are not required for SmartPost shipping. The dimensions noted in the table above are USPS standards. FSMS accepts only whole numbers with no implied decimals for package dimensions. Therefore the minimum dimension is 1 for field 57 (Package Height), field 58 (Package Width), and field 59 (Package Length). FSMS does not sort the dimensions. Enter the longest dimension in field 59 (Package Length) and height and width in the other two fields. 164 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

179 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost 020 Global Ship Request Transaction Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction to create a SmartPost shipment in FSMS. The same coding guidelines found in the FSMS Developer Guide and the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guides apply to SmartPost shipping. The following table describes the basic fields needed to code a SmartPost transaction: Field indicators: Field ID # in the Field ID column indicates that the field is used for multiple occurrence fields. Required indicates a mandatory field. Required* indicates a required if condition. Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 0 Transaction Type 3 Required 020 or 20 4 Shipper Company Name 35 Required* Required to override default settings. Default: The company name associated with the meter at configuration. 32 Shipper Contact Name 35 Required* Required to override default settings. Default: The meter s data set up in the configuration. 5 Shipper Address Line 1 35 Required* Required to override default settings. The first address line of the Shipper s address. 6 Shipper Address Line 2 35 Required* Required to override default settings. The second address line of the Shipper s address Shipper Address Line 3 30 Optional The third address line of the Shipper s address. 7 Shipper City 35 Required* Required to override default settings. A minimum of three characters are required and the leading character cannot be numeric. 8 Shipper State 2 Required* Required to override default settings. 9 Shipper Postal Code 10 Required* Required to override default settings. 117 Shipper Country 2 Optional Defaults to US or the country associated with the Master Meter at configuration. 183 Shipper Phone Number 15 Optional The phone number of the shipper 11 Recipient Company 30 Required* Required if not using field 12 (Recipient Contact Name). 12 Recipient Contact 35 Required* Required if not using field 11 (Recipient Company). 13 Recipient Address Line 1 30 Required First line of shipment recipient s address. 14 Recipient Address Line 2 35 Optional Second line of shipment recipient s address. FSMS Developer Guide version

180 SmartPost Shipping Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 2944 Recipient Address Line 3 Optional Third address line of the shipment s recipient. 15 Recipient City 35 Required City of the shipment s recipient. 16 Recipient State 2 Required State of the shipment s recipient. If shipping to U.S. territories, use the state code noted below and US in field 50 (Recipient Country Code). Territory State Codes: AS American Samoa FM Micronesia GU Guam MH Marshall Islands MP Northern Mariana Islands PW Republic of Palau VI U.S. Virgin Islands PR Puerto Rico 17 Recipient Postal Code 16 Required Postal code of the shipment s recipient. 50 Recipient Country Code 2 Required Country of the shipment s recipient. For SmartPost service, the valid value is US. 18 Recipient Phone Number 15 Optional For SmartPost, the recipient phone number is not necessary SmartPost Service Type/Postal Indicia 2 Required The SmartPost service type to be used to ship the package. Indicates type of shipment and postal information placed in stamp area of the label. Valid values: 1 Standard A 3 Standard B Bound Printed Matter 4 Priority Mail 5 Standard B Media Mail 6 Standard B Parcel Post See SmartPost Service Types for more information Packaging Type 2 Required SmartPost supports customer packaging only. Valid value: 01 All other values will be ignored. 23 Payment Code 1 Required SmartPost allows the following payment codes: 1 Bill Shipper 3 Bill 3rd Party If the value is not passed in, then the field defaults to 1. Note: If Bill 3rd Party, use field 20 (Payor Account Number) to enter FedEx account number of payor. 166 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

181 SmartPost Shipping Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 2425 SmartPost Customer ID 5 Optional This is the five-digit SmartPost customer account number. If not passed in, it defaults to the SmartPost Customer ID set during configuration # Package/Shipment Weight 10.2 Required This field is used to enter individual package weight. It supports two implied decimal positions. Maximum weight for SmartPost: 70 lbs. Note: If you are using field 75 (Weight Type) in the transaction with any value other than LBS, the value is ignored. 57-# Package Height 3 Optional Dimensions are not required for SmartPost shipping. This field does not support implied decimals. Always enter as inches. 58-# Package Width 3 Optional Dimensions are not required for SmartPost shipping. This field does not support implied decimals. Always enter as inches. 59-# Package Length 3 Optional Dimensions are not required for SmartPost shipping. This field does not support implied decimals. Always enter as inches Print Alternate Return Address Flag 1485 Return Address Contact Name 1486 Return Address Company Name 1 Optional Use this field to indicate a change from the shipper s default address as printed on the label. Valid value: Y 35 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y and field 1486 is not used. Contact name to be printed on the return label. 35 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y and field 1485 is not used. Company name to be printed on the return label Return Address Line 1 35 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. First line of address to be printed on the return label Return Address Line 2 35 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. Second line of address to be printed on the return label Return Address Line 3 35 Optional Use this field to provide more information for the return address Return Address City 35 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. City to be printed on the return label. FSMS Developer Guide version

182 SmartPost Shipping Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 1490 Return Address State 2 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. State code to be printed on the return label Return Address Postal Code 1492 Return Address Phone Number 10 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. Postal code to be printed on the return label. 15 Optional Required if field 1586 = Y. Phone number to be printed on the return label Return Country Code 2 Optional For SmartPost, valid value: US 2416 Ancillary Endorsements 2 Optional Special endorsements or delivery options specific to SmartPost. Valid values: 1 Carrier Leave If No Response 2 Address Service Requested 3 Forwarding Service Requested 4 Return Service Requested 5 Change Service Requested 1234 Rate/Route Flag 1 Optional Valid values: 1 Rate Quote 3 Rate Quote & Route/Time-in- Transit Passing this field in a transaction returns a Rate Quote only and the shipment is not processed for shipping. To ship the package after a Rate/Route request, code this field in a new 020 transaction with no value: 1234,"" Note: For Open Ship shipments, you can also capture rate quotes by setting position 3 of field 541 (Open Ship Flags) to Y. 25 Reference Notes 39 Optional Optional reference notes for example, order number, part number, invoice, or P.O. number that are printed with the bar code on the SmartPost label. Field 25 is the only customer reference field available for SmartPost. If the following reference fields are passed in the transaction, they are ignored: 3001 (Shipment Purchase Order Number) 3056 (Package Purchase Order Number) 3002 (Shipment Invoice Number) 3057 (Package Invoice Number) 2210 (RMA Number) 168 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

183 SmartPost Shipping Field ID Field Name 3204 Delivery Confirmation Flag Max Length Required /Optional Comments 38 (Sender/Origin Department) 1 Optional This is optional for Standard A. For Standard B and Priority Mail, this defaults to Y. 99 End of Record Indicator S 0 Required 99,"" signifies the end of the transaction. SmartPost C.O.D. SmartPost C.O.D. shipping requires three additional fields. USPS delivers the package and collects the C.O.D. amount according to USPS standard practices. Most fields normally used with FedEx Express and FedEx Ground /FedEx Home Delivery for C.O.D. such as field 3000 (C.O.D. Collection Type) and field 53 (C.O.D. Amount) are not used in the SmartPost transaction. Note: C.O.D. is not allowed with Standard A service type (field 2714 = 01). The transaction fails and returns an error message if Standard A service with C.O.D. is coded in the transaction. The following table describes the basic fields needed to code a SmartPost C.O.D. transaction: Field Max Required/ Field Name ID Length Optional Comments 27-# COD Flag 1 Required* Required if shipment is C.O.D.. When set to Y, this flag indicates that the package is being shipped C.O.D # COD Value of Package 8.2 Required* Required if shipment is C.O.D.. Multiple occurrence field. The value can vary by package for an MPS. This field uses two implied decimals # COD Article Number 30 Required Required for shipping C.O.D.. This is the number provided on the USPS C.O.D. form that must be attached to the C.O.D. package. For more information about the C.O.D. article number, contact the USPS. Note: When shipping a SmartPost MPS, C.O.D. applies only at the package level. Each C.O.D. package in an MPS shipment has its own C.O.D. Value and C.O.D. Article Number field. FSMS Developer Guide version

184 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Open Ship Shipping Most Open Ship functions available for FedEx Express and Ground service are also available with SmartPost. Position 5 (Edit a Piece) and position 6 (Edit/Add Data to the Entire Shipment) are not supported with SmartPost. See the Open Ship section in this guide and the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information. The following table describes field 541 (Open Ship Flags) which is required to code a SmartPost Open Ship transaction: Field Max Required/ Field Name ID Length Optional Comments 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required* Required for Open Ship. Enter Y in the positions of the Open Ship functions used for a given transaction. Enter N in all other positions. All flags must be used. Default: YNNNNNNNY (Create and Confirm the open shipment.) Each flag is defined in order as follows: 1 Create an Open Ship Shipment 2 Route/Time in Transit 3 Rate 4 Add a Piece 5 N (Not applicable for SmartPost) 6 N (Not applicable for SmartPost) 7 Delete a Piece 8 Delete the Shipment 9 Confirm the Shipment 170 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

185 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost 120 Global Ship Reply Transaction In a SmartPost transaction, the 120 Global Ship Reply is similar to the FedEx Express and FedEx Ground 120 transaction replies. The tracking number for SmartPost shipments is found in field 29 (Tracking Number) similar to FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. This contains a portion of the Delivery Confirmation Number. In addition, unique to SmartPost, field 2418 (Delivery Confirmation Barcode) is returned in the 120 Shipping Reply transaction. The following table describes field 2418 (Delivery Confirmation Barcode) and the FSMSgenerated Delivery Confirmation Number of a SmartPost Shipping Reply transaction: Field ID Field Name 2418 Delivery Confirmation Barcode SmartPost 120 Rate Quote Reply Transaction Max Comments Length 30 Delivery Confirmation Number (DCN) generated by FSMS based upon setup in FSMS Configuration utility. This number prints on the SmartPost label under the DCN barcode. Explanation of DCN: Digits 1-3: Identifier (420) Digits 4-8: Zip Code Digits 9-10: Application ID (91) Digits 11-12: Service Type Code Digits 13-21: DUNS # Digits 22-29: Package/Parcel ID Digit 30: MOD 10 check digit. The last 20 digits are the tracking number and are also found in field 29 (Tracking Number). Note: The Delivery Confirmation Number does not duplicate within a 12 month period. The following table describes the fields used in a SmartPost Rate Quote Reply from a 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: Field Max Field Name ID Length Comments 34 Base Charge 11.2 Base transportation charge before discounts and surcharges. 35 Total Surcharge Amount 11.2 This will always be zero dollars for SmartPost shipments. 36 Total Discount Amount 11.2 This will always be zero dollars for SmartPost shipments. 37 Net Charge 11.2 Field 34 + field 35 field 36 = field 37 FSMS Developer Guide version

186 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost 007 End-of-Day Close Request Transaction You can close your SmartPost shipments to create a manifest at any time. You can carry over shipping from the previous day or for several days. When you close your SmartPost shipments, you can create a separate manifest for each Meter number associated with a SmartPost Hub ID if you have configured this association in the FSMS Configuration dialog under Meter Settings (see page 146). SmartPost does not require a fully-coded 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction, but it does use the 007 transaction functions to perform the close. There is no force close with SmartPost. However, a manifest file must be created in order to ship SmartPost, and this is generated during the close request. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information about creating an 007 End-of-Day Close Request. When you perform a 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction using field 2413 (Close all Meters Flag), a separate SmartPost manifest is created for each Meter number associated with a Hub ID. The following table describes the fields 2413 (Close All Meters Flag) and 3025 (Carrier Code) used in a SmartPost 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction: Field ID Field Name 2413 Close All Meters Flag Max Required/ Length Optional Comments 1 Optional When set to Y and used in conjunction with field 3025 (Carrier Code), this closes all meters on the server Carrier Code 4 Required* Required to perform a separate Close Request for SmartPost. Carrier Code for SmartPost: FDXS If closing all carriers at the same time, use FDXA. Default: All if field is blank Note: Be sure SmartPost shipping is ready to manifest before performing a Close All. SmartPost Manifest During a SmartPost End-of-Day Close Request, FSMS creates an electronic manifest file and uploads it to SmartPost for billing. This manifest contains the detailed record data of all the SmartPost packages shipped since the last Close. Because the manifest is critical for the success of your SmartPost shipping, it is important to perform a Close at the appropriate time. Manifest service details: An electronic manifest is required for SmartPost shipments on a trailer-by-trailer basis. For example, you can create SmartPost shipments on a daily basis until all packages filling a trailer have been processed. The maximum number of packages per manifest is 99,999. If a trailer is not filled and the maximum number of packages has been reached, you must perform a close. A new manifest can be created for the remaining portion of the trailer. 172 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

187 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost 004 Tracking Number Request Transaction Using the Tracking Number Request (004) transaction, you can choose to pre-assign tracking numbers to a shipment before the shipment is processed. Pre-assignment is normally used by customers who want to provide tracking information to their recipient before the package is created. See FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide and this guide for additional field information about the Tracking Number Request (004) transaction. Field 499 contains SmartPost specific information. The following table describes field 499 (Tracking Number Type) used in a SmartPost 004 Tracking Number Request transaction: Field ID Field Name 499 Tracking Number Type Max Required/ Length Optional Comments 2 Required* Required to specify a SmartPost tracking number. Valid value for SmartPost: 17 SmartPost The 104 Tracking Number Reply transaction returns a 20-digit tracking number for SmartPost. To send the tracking number for SmartPost in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction, use field 1222 (Preassigned Tracking Number). SmartPost 024 Shipment Query Request Transaction The Shipment Query Transaction (024) allows you to search for SmartPost shipments in the FSMS Ship History Database. See FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide and this guide for more information about using the Shipment Query (024) transaction. In addition to the SmartPost FDXS value that you can use in field 3025 (Carrier Code), you can also use a SmartPost specific value in field 1689 (Shipment Query Code). The following table describes field 1689 (Shipment Query Code) used in a SmartPost 024 Shipment Query Request transaction: Field ID Field Name 1689 Shipment Query Code Other Transactions Max Required/ Comments Length Optional 3 Optional* Valid value for SmartPost: EXS Other transaction types can be used with SmartPost, such as the 023 Global Delete transaction and the 095 Label Reprint transaction. When using these transactions with field 29 (Tracking Number), enter the number returned for field 29 (Tracking Number) from the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction. FSMS Developer Guide version

188 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Sample Transactions Refer to these samples to gain an understanding of how to code SmartPost transactions. Field numbers are in bold for example purposes only. Note that fields without data (any field followed by empty quotation marks) are not required for the transaction. 020 Global Ship Request Transactions Standard A shipment (2417,"1") without delivery confirmation (field 3204 omitted) and carrier leave if no response (2416,"1"): 0,"020"1,"STD A WITHOUT DC 10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"STD A NO DCN"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,"" 1670,"50"2416,"1"2417,"1"99,"" Standard A shipment (2417,"1") with delivery confirmation (3204,"Y") and carrier leave if no response (2416,"1"): 0,"020"1,"STD A WITH DC"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"STD A WITH DC"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,"" 1670,"50"2416,"1"2417,"1"3204,"Y"99,"" Standard B Parcel Post shipment (2417,"6") with address service requested (2416,"2"): 0,"020"1,"STD B SHIPMENT"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"STD B SHIPMENT"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,"" 1670,"100"2416,"2"2417,"6"2944,"RECIPIENT ADD LINE 3"99,"" Standard B Bound Printed Matter shipment (2417,"3") with forwarding service (2416,"3"): 0,"020"1,"STD B BOUND PRINTED MATTER"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101" 18," "20,""23,"1"24,""25,"BOUND PRNTD MAT"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs" 117,"US"187,"PNG"498,""1670,"1001"2416,"3"2417,"3"2944,"RECIPIENT ADD LINE 3"99,"" Priority Mail shipment (2417,"4") with return service requested (2416,"4"): 0,"020"1,"PRIORITY MAIL"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"PRIORITY MAIL"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,"" 1670,"1000"2416,"4"2417,"4"2944,"RECIPIENT ADD LINE 3"99,"" Standard B Media Mail shipment (2417,"5") with change service requested (2416,"5"): 0,"020"1,"STD B MEDIA MAIL"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"STD B MEDIA MAIL"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""1670,"1000"2416,"5"2417,"5"2944,"RECIPIENT ADD LINE 3"99,"" Standard B Parcel Post shipment (2417,"6") with change service requested (2416,"5"): 0,"020"1,"STD B PARCEL POST"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101" 18," "20,""23,"1"24,""25,"STD B PARCELPOST"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs" 174 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

189 SmartPost Shipping 117,"US"187,"PNG"498,""1670,"1000"2416,"5"2417,"6"2944,"RECIPIENT ADD LINE 3"99,"" Standard B Parcel Post shipment (2417,"6") with C.O.D. (27,"Y") and address service requested (2416,"2"): 0,"020"1,"COD SHIPMENT"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"COD SHIPMENT"26,"100"27,"Y"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""1670,"1000"2416,"2"2417,"6"2419,"1522"2422,"COD ARTICLE NUMBER"99,"" Standard B Media Mail shipment (2417,"5") with C.O.D. (27,"Y") and no ancillary endorsements (2416,""): 0,"020"1,"MM COD SHIPMENT"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"MM COD SHIPMENT"26,"100"27, Y 50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""1670,"1000"2416,""2417,"5"2419,"1956"2422,"COD ARTICLE NUMBER"99,"" MPS Priority Mail with return service requested: 0,"020"1,"PRIORITY MAIL MPS 3 PC"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT" 13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite ,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101" 18," "23,"1"24,""25,"PRIORITY MAIL MPS"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs" 117,"US"187,"PNG"498,""1670,"1000"1670-2,"1100"1670-3,"1200"2416,"4"2417,"4" 3204,"Y"99,"" MPS Standard B with C.O.D. and no ancillary endorsements: 0,"020"1,"STD B MPS COD 3 PC"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101" 18," "20,""23,"1"24,""25,"STD B MPS COD SHIPMENT"26,"100"27, Y 27-2,"Y" 27-3,"Y"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,""1670,"1200"1670-2,"1200" ,"1200"2417,"6"2419,"1522"2419-2,"1025",2419-3,"1762"2422,"COD ARTICLE NUMBER"2422-2,"COD ARTICLE NUMBER 2"2422-3,"COD ARTICLE NUMBER 3"99,"" 120 Global Ship Reply Transactions 0,"120"1,"STD A SHIPMENT"10," "29," "34,"156"35,"" 36,""37,"156"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"2418," "99,"" 0,"120"1,"STD B SHIPMENT"10," "29," "34,"229"35,"" 36,""37,"229"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"2418, ,"" 0,"120"1,"STD B BOUND PRINTED MATTER"10," "29," " 34,"561"35,""36,""37,"561"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"24 18," "99,"" 0,"120"1,"PRIORITY MAIL"10," "29," "34,"1330" 35,""36,""37,"1330"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"2418," "99,"" 0,"120"1,"STD B MEDIA MAIL"10," "29," "34,"561" 35,""36,""37,"561"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"2418," "99,"" 0,"120"1,"STD B PARCEL POST"10," "29," "34,"561" 35,""36,""37,"561"498,"123456"542,""1092,"5"1274,""1596,"0"1598,"0"2418," "99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

190 SmartPost Shipping Open Ship Transactions Create a Standard A shipment with delivery confirmation and carrier leaves the shipment if there is no response: 0,"020"1,"STD A CREATE"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," "20,"" 23,"1"24,""25,"STD A SHIPMENT"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG"498,"" 541,"YNNNNNNNN"542,"556"1670,"50"2416,"1"2417,"1"3204,"Y"99,"" Add Standard A package without delivery confirmation and with address correction: 0,"020"1,"STD A ADD"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," " 20,""23,"1"24,""25,"STD A ADD"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"556"1670,"75"2416,"2"2417,"1"99,"" Add a Priority Mail package with forwarding service requested: 0,"020"1,"ADD PRIORITY MAIL"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT" 13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101" 18," "23,"1"24,""25,"ADD PRIORITY MAIL"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs" 117,"US"187,"PNG"498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"556"1670,"1000"2416,"3"2417,"4" 99,"" Add a Standard B Bound Printed Matter package with return service requested: 0,"020"1,"ADD STD B BPM"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," " 20,""23,"1"24,""25,"STD B BPM"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"556"1670,"850"2416,"4"2417,"3"99,"" Confirm a Standard A package with delivery confirmation and carrier leaves the package if no response: 0,"020"1,"CONFIRM STD A"10,""11,"RECIP COMPANY"12,"ROGER RECIPIENT"13,"123 Main Street"14,"Suite 200"15,"Portland"16,"ME"17,"04101"18," " 23,"1"24,""25,"CONFIRM STD A"26,"100"50,"US"75,"lbs"117,"US"187,"PNG" 498,""541,"NNNNNNNNY"542,"556"1670,"50"2416,"1"2417,"1"3204,"Y"99,"" 023/123 Global Delete Request/Reply Transactions 023 Global Delete Request Transaction: 0,"023"1,"Global Delete Package"29," "498,""99,"" 0,"023"1,"Global Delete Package"29," "498,""99,"" 123 Global Delete Reply Transaction: 0,"123"1,"Global Delete Package"29," "99,"" 0,"123"1,"Global Delete Package"29," "99,"" 007/107 End-of-Day Close Request/Reply Transactions 007 End-of-Day Close Request Transaction: 0,"007"1,"End of Day"498,""3025, FDXS 99,"" 107 End-of-Day Close Reply Transaction: 0,"107"1,"End of Day"10," "498," "1939,"11"3025,"FDXS"99,"" 176 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

191 SmartPost Shipping 004 Tracking Number Request Transaction 0,"004"1,"Assign SmartPost Tracking Number"498,"123456"499,"17"99,"" SmartPost Labels This section provides a brief description of SmartPost labels created by FSMS, including a SmartPost label sample and an overview of the FSMS Label Reprint utility. Formats SmartPost labels can only be produced on printers supported by FSMS and have the following label formats: 4 x 6 thermal labels with doc tabs 4 x 6 thermal labels without doc tabs 4 x 6 Portable Network Graphic (PNG) Plain paper labels (laser labels) using Device Independent Bitmap (DIB) Doc Tabs SmartPost does not support doc tabs. If you use doc tab labels, the doc tab portion of the label prints blank. SmartPost Sample Label A sample SmartPost label is displayed in the following figure. This sample label is for Standard A service with delivery confirmation. Notice also that the label shows the delivery option of Carrier Leave If No Response, which was specified using field 2416 in the transaction. The next three figures display sections of the labels with brief explanations of some of the data. FSMS Developer Guide version

192 SmartPost Shipping SmartPost Label Label Stamp Ancillary endorsement/delivery option Postal Indicia ( Stamp ) options: Parcels <1 lb = Presorted Standard (Prsrt Std) Parcels >= 1 lb = Parcel Select Parcels Bound Printed Matter = Prsrt BPM Parcels Priority Mail = Priority Mail 178 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

193 SmartPost Shipping Delivery Confirmation Barcode Application ID 420 Postal Code Tracking Number Application ID Delivery Confirmation Number The DCN consists of the following: Application ID 420 Postal Code Application ID 91 2-digit service type code o 01 = USPS Priority Mail with Delivery Confirmation o 02 = USPS Standard A with Delivery Confirmation or Standard B with Parcel Select o 56 = USPS Standard A without Delivery Confirmation 9-digit DUNS Number 8-digit Parcel ID 1-digit MOD 10 check digit The last 20 digits of the DCN are the tracking number, also found in field 29 (Tracking Number). Reference Barcode FSMS Developer Guide version

194 SmartPost Shipping The Reference Barcode contains the data input in field 25 (Reference Notes), if used in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Below the barcode is the human readable reference. This gives you the ability to print reference data such as SKU, work order number, purchase order number, or invoice number on the SmartPost label. Note: Field 25 is the only customer reference field available for SmartPost. If any of the following reference fields are included in the transaction, they are not processed: 3001 (Shipment Purchase Order Number) 3056 (Package Purchase Order Number) 3002 (Shipment Invoice Number) 3057 (Package Invoice Number) 2210 (RMA Number) 38 (Sender/Origin Department) Using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility The Label Reprint utility allows you to reprint SmartPost labels in a manner similar to how you reprint Express and Ground labels. These labels remain in the Reprint database for up to 48 hours after the ship date before they are purged. You can also use the 095 Label Reprint Request transaction to reprint labels, but it is very simple to use the Label Reprint utility. To reprint a SmartPost label: 1. Double-click the Label Reprint Utility icon on your desktop. 2. In the Meter Number list, choose the number of the meter from which you shipped the SmartPost label to be printed. 3. All the SmartPost shipments that were created within the 48 hour reprint period are displayed in the Tracking Number list. Highlight the tracking number, or in this case the DCN, of the shipment whose label you want to reprint. 4. Click the Reprint Label button. The label for the DCN you selected is sent to the default thermal (or laser) printer listed in the Printer section at the bottom of the Label Reprint Utility window. To change the default label printer before reprinting a label reprint: 1. Click the Printer icon on the Thermal label (or Laser label) at the bottom of the Label Reprint window. 2. Select the printer you want from the list. Click OK. 180 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

195 Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx International services include Express and Ground shipping. Use the 020 Global Ship Request to create international shipments. Transactions must be formatted according to rules specified in transaction code reference tables. All transaction codes are described in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) allows FedEx Express international shipping from "anywhere-to-anywhere," so you can create shipping transactions both to and from any country supported by FedEx International services. For FedEx Ground international shipping, you can ship from the U.S. to Canada and Puerto Rico and vice versa. You can also use Express and Ground transactions for intra-canada (intra-ca) shipping. FedEx Service Area FedEx Express International FedEx Express International Freight FedEx Intra-country shipping FedEx Ground International FedEx Home Delivery U.S. X X X X X Canada X X X X APAC (Asian X X Pacific Countries) EMEA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa) X X LAC (Latin American Countries) X X Puerto Rico Only FedEx Express International Service Details Before you code a FedEx Express international shipping transaction, you should be familiar with the following shipping rules: Rate quotes are provided in either list rates or from your custom rate table. Basic commodity information is required for your shipment so that FedEx can expedite customs clearance of your packages. You can create your own customs clearance documents or have FSMS generate basic documents. FSMS can provide a Commercial Invoice (CI), Proforma Invoice, and a Certificate of Origin from your shipping data. If you need more clearance documentation use FedEx Global Trade Manager (GTM), which provides a document assistance wizard, up-to-date country-specific import information, and a duties and taxes estimator tool. GTM is available at the following URL: FSMS Developer Guide version

196 Shipping International Express and Ground You are required to provide extra thermal shipping labels with your customs documentation (depending on your destination country) to facilitate Customs clearance. FSMS automatically generates the correct number of labels for your destination country. FedEx provides packaging for Express international shipments: FedEx Pak, FedEx Box, FedEx Tube, FedEx Envelope, FedEx 10kg Box, and FedEx 25kg Box. You may also use your own packaging for FedEx Express international shipments. FedEx Express International Services FedEx allows you to ship both standard (under 150 pounds) and freight (over 150 pounds) shipments to international destinations. Depending on your package size and weight, you may choose from a variety of Express services. FedEx International First FedEx International First provides delivery in 2 business days by 8 or 8:30 a.m. Check transit times for availability. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday pickup available in many areas for an additional charge. Inbound delivery to selected U.S. postal codes from 50 countries and Caribbean islands. Outbound delivery to Basel, Brussels, Frankfurt, London, Milan, and Paris. Package size and weight up to 150 lbs. each; 108" in length; 130" in length plus girth (L+2W+2H). Door-to-door, customs-cleared service. Options include Saturday Service and Dangerous Goods support for dry ice only. FedEx International Priority FedEx International Priority provides time-definite delivery typically in 1, 2 or 3 business days, and to major cities in Europe typically in 2 business days by 10:30 a.m. Check transit times for availability. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday service available in many areas. Available in more than 220 countries and territories. Package size and weight up to 150 lbs. each; 108" in length; 130" in length plus girth (L+2W+2H). Door-to-door, customs-cleared service. The European network provides next-businessday delivery between 38 major European markets. The Asian network gives you nextbusiness-day delivery within Asia, and from Asia to the U.S. Options include Saturday Service, FedEx International Broker Select, FedEx International Controlled Export, Dangerous Goods, and Hold at FedEx Location. 182 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

197 Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx International Economy FedEx International Economy provides delivery typically in 2 to 5 business days, and typically 2 or 3 business days to Canada, Mexico and Puerto Rico. Check transit times for availability. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday, with Saturday delivery available in countries where Saturday is a regular business day. Available in more than 215 countries and territories. Package size and weight up to 150 lbs. each; 108" in length; 130" in length plus girth (L+2W+2H). Door-to-door, customs-cleared delivery to major world markets. Options include Saturday Service, FedEx International Broker Select, and Dangerous Goods to Canada and Puerto Rico only. FedEx Europe First (FEF) FSMS now supports the expansion of FedEx Europe First (FEF) service with five new outbound countries. FEF is a premium, door-to-door, customs cleared (where applicable), intra- European next day International Priority service option with early morning delivery by 9:00, 9:30, or 10:00 a.m. depending on the destination postal code. Outbound countries added are Czech Republic (CZ), Poland (PL), Hungary (HU), Slovenia (SI), and Slovak Republic (SK). Using FedEx Europe First means reaching your destination at least 2-3 hours before the time currently guaranteed by FedEx International Priority. The latter has delivery by midday or endof-business-day, again depending on destination. To see which destinations are available, as well as transit times and rates, contact Customer Service on or use the Global Transit Tool at Just enter the destination postal code to see the delivery information. FedEx Express International Freight For packages exceeding 150 pounds, FedEx offers several international freight services to your destination. In addition to the standard FedEx Express International Service Details, the following basic service details apply: Freight must be shrink-wrapped and/or banded to a skid. Must be palletized, stackable, and movable by forklift. Skids exceeding 70 in height or 119 in length or 80 in width or exceeding 2200 pounds required prior approval from FedEx. Before you create your shipping transaction, contact FedEx customer service (need number) for more information. FSMS Developer Guide version

198 Shipping International Express and Ground Express International Freight Services The following services are available for Express international freight shipments: FedEx International Priority Freight: Delivery typically in 1, 2, or 3 business days depending on your destination. FedEx International Economy Freight: Delivery typically within 5 business days depending on your destination. International Express Transaction Coding The basic FedEx Express international shipping transaction uses the same fields required for Express domestic shipping as described in Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight. The following table describes additional fields required for Express international shipping: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 2 Required All E/G See the Country Code Table 50 Recipient Country S in Appendix A for a list of valid country codes. 3 Required 68 Customs Currency Type S or Defaulted Intl E Default is USD for U.S. origins and CAD for CA origins. Applies to Customs currency type. Note: The setting for this field is applied to field 119 (Total Commodity Customs Value) and field 1030 (Commodity Line Item Unit Value). See Appendix E Note 3 in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for a list of currency types. 72 Terms of Sale S 3 Optional Intl E Valid values (Default is 1): 1 FCA/FOB, Free Carrier/Free On Board 2 CIP/CIF, Carriage Insurance Paid/ Cost Insurance & Freight 3 CPT/C&F, Carriage Paid To/Cost & Freight 4 EXW, Ex Works 5 DDU, Delivered Duty Unpaid 6 DDP, Delivered Duty Paid 184 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

199 Shipping International Express and Ground Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional 75 Weight Units S 3 Required or Defaulted 79 Description of Contents Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments All E/G The weight units of the shipment. Valid values: LBS default for U.S. domestic and U.S. export KGS default for Intra-CA and all international KGS can be used for intra- U.S. shipping. If your shipment is calculated in kilograms (KGS) instead of pounds (LBS), this field is required. 450 Required* Intl E/G Required for commodity shipments or for document shipments when field 190 (Document Shipment Flag) is set to Y and field 2396 (Document Description) is not used. Description of the contents of a commodity shipment. This field can be used for freeform text when field 2396 is not used. Note: Only the first 31 characters of this field print on a label, but 450 characters are available for customer input to be used on their own reports, including commercial invoices. Note: If both field 79 and 2396 are populated in the same transaction, field 2396 takes precedence. Field 79 takes precedence for IPD/IDF/IED shipments. 2 Required Intl E/G Country code where 80-# Country of Manufacture S commodity contents were produced or manufactured in their final form. For multiple countries of manufacture, XX may be entered. XX is not valid for: IPD/IDF/IED shipments, TD shipments, and document shipments. Requests for any customs documentation Multiple commodities FSMS Developer Guide version

200 Shipping International Express and Ground Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 7 Required* Intl E/G The default is 1. See the Country Code Table in Appendix A: Value Reference Tables for a list of country codes. 82-# Commodity Quantity S Required if field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) is set to Y, and you are not using field 78 (Commodity Customs Value) or field 119 (Total Commodity Customs Value). Total number of packages of a given commodity in the entire shipment. For example, if you are shipping pencils, you must enter 6 if you are shipping 6 pencils. If FedEx is filing a Commercial Invoice (CI), this field is used in conjunction with field 1030 (Commodity Line Item Unit Value) to determine the total commodity customs value for the shipment Field 119 is the sum of 82*1030. This derived value can be overridden, if the value exceeds the derived value, by passing a value in field Declared Value/Rate Currency Type S 3 Required or Defaulted All E Default for U.S. Domestic shipping: USD Default for CA Domestic shipping: CAD U.S. Export shipping requires you to specify USD or CAD. Canadian Export shipping requires you to specify CAD or USD. All other origins are nonrated. 2 Required All E Available for all: 1273 Packaging Type P 01 Customer Packaging 02 FedEx Pak 03 FedEx Box 04 FedEx Tube 06 FedEx Envelope 186 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

201 Shipping International Express and Ground Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments International Only (including U.S. export): 15 FedEx 10KG Box 25 FedEx 25KG Box 1274 Service Type S 2 Required All E Valid FedEx International Express service Types: 01 International Priority 03 International Economy 06 International First 57 FedEx Europe First 70 International Priority Freight 86 International Economy Freight Delivery Signature Options Delivery signature options are required for Express and Ground international shipments to the U.S. and Canada only. You may choose from these options: Direct Signature Required Indirect Signature Required Adult Signature Required No Signature Required For more information regarding signature requirements to the U.S. and Canada, see the section about Transborder Distribution (TD) in this guide. Saturday Shipping, Delivery, and Pickup Saturday shipping, delivery, and pickup options are available for international shipments. The following service details apply to FedEx Express international shipments involving Saturday service: U.S. export shipments to International destinations are available for pickup on Saturdays. For FedEx International Priority, Saturday delivery is available for shipments from the U.S. to Canada only. For countries that consider Saturday a regular business day (Far East and Middle East), Saturday delivery does not have to be indicated in the ship transaction. Saturday pickup and delivery is not offered for FedEx International First, FedEx International Economy, or FedEx Express Freight International services, except in countries where Saturday is a regular business day. FSMS Developer Guide version

202 Shipping International Express and Ground When coding for Saturday service, use field 24 (Ship Date), field 1266 (Saturday Delivery Flag), and field 1267 (Saturday Pickup Flag) as described in the following table: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 24 Ship Date S 8 Required* All E/G Required for Future Day shipping. Format: CCYYMMDD Default: The current system date. For example, to specify July 1, 2008 code the field as follows: 24," " Used for Future Day shipments, up to 10 days in advance for FedEx Express and 90 days for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery Saturday Delivery Flag 1267 Saturday Pickup Flag 1 Required* All E Required for Saturday Delivery service. Enter Y for Saturday Delivery. Saturday Delivery Express Freight shipments are only allowed within the U.S. or U.S. inbound. 1 Required* All E Required for Saturday Pickup service. Valid values: Y Saturday Pickup N Non-Saturday Pickup Not valid for Freight. Inside Pickup and Delivery You may request inside pickup and delivery in the 020 Ship transaction if you are shipping FedEx International Priority Freight. This option is not available for international economy freight services. Dangerous Goods FSMS supports the shipping of dangerous goods (DG) for FedEx Express under International Air Transport Association (IATA) and 49CFR Air regulations. Any FedEx Express DG shipment can be shipped under IATA regulations, but only shipments that are shipped within the US, to and from Puerto Rico, or to and from U.S. territories can be shipped under ORM-D regulations. Note: To assist in FedEx Express DG shipping, FSMS provides an IATA table in spreadsheet format in the FedEx_Tables file in the FedEx directory. FSMS supports the printing of the 1421C Shipper s Declaration of Dangerous Goods which is required for all DG shipments. The 1421C may be printed as a multi-ply form using a dot matrix 188 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

203 Shipping International Express and Ground printer or you may print this form on a laser printer using special 1421C paper (plain paper with a border of red crosshatches). The 1421C is produced at the time of shipment confirmation. Note: Contact your FedEx Account Executive for more information about obtaining 1421C laser forms. FSMS does not prevent Dangerous Goods (DG) shipments to countries which do not accept them. The Dangerous Goods check box appears in the Additional Options dialog box whether or not the destination country accepts DG shipments. Contact FedEx International Customer Service at to verify that the destination country will accept the shipment. Shipping FedEx Dangerous Goods in Accepted Quantities If shipping dangerous good in quantities defined by the IATA as Accepted Quantities, full DG validation is not required. If shipping Accepted Quantities, only field 1331 (Dangerous Goods Flag) and field 1669 (Accepted Quantities Flag) are required. Field 1331 should be set to a value of E and field 1669 set to a value of Y. Accepted Quantities shipments are not assessed a DG surcharge and no 1421C will be printed. Field ID Field Name Max Length Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 1331 Dangerous Goods Flag 1 All E Valid values: A Acessible DG I Inaccessible DG E Excepted Quantities Y Shipment contains DG/hazmat N Shipment contains no DG/hazmat 1669 Accepted Quantities Flag 1 Opt. E Valid values: Y Yes N No Default: N Allowed combinations of Fields 1331 and 1629: Results Y Y Error! Y Error A Y Error N Y Successful I N Successful A N Successful E Y or N Successful FSMS Developer Guide version

204 Shipping International Express and Ground Limitations for FedEx Express shipping You must prepare U.S. and CA Express DG shipments as single package shipments only. If using Open Ship, any DG information entered after the Create transaction is ignored. If printing the 1421C, only the DG information associated with the Create prints and the remaining forms are blank. Dry Ice FSMS allows you to ship packages containing dry ice as long as the specifics for the shipment are included in the shipping transaction. The following shipping rules apply: Dry ice shipping is allowed for FedEx Express U.S. domestic, FedEx Express intra- Canada, and FedEx Express international shipments. Dry ice weight is measured in the same weight units as the package weight set in Field 75 (Weight Type). The weight entered for dry ice must be less than the total weight of the shipment. Dry Ice is considered a packing material and does not require any dangerous goods fields for shipping. Note: To provide transactional consistency, field 1684 (Dry Ice Weight) has two implied decimal parameters and is accepted in either pounds or kilograms depending on the weight type chosen for the entire shipment in field 75 (Weight Type). Alcohol FedEx allows the shipping of alcohol and wine to international destinations as long as you comply with the origin and country destination laws governing such shipments. For additional information regarding alcohol shipping requirements, contact your FedEx Account Executive. 190 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

205 Shipping International Express and Ground Cut Flowers Depending on the customs rules for cut flowers, FSMS allows you to indicate that an international Express shipment contains cut flowers using field 572 (Cut Flowers Flag). An additional surcharge is applied for cut flowers shipments. This flag is needed to ensure that FSMS returns the correct shipping costs. The following shipping rules apply: Destination and origin country allowances can be verified using Global Trade Manager (GTM) on An additional surcharge is applied for cut flowers shipments. Saturday Delivery is not allowed. Cut flowers shipping is not allowed for TD or IPD shipments. Ground services are not allowed. Broker Select Option (BSO) is not allowed. FedEx packaging options are not allowed for cut flowers shipments. Field ID Field Name Max Length Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 572 Cut Flowers Flag S 1 Intl E Indicates cut flowers in shipment. Applicable only to origins in LAC, APAC, and EMEA. Valid values: Y N (default) Future Day You are allowed to create a Future Day Express international shipment for up to ten (10) calendar days from the current day. Future Day shipments are uploaded to FedEx when you close your shipping day and retained in a file until the package future ship date equals the current day. You must upload a delete request (023) to remove Future Day shipments from this file or you may be billed for these packages. Hold at Location (HAL) See the U.S. (domestic) Hold at FedEx Location (HAL) requirements for more information. FSMS Developer Guide version

206 Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx International Broker Select (BSO) Use the FedEx International Broker Select (BSO) service to employ a non-fedex broker for customs clearance. FedEx delivers the shipment to customs or the elected broker, and after the shipment is cleared, FedEx delivers the shipment to its final destination; or you can choose to have your non-fedex broker make arrangements for final delivery. BSO is available to more than 121 countries. The basic service details for using BSO are as follows: BSO is available for FedEx International Priority and FedEx International Economy services only. You must enter the broker s name, city, state, postal code, and phone number on every FedEx International waybill for every shipment with which you want to use BSO. All FSMS label formats support BSO. These formats are: Laser Air Waybill, Thermal Air Waybill, PNG, and Multi-ply Air Waybill. Transaction fields for BSO are part of the 020 Global Ship Request. All transaction fields required for BSO are described in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide in the Broker Select Option (BSO) FedEx Express only section. 192 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

207 Shipping International Express and Ground Customs Clearance Documents You may choose to provide your own Customs clearance documents or allow FSMS to generate some basic documentation from the information you enter to ship an international package. FSMS provides the following documents: Commercial Invoice (default) Proforma Invoice Certificate of Origin These apply to Express and Ground international shipments with the following exceptions: TD, IPD, IED, and IDF shipments are not included. Proforma Invoice is not allowed for Ground shipments. The Proforma Invoice is required for shipments within the European Union. A Commercial Invoice is not allowed for EU shipments. The Commercial Invoice and Proforma Invoice are mutually exclusive. Only the CI will print if both are requested. Note: If you need more information regarding Customs clearance requirements, go to and use the Global Trade Manager (GTM) tools. This site provides important country-specific clearance information, a document assistance wizard, prohibited commodities information, and a duties and taxes estimator utility. Commercial Invoice The Commercial Invoice (CI) is the most common document required to clear non-document packages through Customs. Typically, three copies of the CI are required for package clearance. Using FSMS, you can customize the CI to print on your company letterhead (field 2398). You can also use FSMS to create your own CI and file the information with the appropriate Customs office (by coding field 113 as N) or you can let FSMS create and upload the CI information for you (field 113 = Y). If you create your own Commercial Invoice, the following service details apply. Commodity Rules: (Total Customs Value = TCV) Commodity information is shipment level information and NOT package level information. FedEx only requires commodity information for the shipment as a whole and does not require per package commodity information. For example, if the same commodity is in multiple packages, the commodity quantity would be the sum of that commodity in all packages, such as three packages with 10 commodities in each is a total of thirty commodities and the entry in field 82, for that specific commodity, should be 30. If you are creating and filing the CI (field 113 = N), the following commodity fields are the minimum required: 79 (Commodity Description) 80 (Country of Manufacture) FSMS Developer Guide version

208 Shipping International Express and Ground If you are creating and filing the CI (field 113 = N) and not processing the shipment using Open Ship, field 119 (TCV) is required if fields 82 and 1030 are not used. If you are creating and filing the CI (field 113 = N) and processing the shipment using Open Ship, field 119 (TCV) is required in the Create transaction, even if it is inaccurate, if commodity fields 82 and 1030 are not being used. If field 119 was not included in the Create transaction and fields 82 and 1030 were not used, the transaction will fail at Confirm and the shipment will have to be deleted and re-entered. The TCV can be edited at any time prior to the Confirm transaction if provided in the Create transaction. If the customer is creating and filing the CI (field 113 = N) and field 119 (TCV) was not included in the Create transaction, and fields 82 and 1030 are being used to derive TCV, the TCV cannot be overridden in the Confirm transaction. The TCV can only be overridden in Open Ship mode IF it was included in the Create transaction. If FedEx is creating and filing the CI (field 113 = Y), the following commodity fields are required: 79 (Commodity Description) 80 (Country of Manufacture) 82 (Commodity Unit Quantity) 414 (Unit of Measure) 1030 (Commodity Line Item Unit Value) The following fields are optional: 77 (Commodity Line Item Weight) 81 (Harmonized Tariff Code) 120 (Marks and Numbers) 601 (International Traffic in Arms (ITAR) Exemption) 1678 (Commodity Index Number) 2397 (Purpose of Shipment Code) If FedEx is creating and filing the CI (field 113 = Y), field 119 (TCV) is derived from the product of (field 82 x field 1030) or (Quantity x Unit Value) OR from the sum of all occurrences of field 78-# (Commodity Customs Value). In this case, field 119 (TCV) is an optional input field. If a shipment has multiple commodities and thus multiple occurrences of fields (82 and 1030) OR 78, then the Total Customs Value will be the sum of the Customs Value of each line item, i.e. ((82-1*1030-1)+(82-2*1030-2)+(82-X*1030-X)) OR from the sum of the occurrences of field 78. This derived value will be returned in field 119 (Total Customs Value) in the 120 Reply transaction. If FedEx is creating and filing the CI (field 113 = Y) and field 119 (TCV) is provided in the 020 Request transaction, the inputted value will override the derived value if and only if it is greater than the derived value. Otherwise, it will be ignored. If FedEx is filing the CI (field 113 = Y), it is recommended to include field 119 (TCV) in the Create if it may be necessary to override the derived TCV. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for field descriptions needed to code a CI and commodities information in a shipping transaction. 194 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

209 Shipping International Express and Ground Adding, Editing, and Deleting Commodities You can edit, add, or delete commodities from a shipment prepared using Open Ship after the Create transaction has been processed by using fields 1677 and Field 1677 (Commodity Action Code) is required and the valid values for this field are Add, Edit, and Delete. When editing or deleting a commodity, field 1678 (Commodity Index Number) is also required. This field is optional when adding a commodity. Use fields 1677 and 1678 to perform an action on a commodity after commodities are added during the Open Ship Create. Adding a Commodity 1. Provide the Master tracking number if FedEx Express or the tracking number of the first package for FedEx Ground. 2. Set field 541 to NNNNNNNNN. 3. Set field 542 to the same Open Ship Index Number being used for the shipment. 4. Set field 1274 to the appropriate Service Type for the shipment. 5. Set field 1677 to 1 to add a commodity. Field 1678 is optional and may be set to any value when adding packages. Add all commodity level fields: 77 Commodity Line Item Weight 79 Commodity Description 80 Country of Manufacture 81 Harmonized Tariff Code 82 Commodity Unit Quantity 414 Unit of Measure 1030 Commodity Line Item Unit Value The following fields are optional: 120 Marks and Numbers 601 ITAR Exemption 1678 Commodity Index Number 2397 Purpose of Shipment Code Editing a Commodity Editing a commodity requires field 1678 (Commodity Index Number). Each commodity is assigned a value either by FSMS or by the user. If the user does not assign an index number during the Create transaction or Add Commodity transaction, FSMS will assign a default value and it will be of the form FDX0, FDX1, etc. The assigned number is returned in the 120 Reply transaction. When editing a commodity field, 1677 is required with a value of 2 to specify that an FSMS Developer Guide version

210 Shipping International Express and Ground Edit is desired, field 1678 is required so the desired edit can take place on the specified commodity, and the commodity value to be edited is required. Deleting a Commodity Deleting a commodity requires field 1677 with a value of 3 and field 1678 to specify the commodity to be deleted. Note: One commodity is always required to exist within an Open Ship shipment. A commodity may not be deleted if it is the only commodity in the shipment. To delete a commodity, another commodity must first be added. Document Shipments FSMS supports document shipments through commodity shipment options, such as customs value, carriage value, and printing customs paperwork. If you use field 190 (Document Shipment Flag), you must also complete field 2396 or field 79. Use field 2396 (Document Description) to select a document description from a pre-defined list. If none of the pre-defined descriptions match your shipment, use field 79 (Description of Contents) to enter a document description. The following fields are available for both commodities and document shipments: 82 Commodity Quantity 1030 Commodity Line Item Value 119 Total Commodity Customs Value 69 or 26 Declared Value for Carriage 2397 Purpose of Shipment Code 79 Description of Contents See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for approved document descriptions. Note: Destination countries that require a $1 minimum customs value will not accept a Document Description of Correspondence/No Commercial Value. Carriage Value Carriage Value is the insurable value of the product being shipped. Field 69 (Carriage Value) is a package level field that requires multiple occurrences equal to the number of packages shipped. For example, if shipping five packages, then field 69 must be repeated five times 69,"20000"69-2,"21500"69-3,"30000"69-4,"32000"69-5,"40500" The shipment Carriage Value becomes the sum of each occurrence. The total value is uploaded to FedEx systems. Vague Commodity Edits U.S. and Canadian Customs require that commodity descriptions clearly indicate the contents of a shipment. Appendix A contains a "Vague Commodity Description" list of the most common commodity descriptions considered vague by U.S. and Canadian Customs. It is required that 196 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

211 Shipping International Express and Ground all commodity descriptions be checked against the table to ensure that known vague descriptions are not used. Be advised that not performing these edits may result in clearance delays. This list is not exhaustive. A clear description of the contents of the package should always be provided in order to avoid any clearance delays. FSMS will NOT perform the edits, because doing so would negatively impact the transaction processing throughout of International transactions. Therefore, it is the responsibility of FSMS clients to ensure that the edits are performed. Shipper s Export Declaration (SED) or Electronic Export Information (EEI) The Shipper s Export Declaration (SED), now called Electronic Export Information (EEI), must be submitted on shipments from the U.S., Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands to International destinations, between the U.S. and Puerto Rico, and from the U.S. or Puerto Rico to the U.S. Virgin Islands if any of the following conditions apply: You ship merchandise under the same Schedule B commodity number that is valued at more than $2,500 USD and is sent from the same exporter to the same recipient on the same day. Note: Shipments to Canada are exempt from this requirement. The shipment contains merchandise, regardless of the values, that requires an export license/permit. The merchandise is subject to the International Traffic and Arms Regulations (ITAR). The shipment contains items other than personal, interoffice, or business correspondence, regardless of value, being sent to Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Serbia (excluding Kosovo), Sudan, or Syria. The SED/EEI is not required for shipments from the U.S. to Canada unless the merchandise is subject to ITAR or requires an export license or permit. An SED/EEI is not required for shipment to other U.S. possessions (American Samoa, Baker Island, Commonwealth or the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Howland Islands, Jarvis Island, Johnston Atoll, Kingmen Reef, Midway Islands, Navassa Island, Palmyra Atoll, and Wake Island) or from the U.S. Virgin Islands to the U.S. or Puerto Rico. Because of U.S. Government changes in the SED/EEI process, you must file your SED/EEI information with AESDirect at This Government-supported website facilitates your filing requirements and provides you with the appropriate shipper identification for your packages. FedEx will apply this information with your shipment but will no longer file this information for you. For more information regarding SED/EEI filing, the following locations are available: Global Trade Manager: AESDirect: U.S. Census Bureau: FSMS requires indication of SED/EEI filing status for each SED qualifying shipment. To indicate the SED/EEI status, use field 1349 with a value of S. FSMS Developer Guide version

212 Shipping International Express and Ground U.S. Customs further requires that either a Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) exemption or Internal Transaction Number (ITN) number be provided for each SED/EEI qualifying shipment. Use field 1358 (FTR, XTN, or ITN Entry) to provide the FTR exemption number, the Pre- Departure ITN, the Post Departure Citation, or the AES Downtime Citation. Note: FSMS version 8.0 forward is staged to process the changes pending U.S. government s implementation of final rules for SED/EEI. Until then, edits have been relaxed to accept XTN, ITN, and FTR entries in field 1358 as previously performed in FSMS 7.6. B13A Canadian Export Shipments The B13A is an export declaration form filed with Canada Customs by the Canadian exporter for all outbound shipments consigned to countries other than the United States, Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands. For shipments of documents and commodities, it is required when a shipment exceeds a customs value of $ CAD. The B13A is also required for shipments of controlled commodities, as defined by Revenue Canada Customs and related agencies, regardless of the value. FSMS provides field 1651 (B13A Filing Options) for Canada export shipments. The values for this field are: No B13A Required Manual B13A Required B13A Filing Electronically B13A Summary Reporting If you declare that a B13A is not required for your shipment, the associated B13A Exemption Number must also be provided in field 1652 (Export Data Statement). Visit to view the list of exemptions and identify the B13A exemption number that applies to your shipment, then enter the B13A exemption number in field Failure to provide the B13A exemption number may result in a delay of your shipment due to Customs examination. Note: For Product/Commodity Shipments the B13A Filing Option and associated fields must be provided for shipments of any value that are consigned to countries other than the United States, Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands. For Document Shipments the B13A Filing Option and associated fields must be provided for shipments consigned to countries other than the United States, Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands and if the value exceeds: $ CAD $999.99USD $0 for any other currency type The B13A information appears in B13A handling codes on the shipping label. Reference Fields See the FedEx Express U.S. Reference Fields section for more information. 198 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

213 Shipping International Express and Ground Third Party Consignee (TPC) Third Party Consignee (TPC) is a contract service that is offered to shippers who do not want their recipients to know the commercial value of the shipment. This service enables deliveries of shipments to end recipients at destinations without a commercial invoice attached. TPC is only allowed for certain origin/destination countries. There is a surcharge associated with this service. Shippers who have contracted for this service may use field 3309 (TPC Flag) in the 020 transaction. Supported services: FedEx International Priority (IP) FedEx International Priority Freight (IPF) Payment types allowed: Bill Sender Bill Third Party Countries allowed: Origin (Outbound from) Australia China Hong Kong Indonesia Japan Korea Malaysia New Zealand Philippines Singapore Taiwan Thailand Destination (Inbound to) Australia China Hong Kong Indonesia Japan Korea Malaysia New Zealand Singapore Taiwan United States (excluding Puerto Rico) United States (excluding Puerto Rico) FSMS Developer Guide version

214 Shipping International Express and Ground FedEx International Ground FedEx International Ground SM provides day-definite delivery typically in 3 to 7 business days from the U.S. to Canada and Puerto Rico and from Canada to the US. The service details are as follows: Service days are Monday through Friday. Delivery is by the end of the business day. Up to 150 lbs. (for packages weighing lbs., follow the marking heavy boxes guidelines); 108" in length; 165" in length plus girth (L+2W+2H). Packages cannot be delivered to P.O. boxes. No hazardous materials are allowed. Clearance is not included for FedEx International Ground shipments. You must enter broker information for your Ground shipments, or your packages will be delayed at the FedEx Ground Sort Facility until this information is provided. If you don t have a Customs broker for your International Ground shipments, you may choose to have FedEx manage the clearance of your packages. All required clearance documents must be attached to your Ground shipment. International Ground shipments requires that 5 copies of the Commercial Invoice ( 1 original and 4 copies) are submitted with your shipment. 200 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

215 Shipping International Express and Ground International Ground Transaction Coding The basic FedEx Ground international transaction uses the same fields required for Express domestic shipping as described in Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight. The following table describes additional fields required for Ground international shipping: Field ID Field Name 20 Payor Account Number Max Length Required/ Optional Valid For Exp/ Gnd Comments 20 Required All E/G FedEx Ground shipments require your 9-digit FedEx account number if you want to bill your recipient or a thirdparty account number. 23 Pay Type S 1 Required All G Account responsible for the shipping charges. Valid values: 1 Prepaid 2 Collect (NOT for C.O.D.) 3 Bill 3rd Party 5 Bill Recipient 1273 Packaging Type P 2 Required All G The only valid package type for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipments is: 01 Customer Packaging 1274 Service Type S 2 Required All G Valid service types for FedEx Ground shipments are: 90 FedEx Home Delivery 92 FedEx Ground Delivery Signature Options See the FedEx Express international Delivery Signature Options section for more information. International Multiweight FedEx International Ground Multiweight is a cost-saving service if you have many packages moving as a unit to the same destination on the same day. This pricing option allows you to combine shipments for a multiweight rate. The following shipping rules apply: Service Options Delivery Times Service Days Delivery Area Package Size and Weight Exceptions Shipping Rules Door-to-door delivery in 3-7 business days depending on your destination. Monday through Friday To and from Canada, and to Puerto Rico Multiple-package shipments with a total weight of 150 pound or more. Average package weight should be pounds. Up to 150 pounds per package; 108 in length; 130 in length plus girth (L+2W+2H). No hazardous materials For more information regarding this service, see your FedEx Account Executive. FSMS Developer Guide version

216 Shipping International Express and Ground International Multiple-Package Shipping (MPS) A Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) consists of two or more packages shipped to the same recipient. An MPS shipment uses a single transaction (with multiple occurrence fields) or a single Open Ship transaction. International Express MPS FedEx International Express shipments are considered "true" MPS shipments because they are linked by a Master tracking number, and the shipping labels for each package of an MPS shipment have a package count (for example: 1 of 3, 2 of 3, and 3 of 3). FedEx International Express shipments can be created by using a single 020 transaction with multiple occurrence fields or individually using the Open Ship option. You can create a single shipment with up to 9,998 packages as an MPS shipment. International Ground MPS International Ground MPS uses the same fields and procedures as Domestic Ground MPS. See Shipping Domestic Ground and FedEx Home Delivery for more information. Deleting an International Shipment Use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction to delete a single package or all packages in a multiple-package shipment (MPS). The following types of multiple-package shipments are included in the Global Delete Request: FedEx International Express or FedEx Ground MPS Domestic FedEx Express or FedEx Ground C.O.D. MPS Note: If you enter a tracking number associated with a multiple-package shipment, all packages in this shipment are deleted. For more information see Deleting a Shipment in the Shipping FedEx Express U.S. and Freight chapter. 202 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

217 Transborder Distribution (TD) FedEx Transborder Distribution (TD) enables you to streamline large shipments from Canada and Mexico for distribution in the U.S. You can consolidate your shipments for simplified customs clearance by either FedEx Trade Networks or a broker of your choice. After your shipment enters the U.S., you will receive access to the full range of FedEx services in the U.S., including FedEx Express, FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery. FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) allows you to code shipping transactions to support the TD service and provides all of the reporting you need for shipping and customs clearance of TD packages. This chapter provides information about using the TD service and includes the following sections: Creating TD Shipment Transactions FSMS is a transaction-based shipping solution that you can use to build your own TD shipping transactions using the 020/120 Global Ship Request/Reply transaction set. This section includes the following descriptions: o Start-up information, including service details and configuration information o Table of TD transaction fields TD Labels This section provides an overview of the FSMS TD shipping label and includes a description of TD fields. TD Reports FSMS provides the option of producing, saving, and printing a variety of reports to assist in the management of your TD shipping activity. This section describes: o Producing TD reports o TD report field definitions TD Shipping Transactions This section provides a brief description of the FSMS TD shipment transactions. In addition to the 020 transaction set, it describes basic shipping service details required to code TD to your shipping specifications. Note: The remainder of this section requires basic knowledge of FSMS shipping functions. These are described in other sections of this guide and in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FSMS Developer Guide version

218 Transborder Distribution (TD) Configuration Settings After you have contracted with FedEx to use the TD shipping option, your FSMS system will be configured by a FedEx customer service representative who will perform the following steps: 1. Your FedEx representative will ensure that the TD contract flag and TD-specific rates are downloaded to your server. This download is performed using the FSMS Demand Download Utility. 2. Your FedEx representative will also help configure your server to ensure that you have the appropriate report output settings (the.txt report format is not allowed for TD reports) and label settings before you begin shipping. Fixed and Variable Handling Charge Configuration If you want to add additional fixed or variable handling charges to your TD rate quote and to the shipping label doc tab, you can set default charge calculations in the Handling Charge window in the FSMS Configuration Utility Meter Setting dialog box. From this dialog box, click Handling Charges. The Handling Charge dialog box allows you to set options for Express, Ground, and TD shipments. The Handling Charge Calculation section of this dialog box lets you select the type of handling charge to be configured. The required fields are defined as follows: Fixed Amount: This selection lets you add a predetermined handling charge to each package/shipment. For example, select Fixed Amount if you charge $5USD handling for all packages regardless of package value or shipping charge. Percent of Freight Charge: Use this option if you want FSMS to calculate a fixed percentage of the list rate (undiscounted) shipping charge to be applied as a handling fee. For example, if you enter (%) in the Handling Charge Amount box and click Percent of Freight Charge, an additional charge of $1USD is added for a package with a $10USD list rate freight charge. Percent of Net Charge: If you want FSMS to calculate a fixed percentage of the net freight charges (including discounts) and apply this amount as a handling fee, choose Percent of Net Charge and enter the percentage in the Handling Charge Amount box. For example, if you enter (%) as the percent of net charge amount, an additional charge of $1USD is added for a package with a $10USD net freight charge. 204 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

219 Transborder Distribution (TD) Percent of Net Charges Taxes: This feature is available for Canadian packages only. If you choose this option, Canadian taxes are included as part of the net charge use to calculate the handling charge. For example, suppose your shipment cost is $100CAD and Canadian taxes are $5CAD. If you configure 5.00 (%) for your handling fee, the actual handling fee accessed for the shipment is $5.25CAD. Entering Handling Charge Amounts The Handling Charge Amount box lets you enter either the actual dollar amount (if you select Fixed Amount) or the percent amount if you choose one of the percent options as a handling charge calculation. Field entry requirements are as follows: Dollar amounts are entered as xxxxx.xx. For example, a five dollar handling charge is entered as Percent amounts are entered as xxxxx.xx. For example, a ten percent handling charge is entered as Note: If you want to add a fixed or variable handling charge on a shipment-by-shipment basis, you may use the Open Ship transaction to add this charge without making any entries in the FSMS Configuration Utility. Processing TD Shipments TD uses the FSMS Open Ship functions provided in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction set. TD Open Shipments are processed by the following sequence of transactions: 1 Create shipment 2 Add pieces to shipment 3 Confirm the shipment (which prevents further changes) 4 Perform the end-of-day Close To help understand how a TD shipment is created, you might think of TD as a truck. Creating a shipment (step 1) is like opening the cargo doors. Adding pieces (step 2) to the shipment is like putting packages in the truck. You can add or remove them throughout the day. Confirming the shipment (step 3) is like closing the doors of the truck the packages are there, but you cannot access them to make changes. The end-of-day Close (step 4) can be compared to the truck leaving your site with your processed packages. Basic TD Shipping Details Before you begin coding TD shipping transactions, FedEx recommends that you become familiar with the basic details of TD shipping. This information will help you create error-free transactions and provide an understanding of how FSMS handles shipping requests. FSMS Developer Guide version

220 Transborder Distribution (TD) FedEx Services Allowed for TD The following FedEx services are allowed for TD: FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Services Allowed by Package Type Service Customer Packaging FedEx Envelope FedEx Pak FedEx Box FedEx Tube FedEx Priority Overnight Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FedEx Standard Overnight Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FedEx 2-Day Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FedEx First Overnight Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FedEx 1Day Freight Yes No No No No FedEx 2Day Freight Yes No No No No FedEx 3Day Freight Yes No No No No FedEx Express Saver Yes Yes Yes No No FedEx Ground Yes No No No No FedEx Home Delivery Yes No No No No FedEx Express Special Services Allowed by Service Type Service C.O.D. IDG ADG Dry Ice Signature Required Inside Delivery Alcohol Saturday Delivery Sunday Delivery Priority Alert Hold at Location Inside Pickup Saturday Pickup FedEx Priority Overnight No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No FedEx Standard No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No Yes No No Overnight FedEx 2Day No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No FedEx First Overnight No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No Yes No No FedEx 1Day Freight No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No FedEx 2Day Freight No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No FedEx 3Day Freight No No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No FedEx Express Saver No No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No FedEx Ground Special Services Allowed by Service Type Service C.O.D. ECOD Non- Standard Packagin Haz Mat Signature Required Type Appt Delivery Evening Delivery Date Certain Delivery FedEx Ground Yes No Yes No Yes No No No FedEx Home No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Delivery 206 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

221 Transborder Distribution (TD) TD Shipping Service Details Basic service details that apply to TD shipments and describe the services are as follows: 1. TD is available for shipping packages to the U.S. only. A valid zip code that corresponds to the city and state entered for the shipment is required. 2. Current U.S. domestic FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, and FedEx Home Delivery size and weight restrictions apply. For more information regarding package weight restrictions, refer to the FedEx Service Guide located at 3. Current U.S. domestic FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, and FedEx Home Delivery days of operation apply (including Future Day shipping). Days of operation for destinations/services are also provided at: 4. If you are shipping TD, you can use FedEx Express packaging for Express shipments or your own custom packaging. For FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery TD shipments, you must use your own packaging. 5 You can only select a single weight type pounds (LBS) or kilograms (KGS) and a single dimension type: inches (IN) if using LBS as the weight type, or centimeters (CM) if using KGS as the weight type. After you create an open TD shipment, the weight type you select for the first piece in the shipment is the prevailing type for the rest of the pieces in the shipment. Note: If you ship packages using FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery, you must code measurements in pounds (LBS) and inches (IN). 6 You can select a single currency for the customs value of the entire transaction. After the TD shipment is opened, the currency you selected for the first piece in the shipment remains constant for the other pieces in the shipment. 7 Declared value limits are based on the FedEx service you select for the shipment. 8 You can enter a maximum of 999 commodities (Express and Ground, as appropriate) per shipment. 9 You can enter a maximum of 999 pieces (associated with one shipment) for a TD shipment. FSMS Developer Guide version

222 Transborder Distribution (TD) Creating a TD Shipment TD shipments are processed using the Open Ship option. Open Ship is a highly flexible shipping option unique to FSMS. Open Ship allows you to enter information for a TD shipment as it is received throughout the day, rather than entering all shipping information only when the shipment is ready to be processed. The shipment remains open, accepting each piece as it is entered and closing only when you confirm the shipment. Create Shipment 020 Transaction Add Piece 020 Transaction (1 st Package) Prints Package Label Add Piece 020 Transaction (2nd Package) Prints Package Label Add Piece 020 Transaction (Nth Package) Prints Package Label Confirm Shipment 020 Transaction Prints TD Reports The following table describes each of the numbered items in the TD workflow: Workflow Item Create Shipment Add Piece* *not to exceed 999 pieces per shipment Confirm Shipment Description Creating a TD shipment requires the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) set to Y in the first position: Field 541 = YNNNNNNNN A tracking number for the shipment is assigned by FSMS. No labels are printed for the Create Shipment transaction. TD packages are processed individually by sending an 020 Add Piece transaction. A shipping label with a unique tracking number prints for each package (or piece transaction) processed. To add a piece to a shipment, use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) set to Y in the 4 th (fourth): Field 541 = NNNYNNNNN A TD shipment must have at least two packages processed before an 020 Confirm Shipment transaction can be accepted to close the 208 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

223 Transborder Distribution (TD) Workflow Item Description shipment. To Confirm the shipment, send the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) set to Y in the 9 th (ninth) position: Field 541 = NNNNNNNNY Package labels (no master is printed for TD) and all other TD reports are printed to designated printers. See the Open Ship section for more information. Package labels are printed at the time of shipping. The reports are printed at the Confirm Shipment and end-of-day Close. Note: A TD Mexico shipment will print a Master Air Waybill (MAWB) after the TD Open Ship shipment has been confirmed. Now that you have reviewed the workflow and shipping rules for creating a TD shipment, you are ready to begin creating shipping transactions. Beginning on the following page are instructions for coding each phase of a TD Open Ship transaction: Creating a TD Shipment The standard fields in the FSMS 020 Global Ship Request transaction set are used (as part of the Open Ship functionality) to create an FSMS Open Ship shipment. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information. The following table describes the required field specifications that you must use: Note: Fields described as Required* (with asterisk) are required based on conditions described in the Comments column. Field ID Field Name Required /Optional Field Length Comments Recipient Address Fields Optional The recipient address fields on the shipment level are not required. Recipient address fields are only required for the piece Weight Optional Weight is only required on the package level (for the piece). 75 Weight Type Required 3 The weight selected on the package level (either LBS or KGS) applies to every piece associated with the shipment. 24 Ship Date Required* 8 If you are creating a TD shipment with a future ship date, field 24 (Ship Date) is required. Entry format: CCYYMMDD You may ship up to 10 days in advance for Express shipments and up to 90 days in advance for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipments. 80 Country of Manufacture Optional 2 Country code where commodity contents were produced or manufactured in their final form. 79 Customs Description Optional 31 Describes the commodity contents for the shipment. FSMS Developer Guide version

224 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name 113 Consolidated Commercial Invoice Flag Required /Optional Field Length Comments Required 1 Option to create a Consolidated Commercial Invoice (CCI). A CCI is required for customs clearance. If you are planning to create your customs paperwork through other means, enter N. If you would like FSMS to create the CCI for you, set the flag to Y. 72 Terms of Sale Required* 1 If you set Field 113 (Consolidated Commercial Invoice Flag) to Y, this flag is required. Valid values: 1 FOB/FCS: Free on Board/Free Carrier 2 CIF/CIP: Cost, Insurance, and Freight/Carrier and Insurance Paid to 3 CRF/CPT: Cost and Freight/Carriage Paid To 4 EXW: Exwork 5 DDU: Delivery Duty Unpaid 6 DDP: Delivery Duty Paid 498 Meter Number Required 7 A unique number assigned to your FedEx account number. Indicates the FSMS meter on which the shipment was processed. 541 Open Ship Flag Required 9 Nine (9) 1-byte fields that indicate the function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. For example, to create a shipment, set the flags as follows: YNNNNNNNN At least one Y must be specified for this field. NNNNNNNNN is invalid. Each one-byte flag is defined as follows: 1 Create Shipment 2 Route/Time in transit 3 Rate 4 Add Package 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Delete Package 8 Delete Shipment 9 Confirm Shipment 542 Open Ship Index Required 4 A unique number identifier for the Open Ship shipment. This number is assigned by the customer and must be included with each package in the shipment Service Type Required 2 Must be passed in the Open Ship Create shipment transaction. Valid value is: 82 = Transborder Distribution Service for CA/MX. 210 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

225 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name 1483 Standard Carrier Alphanumeric Code (SCAC) Required /Optional Field Length Comments Required 4 Four-character identifier of the carrier transporting the TD shipment Linehaul Flag Required 1 Indicates whether FedEx Transborder Distribution linehaul is used. Specify N if you are using your own linehaul. Note: If you specify Y, fields 1498 and 1500 are required. Note: This field setting must be approved by FedEx Sales and Customer Technology. This field may not be changed without contacting FedEx FedEx Linehaul Payment Type 1500 FedEx Linehaul Account Number 1485 Return Address Contact Name 1486 Return Address Company Name Required* 1 If you specify Y in field 1484, this field is required. Valid values: 1 Bill Shipper 3 Bill Third Party Required* 9 If you specify Y in field 1484, this field is required. Valid entry is an active 9-digit FedEx linehaul account number. Required* Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required if you do not specify field 1486 (Return Address Company Name). This field is required for Canada TD only. Required* Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required if you do not specify field 1485 (Return Address Contact Name). This field is required for Canada TD only Return Address Line 1 Required Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required for Canada TD only Return Address Line 2 Optional Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required for Canada TD only Return City Required Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required if you do not specify field 1485 (Return Address Contact Name). This field is required for Canada TD only. FSMS Developer Guide version

226 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required /Optional Field Length Comments 1490 Return Address State Required Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required for Canada TD only Return Address Zip Code Required Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required for Canada TD only Return Address Phone Number 169 Importer of Record Country Code 170 Importer of Record Contact Name 172 Importer of Record Address Importer of Record Address 2 Required Fields are the return address fields for the TD shipment. This address is the US-based address for the shipper. Note: This field is required for Canada TD only. Required 2 Importer of Record fields are required to create a TD shipment. Note: Fields , and , 178 and 180 are the Importer of Record (IOR) fields. See Country Code Table in Appendix A for a list of valid country codes. Required 35 Same as previous. Required 35 Same as previous. Optional 35 Same as previous. 174 Importer of Record City Required 35 Same as previous. 175 Importer of Record State Required 2 Same as previous. 176 Importer of Record Zip/ Required 14 Same as previous. Postal Code 178 Importer of Record Phone Required 14 Same as previous. Number 180 Importer of Record ID (EIN) Required 15 Same as previous. Fields , and 1546 are required if you use FedEx Trade Networks as your Customs Clearance Broker FedEx Trade Networks Broker Option 1503 FedEx Trade Network Broker DTF Account Number 1546 FedEx Trade Networks Broker D/T/F Payment Type Required* 1 This field is required if you are using FedEx Trade Networks as your customs broker for TD shipments. Valid inputs are Y or N. Y = FedEx Trade Networks. If no entry is made, the default is N. Required* 6 to 9 Required if field 1502 = Y and field 1546 (DTF Payment Type) = 1 Optional is field 1502 = Y and field 1546 = 3 Required* 1 Required if field 1502 = Y. Default is 1 = Shipper; 3 = Third Party also allowed. 212 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

227 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required /Optional Field Length Comments Fields are required if you use FedEx Trade Networks as your Customs Clearance Broker and are billing your shipment to a third party account TD 3rd Party Broker DTF ZIP/Postal Code rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor Contact Name rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor Address rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor City rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor State/Province rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor Country rd Party Broker D/T/F Payor Phone Number Required* 15 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 35 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 35 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 35 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 35 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 2 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (bill third party) Field 1503 = Not present Required* 15 Required if the following conditions occur: Field 1502 = Y Field 1546 = 3 (Bill Third Party) Field 1503 = Not present Fields 66, 67, and Field 1344 are used if you have your own Customs Clearance Broker. 66 Broker Name Required* 30 This field is required if you use a broker other than FedEx Trade Network as your Customs Clearance Broker. 67 Broker Phone Number Required* 15 This field is required if you use a broker other than FedEx Trade Networks as your Customs Clearance Broker BSO Flag Optional 1 When set to Y, this field indicates that the package is to be shipped using a broker other than FedEx Trade Networks Broker Account Number Optional Broker Company Optional Broker Address Line 1 Optional Broker Address Line 2 Optional Broker City Optional 20 FSMS Developer Guide version

228 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required /Optional Field Length Comments 1184 Broker State/Province Optional Broker Postal Code Optional * 10 Required for FedEx International Broker Select (BSO) Broker Country Optional Broker ID Optional Broker Address Optional 120 Required for FedEx InSight function. See FedEx for more information Broker FAX Number Optional 15 Notes: Part of the Reply transaction when creating a shipment is field 29 (Tracking Number). This field should be captured for future reference and is required if you need to delete the entire shipment. Future Day shipping (up to 10 days in advance of the current day) is allowed by including field 24 (Ship Date). For more information regarding Future Day shipping, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference. guide FedEx TD shipments have day-specific routing and are expected to arrive in the FedEx system form on the ship date. Given that the pickup time can be early in the day, a new shipment with the next shipping day should be opened. Adding a TD Shipment Piece After a shipment is created, packages are added to the shipment. While packages require many of the same fields that are used for regular shipments, field 541 (Open Ship Flag) and field 542 (Open Ship Index) are required to associate the package with a TD shipment. Multiple-Package Shipments (MPS) and Rating have been added in FSMS 8.4. To create or rate an MPS shipment, set tags 116=n and 1670=n (multiple occurrence). The following table lists the transaction fields that may be required to add a TD package (depending on your shipping requirements): Field ID Field Name Required Field Length Comments Recipient Information: 11 Recipient Company Required* 35 Required if Field 12 is not present. 12 Recipient Contact Required* 35 Required if Field 11 is not present. 13 Recipient Address Line 1 Required Recipient Address Line 2 Optional Recipient City Required 24/20 Note: Ground shipping limits the City Field to 20 characters. 16 Recipient State/Province Required 2 17 Recipient Postal Code Required 10 Note: Ground and FHD do not accept ZIP+4, and no postal code validation is performed. 18 Recipient Phone Number Required Recipient Country Required FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

229 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name 118 Consignee IRS/EIN/VAT Number Required Field Length Comments Optional 15 The consignee s tax identification number (Internal Revenue Service (IRS) ID, Employer Identification Number (EIN), or other import identification number) depending on the country of destination. Shipment Information: NOTE: If you are using the FedEx Express Freight Services for a package, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for additional required Express Freight fields Weight Required 10.2 This weight field supports two implied decimal places for all shipments and does not require any distinction between FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, or FedEx Home Delivery shipping. For TD shipping, this field must be used to enter individual package weights only. FSMS performs the weight summation and package count. Maximum FedEx Express (non-freight) and Ground weights is 150 Lbs. Maximum FedEx Home Delivery weight is 70 Lbs. The multiple occurrences tags are required for MPS. 23 Payment Type Required 1 Express payment types are: 1 Bill Sender 2 Bill Recipient or Consignee 3 Bill Third Party Ground payment types are: 1 Prepaid 2 Collect (not for C.O.D.) 3 Bill Third Party 5 Bill Recipient 113 Commercial Invoice (CI) Flag Required 1 If you would like FSMS to create a CI for each piece of the shipment, set the flag to Y to create an individual commercial invoice. 116 Number of Packages Required* 3 This field is required for Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) Pre-Assigned Tracking Number Required* 15 This field is generally not used if you allow FSMS to create your labels; if you produce custom labels, a pre-assigned tracking number is required. FSMS Developer Guide version

230 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required Field Length Comments 1274 Service Type Required 2 Valid service types are: Express: 01 FedEx Priority Overnight 03 FedEx 2Day 05 FedEx Standard Overnight 06 FedEx First Overnight 20 FedEx Express Saver 70 FedEx 1Day Freight 80 FedEx 2Day Freight 83 FedEx 3Day Freight Ground: 90 FedEx Home Delivery 92 FedEx Ground 1273 Packaging Type Required 2 Available for Express (U.S. domestic and international): 01 Customer packaging 02 FedEx Pak 03 FedEx Box 04 FedEx Tube 06 FedEx Envelope Ground: 01 Customer packaging 1588-# Handling Charge Type Optional 1 This field is used to indicate the type of handling charge to be added to the net charge of the shipment. Valid values: 0 No handling charge 1 Fixed handling charge amount 2 Variable handling charge based on percentage of gross transportation charge 3 Variable handling charge based on percentage of net charge 4 Variable handling charge based on percentage of net charge minus Canada taxes (CA origin only) Note: For Ground MPS shipments, a value of 1, 2, 3, or 4 must be on the first package to enable a variable handling charge on any subsequent package of the MPS. Note: You may also choose to configure a recurring handling charge type in the FSMS Configuration Utility for your TD shipments. See Configuring FSMS for more information. 216 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

231 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name 1595-# Handling Charge Amount or Percentage 1606-# Handling Charge Application Point Required Field Length Comments Optional = 7 total numeric entries, two of which are implied decimal entries If field 1588 = 1, field 1595 should contain a currency amount (for example: 500 = $5USD). If field 1588 = 2, 3 or 4, field 1595 should contain a percentage (for example: 1000 = 10%). Optional 1 Valid values: 0 or null Handling charge applied at the package level. 1 Handling charge applied at the shipment level. Only repeat if used at the package level. 541 Open Ship Flag Required 9 Position 4 is set to Y. For example: NNNYNNNNN 542 Open Ship Index Required 4 The Open Ship index number of the shipment must be entered for each package, to link that piece to the shipment. 119 Total Customs Value Required* 11.2 Total customs value (dollar amount of the shipment). This field is required if you create your own CI (field 113 is set to N). Commodity (required only if FSMS creates the CCI): 77-# Commodity Line Item Weight Required 8.0,8.1 No implied decimal if weight type is pounds. One implied decimal if weight type is kilograms. Multiple occurrence field. 79-# Description Required 148 Description of commodity contents for the shipment. Multiple occurrence field. Note: Only 31 characters of this field will print on the shipping label; however, 148 characters are available to use for customer-created reporting. 80-# Country of Manufacturer Required 2 Country code where the commodity contents were produced or manufactured in their final form. Required at the package level if used at the shipment level: CI flag =Y. 81-# Schedule B Export/ Harmonized Code Optional digit Schedule B number or Harmonized Tariff Schedule (HS) number for the commodity being exported. 10 digits are required; use leading zeros if necessary. Required at the package level if used at shipment level, CI flag =Y. FSMS Developer Guide version

232 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required Field Length Comments 82-# Quantity Required 7 Number of packages of a given commodity. Required at the package level if used at the shipment level: CI flag =Y. Default = # Unit of Measure Required* 3 Required for the Consolidated Commercial Invoice. The unit of measure is by commodity level. The units used to measure the commodity are, for example, IN, CM, and FT. Required at the package level if used at shipment level: CI flag =Y. See Appendix A in this guide for a list of approved units of measure. 418-# CI Comment Line Optional 74 Enter up to three comment lines for the Commercial Invoice (values for the line number are 1, 2, or 3). Required at the package level if used at the shipment level: CI flag =Y # Commodity Line Item Unit Value Required* 15.6 Selling price or cost (if not sold) of the commodity. Required at the package level if used at the shipment level: CI flag =Y. Required for Consolidated Commercial Invoice. 120-# Marks and Numbers Optional 15 An identifying mark or number used on the packaging of a shipment to help customers identify a specific shipment. Required at the package level if used at the shipment level: CI flag =Y. 74 Country of Ultimate Destination Required 2 The country code that identifies the final destination for the shipper. Returning the Package Count To return a number that indicates how many packages have been processed with the same creation date for your TD shipment, the following position flags must be set to Y: 4 Add a piece (package) 6 Edit/add data to the entire shipment 7 Delete a piece (package) 9 Confirm the shipment The package count (Child Return Count or CRN) and package creation date are returned in field 116 (Total Package Count). If the following fields are set to Y, field 116 will not be returned: 1 Create an Open Ship shipment 2 Route/time in transit 5 Edit a piece 3 Rate 8 Delete the shipment 218 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

233 Transborder Distribution (TD) Deleting a TD Package Use the Open Ship 020 Global Ship Request transaction to delete a package from a TD shipment. Do not use the 023 Global Delete Request transaction to delete a TD package. See the Open Ship section about deleting packages in this guide for more information. The following fields are required: Field Field Name ID Required? Field Length Comments 29 Tracking Number Required 15 Package tracking number. 541 Open Ship Flags Required 9 Nine (9) 1-byte fields that indicate the functions to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To delete a package, field 541 = NNNNNNYNN. 542 Open Ship Index Required 9 The Open Ship index number created for the shipment. The index number associated with the package you want to delete is required as part of the 020 transaction request to delete the package. Deleting a TD Shipment For Canadian TD Open Ship only, FSMS removes the ability to delete a confirmed shipment. If the user attempts to delete a shipment that has been confirmed, the following error message is returned: Cannot Delete a Confirmed TD Shipment - Contact GO-FedEx for assistance. Field ID Field Name Required? Field Length Comments 29 Tracking Number Required 15 Shipment tracking number. 541 Open Ship Flags Required 9 Nine (9) 1-byte fields that indicate the functions to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To delete a package, set field 541 to NNNNNNNYN. 542 Open Ship Index Required 9 The Open Ship index number created for the shipment to be deleted. Confirming a TD Shipment Confirming a shipment closes the shipment and prevents further shipping activity. After a shipment is confirmed, packages cannot be added or deleted. To confirm a TD shipment, use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction with the fields listed in the following table: Field ID Field Name Required? 541 Open Ship Flags Field Length Comments Required 9 Nine (9) one-byte fields that indicate the functions to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all FSMS Developer Guide version

234 Transborder Distribution (TD) Field ID Field Name Required? 542 Open Ship Index 1666 Port of Arrival Required at both create and confirm Field Length Comments other flags to N. To confirm a shipment, set the 9 th (ninth) position of field 541 to Y: NNNNNNNNY. Required 9 The Open Ship index number created for the shipment to be confirmed. 25 This field must be included in both the Create and the Confirm transactions. The Port of Arrival for CA to U.S. TD shipments only; not required for MX origin TD shipments. Valid ports of arrival are: AK Alcan ND Antler AK Dalton Cache ND Carbury AK Hyder ND Dunseith AK Skagway ND Fortuna ID Eastport ND Hannah ID Porthill ND Neche ME Bridgewater ND Noonan ME Calais ND Northgate ME Fort Fairfield ND Pembina ME Fort Kent ND Portal ME Houlton ND St. John ME Jackman ND Sarles ME Limestone ND Sherwood ME Madawaska ND Walhalla ME Van Buren ND Westhope MI Detroit NY Alexandria Bay MN International NY Buffalo Falls MN Noyes NY Champlaign MN Piegan NY Chateaugay MN Pinecreek NY Clayton MN Roosville NY Fort Covington MN Roseau NY Trout River MN Warroad VT Beecher Falls MT Cut Bank VT Derby Line MT Morgan VT Highgate Springs MT Opheim WA Blaine MT Raymond WA Danville MT Scobey WA Ferry MT Sweetgrass WA Laurier MT Turner WA Lynden MT Whitetail WA Metaline Falls MT Whitlash WA Oroville ND Ambrose WA Sumas 220 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

235 Transborder Distribution (TD) The following documents are printed when the shipment Confirm is completed: TD Consolidated Commercial Invoice if the CI flag is set at the TD shipment level TD Domestic Express Courier Report for Express packages TD Ground Manifest Report for Ground packages FSMS 8.4x will automatically confirm and close TD shipments no later than one (1) day after the ship date. FSMS deletes any shipment that has no packages. Performing a Close Close is done at the end of your shipping day (or as required) by using the 007 Close transaction. Closing TD shipments is not different from the usual shipping close procedure. For information on performing an End-of-Day Close on FSMS, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. For Canadian TD Shipments Only: If TD shipments remain unclosed after the ship date, and depending on the TD AutoConfirm Time set in the FSMS Configuration Utility, FSMS will evaluate unconfirmed shipments for the following: The unconfirmed shipment is a shipment with at least one package. The package ship date is at least 24 hours greater than the current system date/time. For example FSMS would detect this situation: Your TD shipment date is January 21, 2007, but your system date is January 23, If both of these conditions exist for unclosed TD shipments, FSMS will automatically confirm and close these shipments for you. TD Rate/Route/Time-in-Transit Requests Because of the flexible shipping requirements provided as part of the TD service, you can request rate, route and time-in-transit information for your TD shipments using the Open Ship 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Below are instructions for rate, route and time-in-transit requests: Route a Shipment/Time-in-Transit Request To request Routing/Time-in-Transit information for a TD shipment, the following fields must be included in a TD Open Ship 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 3025 FedEx Carrier Code set to FDXT 17 Recipient Postal Code 1274 Service Type 498 Meter Number 542 Open Ship Index 1234 Rate/Route Flag FSMS Developer Guide version

236 Transborder Distribution (TD) If these fields are populated in your TD Open Ship Request, set Field 541 (Open Ship Field)/Position 2 to Y. The route/time-in-transit information for your shipment is returned in the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction reply. This data is determined from the TD U.S. drop-off location postal code configured for your TD shipping contract. Rate Quote Request To request rate quotes for your TD shipment, include these fields in the TD Open Ship 020 Global Ship Request transaction: 17 Recipient Postal Code 1274 Service Code 498 Meter Number 1670 Weight 75 Weight Unit Type 57, 58, 59 Dimensions 541 Open Ship Index 1234 Rate/Route Flag If these fields are populated in your TD Open Ship Request, set field 541 (Open Ship Field)/Position 3 to Y. The rate information for your shipment is returned in the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction reply. This data is determined from the TD U.S. drop-off location postal code configured for your TD shipping contract. Note: Base rates downloaded to the FSMS server to be used for TD shipping only are in U.S. dollars (USD). Delivery Time Request When you request delivery time based on the origin and destination for your TD shipment, these fields are returned in the TD Open Ship 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: For FedEx Express Origin/Destination US/CA CA/US CA/CA Use 120 Global Ship Reply fields 409 Delivery by Date 194 Delivery Day 33 Service Commit 1981 Delivery Time FedEx Ground US/CA CA/US CA/CA 3058 Time in Transit 1981 Delivery Time 222 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

237 Transborder Distribution (TD) Tracking TD shipments may be tracked using the package tracking numbers alone. Tracking a TD shipment ID will not return the corresponding package tracking numbers. TD Labels This section provides a brief description of the TD labels created by FSMS and includes TD label samples with field descriptions. Note: The label formats supported by the TD service are the 4 x 6 thermal label (doc tab and non doc tab) and the.png format (printed as a laser label). Information for configuring a label printer is provided in this guide. Custom labels are supported for TD shipping. The following printer types are supported by FSMS for TD shipping: Printer Prodigy PP450 Unimark U550 Eltron LP2348 Eltron Orion LP2443 Zebra DA402 Laser Shipping Type Supported Express Only Express (and Ground v 7.2 and higher) Express and Ground Express and Ground Express (and Ground v 7.2 and higher) For Express and Ground using.png format only You may also override any printer configuration settings in the FSMS Configuration Utility by using the label printer fields provided as part of the 020 Global Ship Request transaction set. More information regarding these fields is provided in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. In FSMS 840, a Label buffer is returned for TD shipments that makes it possible to customize the label that prints on your printer. TD Label TD shipments are created using the FSMS Open Shipping function. There is no label for the master (Canada to US). For child labels, although Multiple Package Shipping is allowed, the TD Child label always shows a one-to-one relationship with the package for which it was generated. TD labels will not display any package counts (for example: package 3 of a 10 package shipment will not display 3 of 10 on the TD label). The following TD labels are samples in PNG format printed by a laser printer on plain paper: FSMS Developer Guide version

238 Transborder Distribution (TD) 224 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

239 Transborder Distribution (TD) Note: A TD Mexico shipment will print a Master Air Waybill (MAWB) at the time the TD shipment is confirmed. FSMS Developer Guide version

240 Transborder Distribution (TD) TD Reports FSMS provides all of the necessary reports for managing your TD shipping activity. This section describes: Producing TD reports TD report field definitions Producing TD Reports FSMS supports six standard TD reports, which provide the documentation you need for shipping using the TD services. These reports are: TD Reports: TD Consolidated Commercial Invoice (CCI) TD Commercial Invoice TD Ground Pick-up Manifest TD Express Courier Report Each report may be configured individually and saved in any directory or printed on the printer configured in the FSMS Configuration Utility. Instructions for configuring a printer for reporting are provided in this guide. Note: When selecting an output type for reports, you cannot select the.txt format, which is not supported for TD reports. If you selected.txt as your default output format during installation, contact your FedEx customer support representative to change your configuration.. Customs Use Only PAPS Manifest, Page Two Page two (and all subsequent pages) of the PAPS Manifest provide individual package information for the TD shipment (whose summary information prints on page one of the PAPS Manifest). Shipment Requiring Entry AWB Manifest Totals TD Consolidated Commercial Invoice When you create TD shipments, you may choose two methods of generating a customer invoice. The TD Consolidated Commercial Invoice (CCI) provides one CI for all of the packages in a TD shipment; therefore, this CI is printed on the shipment level when you confirm the shipment. You may also choose to print a separate Commercial Invoice for each package in a TD shipment; in this case, a standard CI is printed on the package level at shipment Confirm. 226 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

241 Transborder Distribution (TD) Below is a review of each section of the TD CCI. The TD CI (not consolidated) contains the same information as a standard FedEx CI. Field definitions for this report are provided in this guide. TD CCI Header The CCI header provides the following shipment information: Ship Date International Air Waybill Number Master Air Waybill (MAWB) tracking number for the shipment Invoice Number FSMS-generated invoice number for the shipment TD CCI Shipment Summary The summary section which prints after the CCI header information provides this shipment level information: Shipper identification of shipper from your FSMS shipper record Consignee FedEx location where the TD shipment will be cleared by Customs Broker broker identification if you use a broker other than FedEx Importer of Record importer identification if an importer other than the shipper is used Package Summary totals for the TD shipment, including Weight, Currency Type, and number of packages (CRN) Layout groups the commodity and organizes it in a logical manner. The criteria for grouping commodities are exact matching values of the following fields: o Description o Country of Manufacture o Unit of measure o HS Code (optional) TD CCI CRN Data Following the CCI summary section is the individual package information identifying each package in the TD shipment. This information is entered as part of the TD 020 Global Ship Request transaction and is required to clear packages through Customs. CCI Totals FSMS totals all package values for the TD shipment and reports these totals at the bottom of the CCI. These totals include: Total Shipment Weight total weight of all packages in the TD shipment Total Express Weight total weight of packages to be shipped using FedEx Express after packages have cleared Customs. When added to the Total Ground Weight, the sum equals the Total Shipment Weight. FSMS Developer Guide version

242 Transborder Distribution (TD) Total Ground Weight total weight of packages to be shipped using FedEx Ground after packages have cleared Customs. When added to the Total Express Weight, the sum equals the Total Shipment Weight. Total Commodity Value total declared commodity value of all packages in the TD shipment Incoterm terms of sale for the shipment. For example: if FOB/FCA is selected, this indicates Free on Board/Free Carrier as the terms of sale. Freight total freight charges for the shipment Insurance insurance costs for the shipment Other total of any ancillary charges incurred for shipping Total Invoice Value total value derived from the sum of Total Commodity Value, Freight, Insurance, and Other. Ground Pickup Manifest The Ground Pickup Manifest is printed after shipment Confirm if you have chosen to ship any TD packages using FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery. The Ground Pickup Manifest is required by the FedEx Ground courier to tender packages for shipping. The Ground Pickup Manifest for TD is identical to the standard report generated for any type of Ground package shipping. Express Courier Report The Express Courier Report is printed after you confirm a shipment when you use the FedEx Express service to ship one or more TD packages. The Express Courier Report is required to tender packages for Express shipping. The Express Courier Report for TD is identical to the report generated for Express package shipping. TD Error Messages This section lists common TD error messages in the following table. Error Code Error Message Occurring When At Create Description Unclosed TD shipments exist these must be deleted prior to entering any TD shipment data. Unclosed TD shipments exist these must be deleted prior to entering any TD shipment data. Unclosed TD shipments exist these must be deleted prior to entering any TD shipment data. TD shipment is still open from a previous day or earlier (unconfirmed), and the customer attempts to create a new shipment. TD shipment is still open from a previous day or earlier (unconfirmed), and the customer attempts to add a package to the same existing shipment. TD shipment is still open from a previous day or earlier (unconfirmed), and the customer attempts to confirm to the same existing shipment. Add a Package Confirm 228 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

243 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Incomplete dimension information. Incomplete dimension information. Selected Service is not available to destination. An Open Ship Index (542) was not specified. Invalid service type. Duplicate Open Ship Index (542) values are not allowed. Entire TD Shipment is deleted including all children. You cannot delete a package from a closed TD shipment. Tracking number passed in the transaction is ignored and the entire shipment is confirmed. Package Confirm is not allowed for TD inside Open Shipping. FXRS will ignore. Editing a TD Package will be ignored based on the fact that the label and certain reports were already generated when the package was added. Occurring When Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package At Create Add a Package At Create Description Customer attempts to add a package as a TD Express package, any Express service type, customer packaging only, without entering the three dimension fields: 57 package height, 58 package width, and 59 package length. Customer attempts to add a package as a TD Ground Package, any Ground service type, customer packaging without entering the three dimensions fields: 57 package height, 58 package width, and 59 package length. Customer attempts to add a package TD to Puerto Rico. Customer attempts to create a TD shipment, Field 1274 is set to 82, without the Open Ship Index Field, field 542. Customer attempts to add a package, domestic service type in Field 1274 without the Open Ship Index field, Field 542. Customer attempts to create another TD shipment via Open Ship inserting Field 542 with data that is already being used for another open (not yet confirmed) TD shipment. 023 Delete Customer attempts to delete the Master tracking number of a TD shipment assigned during the Create, after confirm has taken place using the 023 Delete transaction. 023 Delete Customer attempts to delete a package tracking number from a TD shipment after confirm has taken place using the 023 Delete transaction. Package Confirm Edit Package Customer attempts to perform a package confirm for an existing TD package. Customer attempts to edit a package for an existing TD package. FSMS Developer Guide version

244 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Database problem! Cannot confirm a TD shipment. TD Shipment already created. The shipment must have a minimum of 1 package. Occurring When Confirm At Create Confirm Description TD customer attempts to confirm shipment, and error occurs inserting the information into the database. TD customer attempts to create the same TD shipment by passing the same information in the Open Ship Index field, Field 542. Customer attempts to confirm a TD shipment, but has not added any packages. This is acceptable behavior. At Create CA/MX meter 1, , has TD shipment with shipment index A already open, CA/MX Meter 2, , creates TD shipment with same shipment index A. This is acceptable behavior. At Create CA/MX meter 1, , has TD shipment with shipment index B open, meter 2, , creates regular open shipment with same shipment index B. Pickup date cannot be less than current date or greater than 10 days. Pickup date cannot be less than current date or greater than 10 days. At Create At Create CA customer attempts to Future Day ship any TD package with a ship date greater than 10 days in the Create. This applies to Express or Ground Child packages. CA customer attempts to Future Day ship any TD package with a ship date less than current day in the Create. This applies to Express or Ground packages. The SCAC is required. Confirm CA/MX customer passes in field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create, but does not pass in Field tag 1483, SCAC Code, before confirm. Invalid country of manufacture. Invalid country of manufacture. Invalid country of manufacture. The TD shipment Commodity Description is invalid. Confirm Confirm Add a Package Confirm CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create, but does not pass in Field tag 80, Country of Manufacture, before the Confirm. CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create and passes in an invalid value in Field tag 80, Country of Manufacturer, before the Confirm. CA/MX customer does not pass in Field tag 80, Country of Manufacture, when adding a Child package for Express and Ground. CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create, but does not pass in Field tag 79, Commodity Description, before the Confirm. 230 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

245 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message The TD shipment Commodity Description is invalid. Customs Values must be entered. Customs Values must be entered. First Error: The FedEx Linehaul Payment Type is required. Second Error: The FedEx Linehaul Account Number is required. The FedEx Linehaul Payment Type is invalid. The FedEx Linehaul Payment Type is invalid. The FedEx Linehaul Account Number is invalid. Occurring When Add a Package Description CA/MX customer does not pass in Field tag 79, Commodity Description, when adding a Child package for Express and Ground. At Create CA/MX customer does not pass in 113, Commercial Invoice Print & Upload Flag, or passes it in set to N in the Create. Next the customer adds a Child package without entering tag 119, Total Customs Value. At Create CA/MX customer does not pass in 113, Commercial Invoice Print & Upload Flag, or passes it in set to N in the Create. Next the customer adds a Child package with Field tag 119, Total Customs Value, with a 0. At Create or Edit Shipment At Create or Edit Shipment At Create or Edit Shipment At Create or Edit Shipment CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1484, Linehaul Flag, in the Create with a Y, but does not pass in Field tag 1498, FedEx Linehaul Payment Type, or Field tag 1500, FedEx Linehaul Account Number, at the Create or when editing a shipment. Customer updates the transactions and adds Field 1498, but does not add Field 1500 at the Create or when editing a shipment. CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1484, Linehaul Flag, with a Y and 1500, FedEx Linehaul Account Number, with a valid FedEx account number at the Create, but does not pass Field tag 1498, FedEx Linehaul Payment Type, at the Create or when editing a shipment. CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1484, Linehaul Flag with a Y, 1500, FedEx Linehaul Account Number, with a valid FedEx account number and Field tag 1498, FedEx Linehaul Payment Type, set to 2 at the Create or when editing a shipment. CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1484, Linehaul Flag, with a Y and 1498, FedEx Linehaul Payment Type, set to 1 for Bill Sender or 3 for Bill Third Party in the Create, but does not pass Field tag 1500, FedEx Linehaul Account Number, at the Create or when editing a shipment. FSMS Developer Guide version

246 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message The FedEx Linehaul Account Number is invalid. Invalid service type. Alternate Return Address Company name or Contact name is required. Alternate Return Address line 1 is required. Alternate Return Address City is required. Alternate Return Address State is required. Alternate Return Address State is invalid. An Alternate Return Address State/Postal mismatch. Alternate Return Address ZIP code is required. Alternate Return Address ZIP code is invalid. Alternate Return Address ZIP code is invalid. Alternate Return Address ZIP code is invalid. Occurring When At Create or Edit Shipment Add a Package Description CA/MX customer passes in Field tag 1484, Linehaul Flag, with a Y, 1498, FedEx Linehaul Payment Type, set to 1 for Bill Sender or 3 for Bill Third Party and Field tag 1500, FedEx Linehaul Account Number, in the Create, but the account is not a valid 9-digit Express account number at the Create or when editing a shipment. Customer is attempting to add a package for an Express package and setting Field 1274, Service Type, to one of the international service codes. International services are not allowed for TD packages. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. return contact or U.S. return company At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. return address 1. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. return city. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. return state. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create with a U.S. return state code that is not one of the 50 U.S. state codes. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create with an invalid state/zip code combination. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. return postal code. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create with a postal code that is not serviced. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create with a postal code that is a post office box number. At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create with a postal code that is fewer than 5 characters/digits long. 232 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

247 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Alternate Return Address Phone number is invalid. Importer Name or Importer Company name is required. Importer address cannot be blank. Importer city cannot be blank. Occurring Description When At Create CA customer passes in Field tag 1274 = 82 in the Create without supplying the U.S. Return Address Phone Number field At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying the importer name or importer company name. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying the importer address 1. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying the importer city. Invalid importer state code. At Create CA/MX customer to create a TD shipment without supplying the importer state code. "Importer State code does not match the state code for this ZIP code." Importer ZIP code cannot be left blank. At Create At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment supplying an importer state code that does not match the postal code entered. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient ZIP code/postal code. Invalid importer ZIP code. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment using an invalid importer ZIP code/postal code. Importer phone number cannot be left blank. Importer country cannot be left blank. At Create At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying the IOR ZIP code/postal code. CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying the IOR country code. Invalid importer country. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment supplying an invalid IOR country code. Invalid importer IRS/EIN/VAT number. Weight type must be LBS (pounds) or KGS (kilograms). Currency cannot be left blank. At Create At Create At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying an IOR IRS/EIN/VAT number. CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying a weight type. CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying a currency type, Field 68. Invalid currency type. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment using an invalid currency type, Field 68. FSMS Developer Guide version

248 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Occurring When Description CI flag cannot be left blank. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment without supplying a Field 113, CI Upload and Print Flag. Invalid CI Indicator. At Create CA/MX customer attempts to create a TD shipment entering an invalid value in Field 113, CI Upload and Print Flag. This service type does not allow accessible dangerous goods. This service type does not allow inaccessible dangerous goods. Freight Services are not allowed for this TD shipment from this origin. Ignore fields and do not store in database. COD is not available with TD shipments. Emerge is not available with TD shipments. "Inside Delivery is not available with TD shipments. "Inside Pickup is not available with TD shipments. Ignore fields and do not store in database. Ignore fields and do not store in database. "Signature Required is not available with TD shipments. "Signature Release is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package CA customer, any origin, attempts to add a package with an Accessible Dangerous Goods (ADG) special service as part of a TD shipment. CA customer, origin YQG, per the existing CFS_Dat2 txt, attempts to add a package with an Inaccessible Dangerous Goods (IDG) special service as part of a TD shipment. Note: The origin is subject to change based on the status of the CFS table mentioned above. CA customer, origin YHD, YQR, YQT, YRT, YWG, or YXE, per the existing CFS_Dat2 txt, attempts to add a package with service type Field 1274 set to any of the Freight - U.S. services as part of a TD shipment. Note: These origins are subject to change based on the status of the CFS table mentioned above. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with other BSO fields set. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with C.O.D.. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with Emerge. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with inside delivery. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with inside pickup. (CA only): Customer attempts to add an Express package with the Saturday Drop Off flag. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with the Saturday Pickup flag. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with the Signature Required flag. CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with the Signature Release flag. 234 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

249 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Occurring When Description "No Sunday delivery" Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with the Sunday Delivery flag. "Priority Alert is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add an Express package with the Priority Alert flag. AOD is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground package service type, 90 or 92, with the AOD flag. COD is not available with TD shipments." Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground Home Delivery package, service type 90, with C.O.D.. N/A This is acceptable for CA only. Add a Package CA only: Customer attempts to add a Ground package, service type 92, with C.O.D.. Note: MX does not allow Ground C.O.D.. ECOD is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground package service type, 90 or 92, with the ECOD flag. HAZMAT is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground package service type, 90 or 92, with the HAZMAT flag. Non Standard Container is not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground package service type, 90 or 92, with the Non Standard Container flag. Unauthorized Packages are not available with TD shipments. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a Ground package service type, 90 or 92, with the Unauthorized flag. The Service does not allow multiple packages. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a package including multiple occurrence fields that increment the number of packages (MPS shipping). Total package count cannot exceed 999. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add the 1000 th package to a TD shipment. Total commodity count cannot exceed 999. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add the 1000 th commodity to a TD package. Name or Company name is required. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the Recipient Contact or Recipient Company Name. Recipient address cannot be blank. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient address 1. Recipient city cannot be blank. Add a Package CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient city. FSMS Developer Guide version

250 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Code Error Message Invalid state code. State code does not match the state code for this ZIP code. Recipient ZIP code cannot be left blank. Invalid ZIP code. Recipient phone number cannot be left blank. Invalid recipient country. Invalid recipient country. Laser labels are not allowed with service combination. Laser labels are not allowed with service combination The FedEx Trade Networks Broker duties/taxes/fees ZIP/postal code is required The FedEx Trade Networks Broker duties/taxes/fees ZIP/postal code is not valid Cannot Delete a Confirmed TD Shipment - Contact GO-FedEx for assistance The selected service is not available for TD shipments. Occurring When Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Add a Package Create Create Delete Add a Package Description CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient state code. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package using a recipient state code that does not match the ZIP code entered. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient ZIP code/postal code. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package using an invalid recipient ZIP code/postal code. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient ZIP code/postal code. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package without supplying the recipient country code. CA/MX customer attempts to add a package using an invalid recipient country code. A CA/MX shipper cannot add a package including Field 1282 (Printer Type Indicator) set to L in the transaction with the Laser Printer ID field configured on the Label Settings tab in the FedEx Configuration Utility. A CA/MX customer cannot add a package including Field 1282 (Printer Type Indicator) set to L and Field 544 (Laser Printer ID) present in the transaction. The transaction will override the Laser Printer ID setting on the Label Settings tab if a value exists. No postal code provided when using FedEx Trade Networks and postal code is missing in Field 1539 Invalid postal code provided for third party DTF in Field1539 CA to U.S. customer is attempting to delete a confirmed CA TD shipment via the 023 Delete transaction. CA TD customer has the FTBD/NATB flag set to Y in the cust.tbl file. The PO service availability flag is to N, which means the PO service is off. 236 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

251 Transborder Distribution (TD) Error Error Message Code 2526 The Port of Arrival field 1666 is required when printing a PAPS Manifest. Occurring When Confirm Description CA TD customer has the PAPS Manifest set up in the Configuration Utility. The customer attempts to ship a TD shipment without passing in the Port Of Arrival tag # This is required when the customer is printing a PAPS Manifest in CA. FSMS Developer Guide version

252 FSMS Developer Guide version

253 International Ground Distribution/ DirectDistribution (IGD/IGDD) Beginning with FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) Version 8.4.6, qualified U.S. shippers can consolidate FedEx Ground shipments to Canadian destinations using FedEx International Ground Distribution (IGD) or FedEx International Ground DirectDistribution (IGDD). IGD and IGDD shipments move and clear Canadian customs as a single shipment. For shippers with a U.S. based FedEx account but with a facility within Canada, IGD is a dropship option for U.S. to Canada shipments. Using IGD, the shipper arranges delivery of the consolidated shipment to the FedEx Ground hub in Canada. FedEx Ground then breaks down the consolidation and delivers the individual shipments to their destination. International Ground DirectDistribution offers the U.S. shipper the opportunity for end-to-end shipping with FedEx Ground for consolidated shipments. The following table provides an overview of these services: Service IGD Pickup & Delivery You arrange line haul to FedEx Canadian facility. FedEx Ground delivers intra- Canada. FedEx Visibility Begins with scan at FedEx Ground Canadian facility. Consolidated Clearance Yes Broker Broker Select IGDD FedEx Ground End to end Yes FedEx Trade Network preferred IGD/IGDD Service Details Before you begin using IGD or IGDD, refer to the following applicable service details: Meters set up for IGD or IGDD are dedicated child meters and cannot be used to ship with any other service. The master meter must originate in the U.S. The IGD meter must be configured for a Canadian origin. The IGD meter must be assigned to a U.S. FedEx Express 9-digit account number. Single piece shipping is not supported. Future Day shipping is supported. IGD and IGDD can have multiple shipments open simultaneously. When using Open Ship, IGD and IGDD can be opened one day and confirmed another day. FSMS Developer Guide version

254 International Ground Distribution (IGD) Special service options allowed for IGD are the same as the FedEx Ground Intra-Canada special service options. Special service options allowed for IGDD are the same as the FedEx International Ground SM U.S. to Canada special service options. IGD Service Details The following service details apply to IGD: Delivery times are 1 to 5 business days from the day of tender in Canada. Service days are Monday through Friday. Delivery covers 100 percent of Canada. Package size and weight can be up to 150 lbs., 108" in length, and 130" in combined length plus girth (L+2W+2H). For packages weighing lbs., follow the guidelines for marking heavy boxes. There is a 70-lb. maximum for shipments destined to the Yukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut, or Labrador. Exceptions: o FedEx Ground cannot deliver to P.O. boxes. o No hazardous materials are allowed. o See the FedEx Ground Tariff for commodity restrictions. o Linehaul and customs clearance are not included. Contact FedEx Trade Networks services for assistance with linehaul and customs clearance. Options include Ground C.O.D., Return Solutions, and Delivery Signature. IGD/IGDD Settings Configuration Once a contract for IGD and/or IGDD has been completed with your FedEx account executive, a FedEx customer support representative will be required to set up your meter or meters on FSMS. You will not be able to set up the child meter or meters for these services. However, once your child meter has been set up by FedEx and the new configuration has been downloaded to your FSMS server, you should be able to use the FSMS Configuration Utility to view the new configuration. To view the meter configurations, open the FSMS Configuration Utility. Set your access privileges to User Level View by clicking Access Privileges and typing View (with a capital V) into the Access Privileges dialog box. See the Configuring FSMS chapter for information about setting User Levels. IGD Configuration If you have an IGD meter configured, use the Meter Number drop-down list to select the child meter number assigned to your FSMS server. When the IGD meter number is selected, the Shipper Settings tab displays the address and other information about your Canadian dropship origin facility. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for information about configuring for IGD using the 070/170 Meter Query or Configuration Request/Reply transaction. 240 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

255 International Ground Distribution (IGD) IGD Transaction Coding For IGD transactions, the following fields must be included in an 020 Global Ship Request: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Comments 1274 Service Type S 3 Required* Specifies the FedEx International service type (including U.S. export). The only valid value for IGD is: 121 International Ground Distribution (IGD) 1986 Nonresident Importer 1 Required* Use this field to indicate that you are a nonresident importer for a shipper. The only valid value is Y. The following IGD-specific fields are returned in a 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: Field ID Field Name Max Length Valid For Comments 1274 Service Type 3 Intl Returns the FedEx International service type (including U.S. export). The only valid value for IGD is: 121 International Ground Distribution (IGD) 1355 Consolidated Index 1986 Nonresident Importer 15 Intl Default value: System assigned consolidated index begins with FDXIGD for IGD systems with the remaining 9 characters as numeric values with (FDXIGD ) and FDXIGDD for IGDD systems with the remaining 8 characters as numeric values with (FDXIGDD ). These two values are always used as the default values for IGD and IGDD. Only one default is allowed to be opened at a time. Returned as output only for IPD/IDF shipments. 1 Intl Returns a Y to indicate that you are a nonresident importer for a shipper. FSMS Developer Guide version

256 FSMS Developer Guide version

257 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD/IED/IDF) FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD/IED/IDF) is a service that allows you to send a multiple-package shipment from a single origin location to multiple recipients in one destination country using one international air waybill. After customs clearance, the shipment is broken down into individual packages and delivered to the final recipients within the same destination country. Note: You must have an IPD service contract on file with FedEx before you can use FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) to process your IPD/IED/IDF shipments. For more information, contact your FedEx account executives. IPD/IED/IDF shipments move and clear destination Customs as a single shipment. The entire shipment is consigned to and entry is made in the name of only one importer of record. The shipment must also come from a single exporter of record. Individual pieces within the shipment are delivered to the recipient indicated on each PowerShip Express Shipping or Express Manifest label. FedEx International Priority (IP) standards and restrictions for size, weight, and commodity types apply to individual packages in an IPD shipment. IPD/IED/IDF service also allows single point of clearance (SPOC), which permits you to send an IPD/IED/IDF shipment that includes packages to multiple countries in the European Union. These packages are cleared at a single Customs point; after clearance, the shipment is broken up for delivery to multiple countries. Note: SPOC functionality is currently available to the European Union (EU) only. In addition to providing IPD service, FSMS allows you to ship multiple piece freight shipments (exceeding 150 pounds/68 kilograms) using FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution Freight (IDF). All pieces must be skidded to ship IDF. In addition, countries shipping to the European Union may also use SPOC functionality with the IDF service. IPD/IED/IDF Chapter Organization This chapter describes IPD/IED/IDF in the following sections: Configuring IPD/IDF/IED in FSMS In this chapter, you will find instructions for using the FSMS Configuration Utility to set up usage parameters for the IPD/IDF/IED service. Since IPD/IDF/IED services are through contract with FedEx only, you must contact your FedEx customer support representative to make changes to the IPD/IDF/IED configuration. FSMS Developer Guide version

258 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Shipping Transactions Because FSMS is a transaction-based shipping solution, you can build your own IPD/IDF/IED shipping transactions using the FSMS 020 transaction set. This section includes: IPD/IDF/IED transaction fields Sample IPD/IDF/IED shipping transactions IPD/IDF/IED Labels This chapter provides an overview of the FSMS international shipping label, which includes a description of the specific IPD/IDF/IED fields. In addition to the label overview, instructions are provided for using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility to reprint IPD/IDF/IED labels. IPD/IDF/IED Reports FSMS offers the option of producing, saving, and printing a variety of reports to assist in the management of your IPD/IDF/IED shipping activity. In this chapter, we will review: Producing IPD/IDF/IED reports IPD/IDF/IED report field definitions Frequently Asked Questions This chapter contains frequently asked questions regarding service issues, transaction coding, and preparing your IPD/IDF/IED shipments for pickup by a FedEx courier. IPD/IDF/IED Service Details The following service details apply to IPD/IDF/IED: Coverage IPD/IDF/IED service to the United States covers only the 50 states; shipments to U.S. territories such as Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico must be shipped using regular International Priority service. IPD/IDF/IED service is not available between countries in the European Union. IPD/IDF/IED service is available as a contract service only. To register to use IPD/IDF/IED, contact your FedEx account executive. To retain qualification for IPD/IDF/IED service, you must ship a minimum of 100 kilograms/220 pounds monthly. Restrictions In addition to the FedEx Service Guide terms and conditions applicable to International Priority shipments, the following shipping restrictions apply to IPD/IDF/IED shipments: 1. Service/Commodity Restrictions: Inaccessible dangerous goods and perishables are allowed. 244 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

259 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) For IPD, dry ice is allowed on loose pieces weighing less than 68 kilograms/151 pounds. For IDF shipments, dry ice is not allowed. Hold at FedEx Location (HAL) is allowed for IPD only. Collect on delivery (C.O.D.) is not available. Billing options are limited to Bill Shipper and Bill Third Party for transportation charges and for duties and taxes. Saturday pickup and Saturday delivery are not available unless Saturday is a regular business day in the shipping country (for Saturday pickup) or recipient country (for Saturday delivery). All child reference numbers (CRNs) on a master air waybill (MAWB) for IPD/IDF are allowed to ship to a single address. A minimum of two addresses is required for IED. For IDF, appointment delivery (APD) and piece count verification (PCV) for eligible destinations are allowed. For service commitments, see the IPD/IED vs. IDF table. IPD/IDF/IED service is not allowed to Puerto Rico. 2. Shipment Restrictions The maximum number of packages per IPD/IDF/IED shipment on a MAWB is 9,998. Dimensional weighting applies to the entire IPD/IDF/IED shipment and is not applied to each individual package in the shipment. Total shipment weight for an IPD/IDF/IED shipment is unlimited. However, each individual piece for an IDF shipment must have a minimum weight of 68 kilograms/151 pounds. The delivery commitment date/time for IDF packages within a shipment is different from that for the other packages in the shipment. 3. Customs Restrictions Only one recipient may be listed on each CRN. A single recipient may have more than one package; however a single package may not have more than one recipient. There must be one importer of record (IOR) in the destination country for the entire shipment and a single exporter of record in the origin country. An IOR is listed as the Sold To party for the consignment. The IOR does not have to be the actual recipient. The exporter is responsible for ensuring that all known parties to the transaction are not on any of the government's Denied Parties Lists. For U.S. export shipments, if any commodity Schedule B number totals more than $2500 USD in the entire shipment on any given day, a Shipper Export Declaration (SED)/Electronic Export Information (EEI) is required. The shipper must provide the required AES (Automated Export System) information required for the SED/EEI regardless of whether FedEx files the SED/EEI or the customers file their own SED/EEI. FSMS Developer Guide version

260 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IED vs. IDF To help you decide whether to use IPD/IED or IDF shipping, refer to the following chart, which outlines the differences in IPD/IED and IDF requirements: Feature IPD/IED IDF Minimum/Maximum Weight per CRN (Child Reference Number) Manifest Minimum Billable Weight Commit Date/Time Optional Appointment Delivery per CRN Optional Piece Count Verification per CRN 1 lbs/2,200 lbs 0.1 kg/1,000 kg CRNs<150 lbs (68 kg) manifested as IPD/IED CRNs>150 lbs (68 kg) manifested as IDF 2 lbs per MAWB 1 kg per MAWB Current IPD commitment time is the International Priority delivery date plus 1 day. Current IED commitment time is the International Priority delivery date plus 4 days. Not Available Not Available Acceptance of Dry Ice CRNs less than 151 pounds (68 kg) only 151 lbs/2,220 lbs 68 kg/1,000 kg All pieces manifested as IDF 302 lbs per MAWB 137 kg per MAWB Current IDF commitment time is the International Priority DirectDistribution Freight delivery date plus 1 day. Not Available Configuring IPD/IDF/IED in FSMS In this chapter are step-by-step instructions for configuring the IPD and IDF services using the FSMS software. Before IPD/IDF/IED are configured, the following actions must be taken: Installation of FSMS must be completed. Completion of a contract for the IPD/IDF/IED service must be signed with your FedEx account executive. Once these steps have been completed, you are ready to have IPD/IDF/IED configured on your FSMS server. Note: IPD/IDF/IED configuration must be performed by your FedEx customer Support representative. 246 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

261 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Settings Configuration After a successful installation of FSMS software is completed, you can access the FSMS Configuration Utility to view the IPD/IDF/IED Settings window. To launch the FSMS Configuration Utility: 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click the FSMS Configuration Utility icon. The Configuration Utility opens. Change access privileges to Field Level as described in the Configuring FSMS section. 2. Select the IPD/IDF/IED Settings tab. 3. The IPD/IDF/IED Settings window displays important configuration information for your shipping application. In the following table describes each field in the IPD/IDF/IED Settings window. Field Name IPD Check Box IED Check Box IDF Check Box Field Description This box is selected during configuration if you have contracted to ship using the IPD service. This box is selected during configuration if you have contracted to ship using the IED service. This box is selected during configuration if you have contracted to ship using the IDF service. FSMS Developer Guide version

262 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field Name FedEx Non Rev Account Verify Non Rev Account APD PCV Importer of Record Import Clearance Facilities Field Description A FedEx non-revenue account number is entered during configuration to support the delivery of the IPD/IDF overnight letter functionality. The IPD/IDF Overnight Letter (OL) functionality provides a label for a FedEx Envelope pouch. When an IPD/IDF shipment is completed, a duplicate label is printed for each piece of the shipment. These labels and all of the customs documentation for the shipment are placed in the FedEx Envelope. The IPD/IDF OL label is fixed to the outside of the Envelope, and the Envelope is given to the FedEx courier to be picked up at the same time that FedEx picks up the IPD/IDF shipment. The OL option ensures that Customs receives the necessary clearance information before the IPD/IDF shipment arrives at the clearance point. The FedEx non-revenue account number supplied for delivery of the IPD/IDF OL is entered a second time for account number verification. IDF appointment delivery: If you contract to use IDF APD, you may select to have all packages (on the MAWB or shipment level) delivered by appointment, or you may select to have individual packages (but not the whole shipment) delivered by appointment. A selected check box in this field indicates that you have contracted for APD. Implementation of this feature is done with the shipping transaction. IDF piece count verification: If you contract to use IDF PCV, you may code your IDF shipping transaction to do a PCV prior to tendering the package to the FedEx courier. This step protects against theft and shrinkage by reconciling the actual ship count (performed by the FedEx courier) and the piece count that prints on the IDF label. A selected check box in this field indicates that you have contracted for IPD PCV. Implementation of this feature is done with the shipping transaction. This section of the IPD/IDF/IED Settings window allows FedEx to enter your selected IOR for each destination you ship to using the IPD/IDF/IED service. See below for a sample IOR window. The IOR table is controlled by the functionality buttons at the bottom of the table. FedEx may view, add, modify, or delete IOR entries using these buttons. When an IOR is added for IPD/IDF/IED shipping, a list of FedEx clearance facilities is displayed when you click Add. If your clearance facility is not displayed on the IOR Add screen, click Import Clearance Facilities to load the correct facility using a CD. This CD is obtained from your FedEx customer integration consultant. 248 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

263 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) 4. Click Add to add an importer of record. 5. After entering information in the IPD/IDF/IED Settings window, click Add to save your changes and return to the configuration utility. FSMS Developer Guide version

264 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Report Configuration The Report Settings window of the FSMS Configuration Utility is discussed in detail in Report Settings. There are specific configuration settings that pertain to IPD/IDF/IED reporting: When selecting an output type for reports, the.txt format is not recommended for IPD/IDF/IED reports. If you have selected.txt as your default output format during installation, contact your FedEx customer support representative to change your configuration. You may configure IPD/IDF/IED reports to be sent to either a printer or to an output file, but not to both destinations. The following IPD/IDF/IED reports are provided in FSMS: IPD/IED reports: IPD/IED Consolidated Commercial Invoice (CCI) IPD/IED Child Reference Number (CRN) Report IPD/IED Customs Packing List IPD/IED Visa Manifest 250 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

265 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IDF reports: IDF CCI IDF CRN Report IDF Customs Packing List IDF Visa Manifest Report To select a printer for an IPD/IDF/IED report: 1. In the FSMS Report Settings window, click the + (plus) indicator next to the report type (IPD, IDF) to expand the report list. 2. Highlight the report for which you want to select a printer. 3. Click the Printer icon next to the Printer box. The Printer Selection window is displayed: 4. Choose the printer you installed in your operating system by clicking Properties. Note: You must have the printer(s) you want to select for printing FSMS IPD/IDF/IED reports configured as part of your operating system before making any selection in the Report Settings tab. 5. Click OK to save the printer selection. You are returned to the Printer Settings tab. The printer you chose is displayed in the Printer box. 6. To select a report directory: 7. Click the + (plus) indicator next to the report type (IPD/IED/IDF) to expand the report list. 8. Highlight the report for which you want to select a directory. FSMS Developer Guide version

266 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) 9. Click the Folder icon next to the Directory box. The Choose a Directory window is displayed: 10. Select the report folder and click Open. You are returned to the Report Settings tab. The directory you chose is displayed in the Directory box. 11. To select the paper size for the reports you are configuring, select either 8-1/2 x 11 or A4 from the Paper Type list at the bottom of the Report Settings window. 12. To save your entries in the Report Settings window: 13. Click Copy to All Meters if you want to configure your printer settings for all of the meters configured on your server. 14. Click OK at the bottom of the Printer Settings window to save your selections. Once the IPD/IED/IDF settings and the printer selection settings have been configured for IPD/IED/IDF, you are ready to begin coding your shipping transactions. IPD/IDF/IED Shipping Transactions This section provides a brief description of the FSMS transactions used to create IPD, IED and IDF shipments. In addition to information about the IPD/IDF/IED 020 transaction set, this section also provides some basic shipping rules and sample transactions to help you code the IPD, IED, and IDF services to your shipping specifications. Notes: Commodity information incorporates the multiple occurrence fields. This functionality allows you to enter up to 9,998 commodities for the Commercial Invoice/Air Waybill. More information about the 020 shipping transaction set (including Open Ship) and multiple occurrence handling is provided in this guide and in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Basic IPD/IDF/IED Shipping Rules Before you begin coding IPD/IDF/IED shipping transactions, it is recommended that you become familiar with some basic IPD/IDF/IED shipping rules. This information will help you create error-free transactions and provides basic understanding of how FSMS handles these shipping requests. 252 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

267 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Creating an IPD/IDF/IED Shipment IPD/IDF/IED shipments, because they contain multiple packages that are grouped as part of one shipment, are processed using the Open Ship option. Open Ship is a highly flexible shipping option unique to FSMS. Open Ship allows you to enter information for an IPD/IDF/IED shipment as it is received throughout the day, rather than entering all of the shipping information only when the shipment is ready to be processed. The shipment remains open, accepting each piece as it is entered, and is closed only when you confirm the shipment. Concurrent Shipments and Future Day Processing FSMS allows you to create a current day s IPD/IDF/IED shipment (by default) or a Future Day IPD/IDF/IED shipment to be shipped up to 10 days in advance from the current day. Only one IPD/IDF/IED or SPOC shipment can be processed at a time if the following data matches: Meter number Ship date Clearance facility and destination country (of MAWB) Otherwise, multiple IPD/IDF/IED (or SPOC) shipments can be processed simultaneously as FSMS is able to match each CRN to its respective MAWB. Any IP shipment can also be processed while an IPD/IDF/IED shipment is still open. FSMS Developer Guide version

268 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Transaction Flow Before you begin to code IPD/IDF/IED transactions, it is helpful to understand the transaction flow and how the transaction should be formatted. Below is a basic work flow for an IPD/IDF/IED transaction: Create MAWB 020 Transaction Add CRN 020 Transaction (1 st Package) Prints CRN Label Add CRN 020 Transaction (2nd Package) Prints CRN Label Add CRN 020 Transaction (Nth Package) Prints CRN Label Confirm Shipment 020 Transaction Prints MAWB Label Prints OL Label Prints IPD/IDF Reports FSMS interprets the type of IPD transaction from field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) of the 020 transaction set. By setting these flags, you instruct FSMS to perform a function at either the shipment level or the piece/package level: Shipment Level Function Flag Piece Level Function Flag Create Shipment 1 st Add a CRN package 4 th Delete Shipment 8 th Delete a CRN package 7 th Confirm Shipment 9 th Edit a CRN package 5 th Edit Shipment 6 th Note: Delete MAWB and Delete CRN do not work with an 023 Delete Shipment transaction. For IPD/IDF/IED shipments, you must use an 020 transaction with the required flag set in field FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

269 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) The following table describes each of the numbered items in the IPD/IDF/IED work flow: Work Flow Item Create MAWB Add CRN (not to exceed 9,998 CRNs per shipment) Confirm Shipment Description An IPD/IDF/IED shipment must begin with the first 020 transaction Create MAWB to the selected clearance facility and destination. A MAWB tracking number is assigned by FSMS. Note: No labels are printed during the Create MAWB transaction. An 020 transaction with the 1 st flag of field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) set to Y is identified as a Create MAWB transaction. This portion of the transaction is formatted as: Field 541 = YNNNNNNNN IPD/IDF/IED packages are processed individually by sending an Add CRN 020 transaction. A shipping label, known as a CRN label, with a unique CRN tracking number, prints for each package (or CRN transaction) processed. An 020 transaction with the 4 th flag of field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) set to Y is identified as an Add CRN transaction: Field 541 = NNNYNNNNN An IPD/IDF/IED shipment must have at least two CRN packages processed before a Confirm Shipment 020 transaction can be accepted to close the shipment. Note: The same recipient address for the CRN packages is allowed for IPD/IDF. However, IED requires at least two different recipient addresses for the CRN packages. The MAWB labels, OL AWB labels, IPD Consolidated Commercial Invoice, Packing List, and CRN Report are printed on the designated report printers (see Configuring FSMS for report set-up instructions) during the Confirm process. An 020 transaction with the 9 th flag of field 541 (Open Ship Process Flags) is set to Y as a Confirm Shipment transaction: Field 541 = NNNNNNNNY FSMS Developer Guide version

270 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Identifying IPD/IDF/IED Shipments When you create an IPD/IDF/IED (or SPOC) transaction, you must tell FSMS what type of shipment you are requesting. Below are steps for identifying each shipment type for FSMS. Identifying an IPD Shipment An IPD shipment is identified for FSMS by including the following fields as part of the 020 transaction: Packaging Type (Field 1273) = 01 Service Type (Field 1274) = 18 Identifying an IED Shipment An IED shipment is identified for FSMS by including the following fields as part of the 020 transaction: Packaging Type (Field 1273) = 01 Service Type (Field 1274) = 17 Identifying an IDF Shipment An IPD shipment is identified for FSMS by including the following fields as part of the 020 transaction: Packaging Type (Field 1273) = 01 Service Type (Field 1274) = FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

271 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Identifying an SPOC Shipment In a normal IPD/IDF/IED shipment, all pieces (CRNs) of the same or different recipient addresses must be labeled to the same destination country and clearance facility as the MAWB. However, an SPOC shipment to Europe allows any piece (CRN) to be labeled to different European Union countries under a single MAWB. If the clearance facility configured in your FSMS meter settings is IDSI of country FR (France), your shipments are identified as SPOC to Europe. Now that you have reviewed the work flow and shipping rules for creating an IPD/IDF/IED shipment, you are ready to begin creating shipping transactions. Beginning next is a list of all of the 020 transaction fields necessary for creating IPD/IDF/IED shipments. Note that these fields are used in conjunction with the basic required fields to ship FedEx international packages. For more information regarding the basic shipping fields, see this guide and the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference. Creating the IPD/IDF/IED Shipment (MAWB) The recipient identified on the MAWB is the IPD address, which is a combination of your IOR name and the FedEx clearance facility address. Use the table below to code the transaction to create the MAWB. Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional 0 Transaction Type 3 Required 020 or Transportation Payment Code Comments 1 Required Method of payment for transportation charges. Valid values: 1 Bill sender 3 Bill Third Party When 3 is used, field 20 (Payor Account Number) is required. 20 Payor Account Number S 9 Required* The 9-digit FedEx account number of company or person to be billed for the shipment. Required when field 23 (Transportation Payment Code) = Recipient Country Code 2 Required Must match the recipient country code on the MAWB for traditional IPD, IED and IDF. 68 Currency Type 3 Required Default is USD. 70 Duty/Tax Payment Type 1 Required Duty/tax charges Valid values: 1 Bill Sender 3 Bill Third Party FSMS Developer Guide version

272 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name 71 Duty/Tax Payor Account Number Max Length Required /Optional Comments 9 Required* Required if field 70 (Duty/Tax Payment Type) = Terms of Sale 1 Required* Required if field 113 is set to Y. Valid values: 1 FOB/FCA Free on Board/Free Carrier 2 CIF/CIP Costs, insurance, freight/carriage and insurance paid to 3 CFR/CPT Cost and freight /carriage paid to 4 EXW Ex Works 5 DDU Delivered duty unpaid 6 DDP Delivered duty paid 74 Country of Ultimate Destination 2 Required Must be one of the ultimate destination countries of the FedEx Clearance Facility. 75 Weight Type 3 Required Valid values: LBS KGS 113 Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag 498 Meter Number 7 Required or Defaulted 1 Required Required for the electronic upload of the Commercial Invoice (CI) data (preclearance) and/or printing of the FedEx CI. Enter Y to upload an Electronic Commercial Invoice (ECI) and/or print a FedEx CI. Enter N if not uploading to FedEx or printing a FedEx CI. An ECI will only upload if accepted by the recipient country. Meter number with which the CRN was created. Default: master meter number. 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required Nine 1-byte fields that indicate the IPD function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To create a shipment (MAWB): YNNNNNNNN Each one-byte flag is defined in order in the following array: 1 Create shipment (MAWB) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Add a piece (CRN) 5 Edit a piece (CRN) 6 Edit shipment 258 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

273 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name 1271 Shipper s Load and Count (SLAC) Max Length Required /Optional Comments 7 Delete a piece 8 Delete shipment 9 Confirm shipment 5 Optional The total number of pieces within all skids of a freight shipment. When used in the Create transaction, applies to the first CRN and not the entire IDF shipment Service Type 2 Required The service type used to ship the package. Valid values: 17 IED 18 IPD 84 IDF 1297 Customer Invoice Number 15 Required An internal invoice number determined by the customer Purchase Order Number 15 Optional Customer-assigned purchase order number that applies to the IPD shipment Automated Export System (AES) Filing Status 1 Required Required when Shipper's Export Declaration (SED)/Electronic Export Information (EEI) information is needed (U.S. outbound only). This indicates who is filing the SED/EEI or the Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) exemption. S Shipper (exporter or exporter s authorized agent) is filing SED data. If filing FTR, complete only field Note: Will default to S when field 190 (Document Shipment Flag) is set to Y. Note: The FTR is published in the Code of Federal Regulations Packing Slip Number 15 Optional Customer-assigned packing slip number that applies to the IPD shipment IOR Facility Code 15 Required The transaction will contain the importer of record (IOR) code that applies to the individual shipment and must match an IOR code entered during configuration FTR, XTN, or ITN Entry 32 Required Required for U.S. outbound only. Specify the Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Number or the AES Proof of Filing Citation. FTR exemption defaults to No EEI for Express shipments to CA. No default for other destination countries. FTR exemption defaults to No EEI for Ground shipments to CA. FSMS Developer Guide version

274 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field Field Name ID 1485 Alt Return Contact Name 1486 Alt Return Company Name 1487 Alt Return Address Line Alt Return Address Line 2 Max Length Required /Optional Comments 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and field 1486 is not used. 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and field 1485 is not used. 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y. 35 Required* 1489 Alt Return City 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y Alt Return State 2 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and the return address is in U.S., CA, or PR Alt Return Postal 10 Required* Required if 1586 = Y Alt Return Phone Number 15 Required* Required if 1586 = Y APD/PCV Account Number 1548 APD/PCV Payment Types 1549 Appointment Delivery (APD) Flag Field 1550 Piece Count Verification (PCV) Flag 1585 Return Address Country Code 1586 Print Return Address Flag 9 Required* When used in the Create transaction, applies to the first CRN and not the entire IDF shipment. 1 Optional When used in the Create transaction, applies to the first CRN and not the entire IDF shipment. 1 Optional When used in the Create transaction, applies to the first CRN and not the entire IDF shipment. 1 Optional When used in the Create transaction, applies to the first CRN and not the entire IDF shipment. 2 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. 1 Optional Set to Y if print alternate return address is required on all CRN labels Shipment Level Indicator 1 Optional Set to Y if:- Overwrite Total Customs Value is required during Confirm shipment Print Summary Commodity Description on MAWB label is required during Confirm shipment 1958 Admissibility Package Type 3 Required* Used for all shipments inbound to CA and inbound shipments to the U.S. and PR from CA and MX. If you are using your own packaging for the shipment, you need to indicate the admissibility package type based on the approved package codes documented in Note 11 of Appendix E of the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. If the shipment packaging code is not listed, specify BOX for this field. 260 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

275 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) The MAWB also contains the following fields, which are calculated or derived upon shipment confirmation; no entry is allowed for these fields in the Create MAWB transaction: Field ID Field Name 21 Package/Shipment Weight Max Lengt Comments h 8.0/8.1 No implied decimal places for pounds, or one implied decimal place for kilograms. 26 Declared/Carriage Value 11 The declared or carriage value of the shipment. 116 Number of Packages/Total Package Count 3 Total number of packages in a shipment, including the master package. 119 Total Customs Value 112 Required for shipping without the FedEx Commercial Invoice. Adding a Package with a Child Reference Number (CRN) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 0 Transaction Type 3 Required 020 or Recipient Company 35 Required Recipient company name Name 12 Recipient Contact Name 35 Required The name of the contact at the recipient s company 13 Recipient Address 1 35 Required The line 1 address of the recipient 14 Recipient Address 2 35 Required The line 2 address of the recipient 15 Recipient City 35 Required The city of the recipient 16 Recipient 2 Required The state or province code of the recipient State/Province 17 Recipient Postal Code 10 Required The postal code of the recipient. 18 Recipient Phone 15 Required The phone number of the recipient Number 21-# Package/Shipment Weight P 8/8.1 Required* This field will no longer be used. Use field # Package Weight P or Shipment Weight S 10.2 Required* This new weight field supports two implied decimals for all shipments and does not require any distinction between Express, Ground, or international shipping. 26 Declared/Carriage Value 50 Recipient Country Code Note: For IPD/IDF/IED shipping this field must be used to enter individual package weights only. FSMS will perform the weight summation and piece count. 11 Optional Carriage value cannot exceed customs value at the CRN level. 2 Required Must match the recipient country code on the MAWB for traditional IPD. See the Country Code Table in Appendix A for a list of country codes. FSMS Developer Guide version

276 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 57-# Package Height P 3 Required* Required for IDF shipments. See the Service Guide for details on dim weighting (Express) and oversize conditions (Ground). 58-# Package Width P 3 Required* Required for IDF shipments. 59-# Package Length P 3 Required* Required for IDF shipments. 74 Country of Ultimate Destination 2 Required Must be one of the ultimate destination countries of the FedEx Clearance Facility. 75 Weight Type 3 Required Valid values: LBS KGS 77-# Commodity Line Item Weight 8.0/8.1 Optional Required if field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) = Y. The weight of a single commodity as described in field 79. No implied decimal place if weight type is LBS. One implied decimal place if weight type is KGS. 9.2 Required* Required if field 113 (Commercial Invoice 148 Required Description of commodity contained in the 78-# Commodity Customs Value S Print and Upload Flag) = Y and fields 82 and 1030 or field 119 are not used. The customs value of the given commodity line item. Field 78 = (field 82 * field 1030) and may be used in lieu of these fields. Field 119 (Total Commodity Customs Value) = sum of 78-#. 79-# Commodity Description S associated CRN. 80-# Country of Manufacture 2 Required Country code of the country where the commodity contents were produced or manufactured in their final form. 81-# Schedule B/Export Harmonized Code 10 Optional The 10-digit Schedule B commodity number or Harmonized Tariff Schedule number for the commodity being exported. 262 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

277 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 82-# Commodity Quantity 7 Required* Required if field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) = Y and field 78 or field 119 are not used. Total number of pieces of a given commodity in the entire shipment. Default: 1 If FedEx is filing the CI, this field is used in conjunction with field 1030 (Commodity Line Item Unit Value) to determine the total commodity customs value for the shipment. Field 119 (Total Commodity Customs Value) = sum of 82-# * 1030-#. This derived value can be overridden, if the value exceeds the derived value, by passing a value in field 119, (Total Commodity Customs Value). 116 Number of 3 Required Valid value: 1 Packages/Total Package Count 120-# Marks and Numbers 15 Optional An identifying mark or number used on the packaging of a shipment to help customers identify a particular shipment. If this field is populated, the information is used on the IPD-customs packing list. 413 NAFTA Flag 1 Required* Indicates whether the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) applies. Valid values are: Y NAFTA applies N NAFTA does not apply For use with IPD shipments within North America. Required for each Add CRN transaction. 414-# Unit of Measure 3 Required* Required if using FedEx Commercial Invoice and/or filing an SED. The unit of measure by commodity level. The units used to measure the commodity, such as IN, CM, FT, M, and L. FSMS Developer Guide version

278 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required Nine 1-byte fields that indicate the IPD function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To add a package (CRN): NNNYNNNNN Note: At least one Y must be entered for this field. You cannot send in nine N s. Each one-byte flag is defined in order in the following array: 1 Create shipment (MAWB) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Add a piece (CRN) 5 Edit a piece (CRN) 6 Edit shipment 7 Delete a piece 8 Delete shipment 9 Confirm shipment 1030-# Commodity Line Item Unit Value 15.6 Required* Required if field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) = Y, and field 78 or field 119 are not used. This is the selling price or cost, if not sold, of the commodity. If FedEx is filing the CI, this field will be used in conjunction with Field 82 to determine the total customs value for the shipment. Total Commodity Customs Value = sum of (82-# * 1030-#). This derived value can be overridden by passing a value in field 119, (Total Commodity Customs Value) Rate Currency 3 Required The currency in which the shipment will be rated. See the Currency Code Table in Appendix A for a list of currency codes Shipper s Load and Count (SLAC) 5 Required* Required if using piece count verification (PCV). The total number of pieces within all skids of a freight shipment. This field is used to indicate the number of pieces/boxes per skid at the CRN level Packaging Type 2 Required See the 020 transaction in the FSMS TCR for values Service Type 2 Required Valid values: 17 = IED 18 = IPD 84 = IDF 264 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

279 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 1355 IOR Facility Code 15 Required The transaction will contain the IOR code that applies to the individual shipment and must match an IOR code entered in the Configuration Utility Alt Return Contact Name 1486 Alt Return Company Name 1487 Alt Return Address Line Alt Return Address Line 2 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and field 1486 is not used. 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and field 1485 is not used. 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y. 35 Required* 1489 Alt Return City 35 Required* Required if 1586 = Y Alt Return State 2 Required* Required if 1586 = Y and the return address is in U.S., CA, or PR 1491 Alt Return Postal 10 Required* Required if 1586 = Y Alt Return Phone 15 Required* Required if 1586 = Y. Number 1547 APD/PCV Account 9 Required* IDF only Number 1548 APD/PCV Payment 1 Optional IDF only Types 1549 Appointment Delivery (AD) Flag Field 1 Optional IDF only 1550 Piece Count Verification (PCV) Flag 1585 Return Address Country Code 1586 Print Return Address Flag 1 Optional IDF only if set to Y Field 1271 (Shipper s Load and Count (SLAC)) will also be required. 2 Required* Required if field 1586 = Y. 1 Optional Set to Y if print alternate return address is required on specific CRN label. FSMS Developer Guide version

280 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Deleting a Child Reference Number (CRN) Package After the MAWB and CRN(s) have been created, packages (CRNs) can be removed by using a Delete transaction. Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 29 Tracking Number 15 Required CRN tracking number. 50 Recipient Country Code 2 Required The recipient country code in the CRN s MAWB for traditional IPD. 498 Meter Number 7 Required Or Defaulted Meter number with which the CRN was created. Default: master meter number. 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required Nine 1-byte fields that indicate the IPD function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To delete a package (CRN): NNNNNNYNN Note: At least one Y must be entered for this field. You cannot send in nine N's. Each 1-byte flag is defined in order in the following array: 7 Delete a piece 1274 Service Type 2 Required The service type that is to be used to ship the package. Valid values: 17 IED 18 IPD 84 IDF 1355 IOR Facility Code 15 Required The transaction will contain the IOR code that applies to the individual shipment and must match an IOR code entered in the Configuration Utility. 266 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

281 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Deleting a Shipment After the MAWB and CRN are created, the shipment can be removed by a Delete transaction. To delete the entire shipment, code the transaction as shown in the following table. Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 29 Tracking Number 15 Required Master tracking number. 50 Recipient Country Code 2 Required The recipient country code in the CRN s MAWB for traditional IPD 498 Meter Number 7 Required or Defaulted Meter number with which the MAWB was created Default: Master meter number 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required Nine 1-byte fields that indicate the IPD function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To delete a shipment: NNNNNNNYN Note: At least one Y must be entered for this field. You cannot send in nine N's. Each one-byte flag is defined in order in the following array: 8 Delete shipment 1274 Service Type 2 Required The service type that is to be used to ship the package. Valid values are: 17 IED 18 IPD 84 IDF 1355 IOR Facility Code 15 Required The transaction will contain the IOR code that applies to the individual shipment and must match an IOR code entered in the Configuration Utility. Obtaining Route Information for Custom Labels If you do not use the FedEx-generated shipping label but create your own custom label for IPD/IED/IDF shipments and use IPD multi-port end destination routing, you may do a route request prior to label generation by following one of these scenarios: Scenario 1 Single Piece Shipment: Set field 1274 (Service Type) to either 18 (IPD), 84 (IDF), or 17 (IED) in the Create. Send in field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 1 set to Y for Create. Send in a second field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 2 set to Y for Route. Scenario 2 Multiple-package Shipment: Set field 1274 (Service Type) to either 18 (IPD), 84 (IDF), or 17 (IED) in the Create. FSMS Developer Guide version

282 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Send in field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 1 set to Y for Create. Send in a second field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 4 set to Y (to add a piece). Send in a third field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 4 set to Y (to add a second piece). Send in a fourth field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 2 set to Y (for route). Scenario 3 Route After Create: Set field 1274 (Service Type) to either 18 (IPD), 84 (IDF), or 17 (IED) in the Create. Send in field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 1 set to Y for Create. Send in field 541 (Open Ship Flag) with position 2 set to Y for route or: Send in field 541 with field 1234 (Rate/Route/Time in Transit Flag) set to 2 or 3 for route. Requesting Consolidated Customs Information To make filing clearance documentation easier for IPD/IED/IDF shipments, you may request commodity information in an output file for each shipment. This information will help you identify which shipments require Shipper s Export Declaration (SED) filing. To request a consolidated customs information file: In the Open Ship transaction, include field 2427 (Consolidated Commodity File), set to Y. To specify a file format, include field 2428 (Consolidated Commodity File Type). Available file types are: C (.csv), T (.txt), and D (.doc). If this field is not included in the transaction, FSMS will default to C. To specify an output source, include field 568 (Report Directory) with the corresponding file path. If this field is not included in the Open Ship transaction, FSMS will assign a default output file for you. The output file will be formatted as follows: Schedule B Code Description Marks and Numbers Quantity Unit Value Part Number Unit of Measure Country of Manufacture Total Commodity Customs Value 268 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

283 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Confirming the Shipment The following fields are required to confirm an Open Ship using the 020 Global Ship Request transaction: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 50 Recipient Country Code 2 Required Must match the MAWB for traditional IPD. 79 Commodity Description S 148 Required* Required if field 541 (6 th flag) = Y and field 1592 = Y during a Create MAWB transaction 119 Total Customs Value 112 Required* Required if field 541 (6 th flag) = Y and field 1592 = Y during a Create MAWB transaction 498 Meter Number 7 Required or Defaulted Must match the meter number in the MAWB. Default: master meter number. 541 Open Ship Flags 9 Required Nine 1-byte fields that indicate the IPD function to be performed for a given transaction. Set the flag of the function to be performed to Y; set all other flags to N. To confirm a shipment (MAWB): NNNNNNNNY To confirm and edit a shipment (MAWB): NNNNNYNNY Note: At least one Y must be entered for this field. You cannot send in nine N's. Each one-byte flag is defined in order in the following array: 1 Create shipment (MAWB) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Add a piece (CRN) 5 Edit a piece (CRN) 6 Edit shipment 7 Delete a piece 8 Delete shipment 9 Confirm shipment 1274 Service Type 2 Required The service type that is to be used to ship the package. Valid values: 17 IED 18 IPD 84 IDF 1355 IOR Facility Code 15 Required The transaction will contain the IOR code that applies to the individual shipment and must match an IOR code entered in the Configuration Utility. FSMS Developer Guide version

284 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Field ID Field Name Max Length Required /Optional Comments 1358 FTR, XTN, or ITN Entry 32 Required* Required for U.S. outbound only. Input the Foreign Trade Regulations (FTR) Exemption Number or the AES Proof of Filing Citation. Required if an ITN number is required for the shipment. Use field 541 to confirm and edit a shipment (MAWB): NNNNNYNNY 2406 Deferred Label Flag 1 Optional If IPD OL MAWB is to be printed at a later time; It will be written as <tracking #>.CLS to c:\fedex\fedex_temp folder to be printed via a 095 reprint transaction; If field 187 = CLS, both IPD MAWB and IPD OL labels will not be printed during Confirm shipment but saved for deferred printing Sample IPD/IDF/IED Transactions To help you visualize how an IPD/IDF/IED transaction is formatted, below are sample transactions for each type of IPD/IDF shipment: Sample Create IPD MAWB Transaction 0,"020"1,"CREATE MAWB"20," "23,"3"24,""25,"MAWB"26,"10000"39,"NNNNNNNNNNNNNN" 50,"US"68,"USD"69,"60000"70,"1"71," "72,"1"74,"US"75,"KGS"113,"N"117,"SG" 119,"50000"187,"077"190,"N"440,"N"498,"730099"541,"YNNNNNNNN"1273,"01"1274,"18"1297,"MAWB CUST INV 1"1355,"IPD-INDI123456"99,"" Note: Field 541 = YNNNNNNNN (1st flag) Sample Add CRN Transaction 0,"020"1,"Add CRN-1"11,"COMPAQ CORPORATION"12,"BILL CLINTON"13,"12 MCCATHY BOULEVARD"14,"MILPITAS"15,"RECIPIENT CITY"16,"CA"17,"95035"18," "20," "21,"3"25,"CRN1"26,"1000"39,"NNNNNNNNNNNNNN"50,"US"68, "USD"70,"1"72,"1"74,"US"75,"KGS"76,"1"77,"100"78,"2000"79,"COMPUTERS PARTS "80,"SG"82,"2000"113,"N"116,"1"117,"SG"119,"100000"187,"077"190,"N"414,"PCS"431,"Y"440, "N"498,"730099"537,"\\ \Eltron"541,"NNNYNNNNN"1030," "1086,"15"1116, "C"1273,"01"1274,"18"1282,"T"1297,"CUST INV NO. 01"1355,"IPD-INDI123456"99,"" Note: Field 541 = NNNYNNNNN (4th flag) Sample Confirm Shipment Transaction 0,"20"1,"IPD-Confirm-Shipment"25,"IPD-TO-US-IND"32,"KAREN TAY"50,"US"74,"US"117,"SG"187,"077"498,"1845"537,"\\FEDEX_CTSD\prodigy"538,""541, "NNNNNNNNY"1273,"01"1274,"18"1282,"T"1355,"IPD-INDI123456"99,"" Note: Field 541 = NNNNNNNNY (9th flag) Sample Delete CRN Transaction 0,"020"1,"Delete CRN"29," "50,"US"117,"SG"498,"730099" 541,"NNNNNNYNN"1274,"18"1355,"IPD-INDI123456"99,"" Note: Field 541 = NNNNNNYNN (7th flag). A package (CRN) can be deleted before a Confirm shipment transaction. 270 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

285 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Sample Delete MAWB Transaction 0,"020"1,"Delete MAWB"29," "50,"US"117,"SG"498,"730099" 541,"NNNNNNNYN"1274,"18"1355,"IPD-INDI123456"99,"" Note: Field 541 = NNNNNNNYN (8th flag). A shipment (MAWB) can be deleted before a Confirm shipment transaction. The MAWB and all CRNs of the shipment are deleted, and the shipment does not exist anymore. Sample IDF CRN with PCV Service Required Transaction 0,"020"1,"IDF-9"11,"AC AND DC INC"12,"BILL CLINTON"13,"440 CLOVERLEAF DR"15,"BALDWIN PARK"16,"CA"17,"91706"18," "21,"1000"24,""25,"IDF- 9"26,"6111"50,"US"57,"22"58,"15"59,"35"72,"1"74,"US"75,"KGS"77,"1000"79,"COMMODITY DESCRIPTION 1"80,"SG"81," "82,"1"116,"1"117,"SG"120,"TEST M&# 1"187,"png"414,"EA"418,"CI TEST COMMENT 1"498,"730099"537,"c:\png\idf"541,"NNNYNNNNN"1030," "1090,"USD"1139," "1271,"9999"1273,"01"1274,"84"1349,"S"1355,"IPD- EWRI654321"1547," "1548,"3"1550,"Y"99,"" Note: The mandatory fields for the IDF PCV (Piece Count Verification) service at the CRN level are: Field 1550 (PCV Indicator) = Y Field 1271 (SLAC or Piece Count) = minimum/maximum pieces per CRN (1/9998) Field 1547 (Account Number) Field 1548 (Payment Types) Sample IDF CRN with APD Service Required Transaction 0,"020"1,"IDF-APAC-A4"11,"CAAN TECHNOLOGIES"12,"Pak-Kan Ng"13,"92 WALL ST"15,"NORWALK"16,"CT"17," "18," "21,"1000"24,""25,"IDF-APAC- A4"26,"6111"50,"US"57,"22"58,"15"59,"35"72,"1"74,"US"75,"KGS"77,"1000"79,"COMMODITY DESCRIPTION 1"80,"SG"81," "82,"1"116,"1"117,"SG"120,"TEST M&# 1"187,"png"414,"EA"418,"CI TEST COMMENT 1"498,"730099"537,"c:\png\idf"541,"NNNYNNNNN"1030," "1090,"USD"1139," "1273,"01"1274,"84"1349,"S"1355,"IPD-EWRI654321" 1547," "1548,"3"1549,"Y"99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

286 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Note: The mandatory fields for the IPD APD (Appointment Delivery) service at the CRN level are: Field 1549 (APD Indicator) = Y Field 1547 (Account Number) Field 1548 (Payment Types) If both PCV and APD are required for the CRN, only one account number (field 1547) and payment type (field 1548) are required and apply for both services. 272 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

287 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Labels This section describes the IPD/IDF/IED labels created by FSMS. In this section, you will find: IPD/IDF/IED label samples with field descriptions An overview of the FSMS Label Reprint Utility The IPD/IDF/IED label is created with two types of labels, the MAWB (Master Air Waybill) and the CRN (Child Reference Number) label. The MAWB displays all of the information necessary to tender the IPD/IDF shipment, including the piece count of all packages that are part of the MAWB shipment. Below is a sample IPD MAWB: The recipient address on the MAWB is the FedEx Clearance Facility in the country where the shipment is going. Package data displayed on the MAWB reflects the totals for all pieces (CRNs) in the shipment. Figure 1. IPD MAWB Label (PNG Format) Notes: IPD/IDF/IED labels can be generated using the following format types: Laser (plain paper).png (Portable Network Graphic) format 4 x 6 thermal labels (doc tab and non doc tab) The IDF MAWB contains the same information as the IPD MAWB with the exception of the service type (IDF displays instead of IPD). FSMS Developer Guide version

288 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) The IPD/IDF/IED CRN label displays package information pertinent to the specific package to which the label is to be attached. Below is a sample IPD CRN: The recipient address is actual address to which the package is to be delivered. Package data on a CRN reflects only the data for that CRN. CRN designates that this is an IPD/IDF CRN associated with a MAWB. The information displayed on an IDF CRN label is the same as the information on an IPD CRN label, except for the inclusion of the PCV (Piece Count Verification) and the APD (Appointment Delivery) services. If you contract to use these services, these indicators are displayed on the IDF CRN label. Below is the package data section of an IDF CRN label with PCV and APD services: If the IDF CRN is scheduled for Appointment Delivery, this service is displayed on the CRN label. The PCV total for the entire IPD shipment is displayed here. The PCV service code is displayed here on the CRN. 274 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

289 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility The Label Reprint Utility allows you to reprint thermal IPD/IDF CRNs and MAWB labels. These labels remain in the reprint database for up to 48 hours after the ship date before they are purged. To reprint an IPD label: 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click on the Label Reprint Utility icon. The window is displayed. 2. In the Meter Number list, click the meter number for which you shipped the IPD/IDF/IED label to be reprinted. All IPD/IDF/IED shipments that were created within the 48 hour reprint period are displayed in the tracking number column. 3. Highlight the tracking number of the label to be reprinted. 4. Click Reprint Label. The label for the tracking number you selected is sent to the default thermal printer listed at the bottom of the window. 5. To change the default label printer before performing a label reprint: 6. Click the Printer icon in the Thermal label box at the bottom of the Label Reprint window. 7. Select the thermal printer from the list. Click OK. FSMS Developer Guide version

290 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Commercial Invoice Reprint Utility The Commercial Invoice Reprint Utility provides the ability to reprint any Commercial Invoice after FSMS performs an End-of-Day or a Close transaction and an original Commercial Invoice is produced. To reprint a Commercial Invoice: 1. From the Windows Start menu, click All Programs>Ship Manager Server>Commercial Invoice Reprint Utility. The CI Reprint window is displayed: 2. In the Meter Number list, click the meter number for the international shipment for which you want to reprint a Commercial Invoice. All shipments with Commercial Invoices for the meter you selected are displayed in the Tracking Number column. 3. Highlight the tracking number of the appropriate shipment. 4. You can choose to send the CI to a printer or you may do a print to file which sends the CI to a designated file to be printed at a later time. 5. To send the CI to a printer, you may allow the CI to print to the default printer or you may select another printer by clicking the Printer icon at the bottom of the CI Reprint utility window. The default number of copies to be printed is 1, but you may choose up to 9 CI copies to be printed. 6. To send the CI to a file, click the Folder icon at the bottom of the CI Reprint utility window. The Browse for Folder window is displayed. Select the folder to which you want to send the CI. 7. After you select the output destination for your CI reprint, click Reprint Commercial Invoice. 8. To exit the utility, click Cancel. To minimize the utility, click OK. 276 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

291 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Reports FSMS provides the necessary reports for managing your IPD/IDF/IED shipping activity. In this section. You will find information for: Producing the standard IPD/IDF reports IPD/IDF report field definitions Producing IPD/IDF/IED Reports FSMS supports eight standard IPD/IDF/IED reports, which provide the documentation you need for shipping using the IPD/IDF/IED services. These reports are: IPD/IED Reports: IPD/IED Consolidated Commercial Invoice (CCI) IPD/IED CRN Report IPD/IED Packing List IPD/IED Visa Manifest IDF Reports: IDF CCI IDF CRN Report IDF Packing List IDF Visa Manifest Each report may be configured individually to be saved in any directory or to be printed on the printer configured in the FSMS Configuration Utility. Instructions for configuring a report printer are provided previously in this chapter. Notes: It is recommended that you do not specify the.txt format when you select the output type for IPD/IDF/IED reports. If you selected.txt as your default output format during installation, contact your FedEx customer support representative to change your configuration. FSMS supports both 8-1/2 x 11 and A4 paper formats for report printing. The paper size/type is configured during report settings configuration. IPD/IDF/IED Reports The following list of IPD/IDF/IED reports includes field definitions of each of the fields on the report. Note: The IPD/IED and IDF reports provided by FSMS are identical in format; however, the IDF reports contain additional information (for example, PCV and ADV) that applies to the IDF service only. FSMS Developer Guide version

292 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) IPD/IDF/IED Consolidated Commercial Invoice When you create an IPD/IDF/IED shipment, a Consolidated Commercial Invoice, also known as a CCI, is generated to facilitate Customs clearance for all of the packages in the IPD/IDF/IED shipment. The following fields are provided as part of the CCI: CCI Header Fields: Ship Date Ultimate Destination International Air Waybill Number Invoice Number Shipper Fields: Contact Name Company Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City State/Province Country Postal Code Phone Number Recipient Fields: Contact Name Company Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City State/Province Country Postal Code Phone Number Broker Fields: Contact Name Company Name Address Line FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

293 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Address Line 2 City State/Province Country Postal Code Phone Number Importer of Record Fields: Contact Name Company Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City State/Province Country Postal Code Phone Number Export Reference Fields: Export Reference # Weight Type Currency Type # of CRNs IPD/IDF/IED Packing List The IPD/IDF/IED packing list provides both MAWB and CRN detail for an IPD/IDF/IED shipment. Below are the fields included in this report: Packing List Header Fields: The IPD/IDF/IED packing list header fields contain the both the shipper identification (name and address) and the recipient identification (name and address). Package Fields: The package section of the packing list provides detailed information for each CRN associated with the IPD/IDF/IED MAWB. These fields are: Master Air Waybill # the MAWB tracking number for the IPD/IDF/IED shipment is printed underneath the packing list header. All of the information following this tracking number pertains to the CRNs associated with this MAWB. Currency Weight Type FSMS Developer Guide version

294 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Total # of CRNs CRN Tracking Number Company Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 Weight Destination Country City State Postal Code Reference Phone Description Harmonized Code Each CRN associated with the MAWB for the IPD/IDF/IED shipment is listed in the packing list. IPD/IDF/IED CRN Report The IPD/IDF/IED provides more detailed data for the CRNs associated with an MAWB. In addition to recipient-specific information (such as name and address), this report also displays: Origin ID Tracking number for the IPD/IDF Overnight Letter Number of CRNs per shipment MAWB form ID Number of addresses per shipment Special handling Bill-to account number IPD/IDF/IED Visa Manifest The IPD/IDF/IED Visa Manifest provides information for all packages in a shipment. The FedEx courier picks up this report with the shipment. The Visa Manifest provides the following information for each IPD/IDF/IED shipment: Sender s account number Reference information Origin Destination 280 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

295 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) Recipient s account number, phone number, name, company address, city, state/province, country, and postal code Broker s name, city, country, phone number, and postal code Service type Special handling codes Billing information Account number Country code Weight Manufacturing code Currency type Carriage value Customs value Exporter s license and date IPD/IDF/IED FAQ What must be coded in the 020 transaction in order to print a return address on the CRN label? If the IPD/IDF/IED shipment requires a return address to be entered so that the CRN packages are not routed back to the origin, a return address can be printed on each CRN label using these fields: Return Address Fields: 1485 through 1492 and Print Flag: field 1585 The return address functionality only applies at the shipment level (using the Create MAWB transaction). A single return address entered using the fields above apply to all of the pieces (CRNs) in the shipment. How can I input the total customs value and print my commodity description for the whole shipment instead of having FSMS compute the totals for me based on the customs value of each piece/crn? FSMS normally computes the total customs value for the shipment based on the customs value submitted on each CRN. If you want to input your total customs value instead of having FSMS compute it for you (because you may not know the customs value for each CRN), use the following steps to overwrite the total customs value of the shipment: Do not enter any custom value for each CRN if you do not want FSMS to compute the total customs value for you. During the Shipment Confirm transaction, send the following values: FSMS Developer Guide version

296 International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) field 541 with Open Ship Process Flag (6 th flag) and Confirm Shipment Flag (9 th flag) both set to Y, and field 119 (Total Customs Value). Input the commodity description (field 79) if you want to have a commodity description printed on the MAWB label; otherwise, field 79 is optional. What response will I receive when I track an IPD/IDF/IED shipment? When you supply the MAWB tracking number for an IPD/IDF/IED shipment, you receive tracking scans for the MAWB and all CRNs associated with the MAWB. If you enter a CRN tracking number, you receive tracking scans for only that package. 282 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

297 Returns Shipping You can process returns shipments in FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) using the Print Return Label or Return Label return options. The Print Return Label option applies to FedEx Express, FedEx Express Freight, and FedEx Ground. Use Print Return Label to include a return label in either the original shipment or in a separate correspondence to your customer. This label can be used at a future time. The following shipping services are available for this return option: FedEx Express (FO, PO, SO, 2Day) FedEx Express Freight (F2 and F3) FedEx Ground FedEx Home Delivery The Return Label option applies to FedEx Express, FedEx Express Freight, and FedEx Ground. Use Return Label to a return label to your customer, which can be printed directly from your customer s printer. A link to find the closest drop-off location is also available for the convenience of your customer. The following shipping services are available for this return option: FedEx Express (FO, PO, SO, 2Day) FedEx Express Freight (F2 and F3) Service Options Available for Returns The following table displays the service options available for Parcel and Freight returns, with allowed services shown with Yes in bold type: Special Service Parcel Return Print and Label FO, PO, SO, 2DAY Express Freight Return Print and Label 2DAY 3DAY Ground Print and Label Ground and Home Delivery Hold at Location Yes Yes N/A Deliver Weekday Yes Yes N/A Saturday Delivery Yes Yes N/A Inaccessible No No N/A Dangerous Goods Electronic No No N/A Surveillance Service Dry Ice Yes Yes No Saturday Pickup Yes Yes N/A C.O.D. No No No Accessible Dangerous Goods No No N/A FSMS Developer Guide version

298 Returns Shipping Special Service Parcel Return Print and Label FO, PO, SO, 2DAY Express Freight Return Print and Label 2DAY 3DAY Ground Print and Label Ground and Home Delivery Priority Alert No No N/A Additional Handling Yes Yes Yes Surcharge Residential Delivery Yes Yes Yes Saturday Hold Yes Yes N/A OFS/F2 Inside N/A Yes N/A Pickup OFS/F2 Inside N/A Yes N/A Delivery H3 Pickup No No N/A H3 Delivery No No N/A OFS/F2 Single No No N/A Shipment OFS/F2 Delivery No No N/A Reattempt OFS/F2 Extra Labor No No N/A OFS/F2 Residential No No N/A Pickup OFS/F2 Residential No No N/A Delivery Liftgate N/A No N/A InSight Content No No No (Pack. Content) IV Shipment blocking Yes Yes Yes Alcohol No No No Signature Services Yes Yes Yes No Indirect Delivery Yes Yes No Variable Handling Yes Yes Yes ShipAlert Yes Yes Yes Delivery notification Yes Yes Yes Exception notification Yes Yes Yes Alternate Sender No No No POD N/A N/A No Nonstandard Yes (FO = No) No Yes Packaging HD Date Certain N/A N/A N/A HazMat No No No Maximum Declared Value Max DV $1,000 Max DV $50,000 Max DV $ FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

299 Returns Shipping Print Return Label You can create a printed return label when coding an 020 Global Ship Request transaction. The following service details apply to FedEx Returns shipments: Special Services vary for Return shipments. Use the following Special Services chart for reference of allowed Special Services. Returns shipments are only available for U.S. Domestic shipping, including Alaska and Hawaii. Return shipments are not rated. However, they can be rated via online applications, such as FSM API or rating at The following service details apply to Returns shipments prepared via FSMS: Return labels do not expire. When a FedEx Express return label is created, a ship date will be printed on the label, but it is not a true commitment date. If the ship date differs from the printed ship date, the FedEx courier will re-label the package. This is standard FedEx operating procedure. Returns shipments are not billed until a possession scan is initiated by FedEx and the package moves. Returns packages are visible in Insight after the possession scan is received by FedEx systems. You can use the 023 transaction to delete a Return shipment any time prior to executing a Close. After a Close has been performed, the shipment may no longer be deleted. Individual packages within a multiple-package shipment may be deleted via the 023 Delete transaction without requiring deletion of the entire shipment. The 095/195 Label Reprint transaction is available for the reprinting of Returns labels. Returns shipment information will not print on any FSMS produced report. For Returns package information, a custom report will have to be created with information from the FSMS database. All label formats supported by FSMS for outbound labels are available for Return shipping labels. A Return shipping instructions example is included in your transaction guide. You can include this with the label to let your customer know how to schedule pickups or find the closest drop-off location. A Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Number field is available for use in either the 020 or 037 Return transactions that you can use to track a Return shipment and is also provided on the FedEx invoice. You can tie Outbound and Return shipments together to track both shipments at the same time and to obtain cross reference information on the invoice by using the RMA Number field in both the outbound and return shipment transactions. FSMS Developer Guide version

300 Returns Shipping Availability Available for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground U.S. domestic shipping. Ability to tie Outbound and Return shipment together for tracking purposes and Invoice reference. Services and Shipping Types FedEx First Overnight (FO) FedEx Priority Overnight (PO) FedEx Standard Overnight (SO) FedEx 2Day (2DAY) FedEx Freight 2Day (F2) FedEx Freight 3Day (F3) FedEx Ground Service Codes: 131 Ground, 3rd Party, Return Manager Printed Label 137 Ground, Pre-paid, Return Manager Printed Label 836 Home Delivery, 3rd Party, Return Manager Printed Label 842 Home Delivery, Pre-paid, Return Manager Printed Label Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) Specifications Maximum is 999 packages per Request. RMA number the same on all shipments. Dimensions, weight, and declared value can be different for each package. Printing Information Available label formats are Thermal and Paper. Customer account number is not printed. A FedEx Ground Manifest is not required for FedEx Ground Return shipments. For FedEx Ground Return shipments, RETURN MGR prints on both the paper and thermal formats. This is used by FedEx Ground contractors to identify Return Packages. The RMA number will be printed in human readable on the Paper and Thermal format. The RMA number will be bar-coded (linear) on the paper format only. Canceling and Reporting Customers can cancel Print Return Label shipments. Customer reporting is available through Insight. 286 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

301 Returns Shipping Packing instructions are available and can be printed only when paper format is setup as default printing option. Returns shipment information will not print on any FSMS produced report. For Returns package information, a custom report must be created with information from the FSMS database. Return Label (Express and Ground) Return label creation using the 037 transaction will create an online label which is picked up by the returning party online at a URL sent via . The 037 transaction is a Request that is uploaded at the Hourly Upload (HU) interval established in the FSMS Configuration Utility made to FedEx backend systems to create an online label. When the Requests are received by FedEx, a Return label is created for the recipient, and the recipient is provided a URL from which the Return label is accessed. The label is printed from a browser to a standard ink jet or laser printer. The following FedEx service details apply to Online Return labels: Special services vary for Return shipments. Use the following Special Services chart for reference of allowed Special Services. Returns shipments are only available for U.S. Domestic shipping, including Alaska and Hawaii. Return shipments are not rated. However, they can be rated via online applications, such as FSM API or rating at The following rules are applicable to Online Return Label shipments prepared via FSMS: labels may only be deleted using the Web Service Cancel Label. label Requests are uploaded to FedEx during the Hourly Upload (HU) process, which can be set to occur at an interval between 30 and 120 minutes. If the label deletion Request occurs prior to the HU interval, the Request is deleted from the FSMS database. If the label deletion Request occurs after the HU interval, the delete Request is uploaded during the next HU interval. MPS Returns shipments may be prepared using the single transaction multiple occurrence method or via Open Shipping. A maximum of 10 labels may be requested per MPS shipment. Returns shipment information will not print on any FSMS produced report. Transaction Coding Requirements The following additional fields are required to process Return Labels: Item description Return shipper address URL expiration date up to 30 days Return Contact telephone number typically the customer service department number FSMS Developer Guide version

302 Returns Shipping Availability Available for Passkey and Passkey Admin. Available for U.S. Domestic shipping. No ITB shipments. Ability to tie Outbound and Return shipment together for tracking purposes and Invoice reference. Services and Shipping Types First Overnight (FO) Priority Overnight (PO) Standard Overnight (SO) FedEx 2Day (2Day) FedEx Ground FedEx Home Delivery FedEx Ground Service Codes: 136 Ground, Prepaid, Label 140 Ground, 3rd Party, Label 847 Home Delivery, 3rd Party, Label 848 Home Delivery, Prepaid, Label Access and Retention Label URLs can be accessed for 30 days after the label is requested. The Merchant (FedEx customer) needs to select the day at the moment of Request. After access, the label can be reprinted for up to 5 days. Label is good after printed for indefinite time. Printing Information With Label, a label is not printed by the FedEx customer. Instead a URL is sent to the Return shipper via . This URL will contain access for the label. The customer receives a list of the tracking numbers as a confirmation of the shipment. Available Label format is paper only. Customer account number not printed. A FedEx Ground Manifest is not required for FedEx Ground Return shipments. For FedEx Ground Return shipments, RETURN MGR prints on the label. The RMA number prints in human readable and bar-coded (linear). 288 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

303 Returns Shipping Canceling and Reporting Customers can cancel /Online Label shipments. Customer reporting is available through Insight. Returns shipment information will not print on any FSMS produced report. For Returns package information, a custom report must be created with information from the FSMS database. Tracking Outbound and Return Shipments Together You can use the Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number track Outbound and Return shipments at the same time and to obtain cross reference information on the invoice. Field 1538 Search/Relationship type code allows a value for RMA number. The value for RMA Number on this field should be 10. The actual RMA number is passed in existing field 1537 Search/Relationship Type string. You can code an RMA number in a regular non-returns shipment in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Then you can process a return shipment using the same RMA number. Tracking by this method allows you to reference the shipment by this RMA number, which returns all tracking numbers for the shipment. Return Shipment Examples This section contains examples of return shipments being used through the following channels: Packout Process Example Call Center Example Self-Service Website Example FSMS Developer Guide version

304 Returns Shipping Packout Process Example The following figure illustrates an example packout process typically used for retailers, service parts, manufacturer repair returns, and financial or legal services reusable envelope: 1. Order or Request for Part Taken 2. Customer system Generates shipment paperwork including Pre-Printed Return Label 3. Product, Document, or Service Part is packed for shipment Pre-Printed Return Label and Return instructions included 6. Shipments arrive at FedEx customer s returns facility 5. Package is tendered to FedEx via dropoff or pick-up 4. Return Shipper receives shipment. Decides what needs to be sent back. Repacks and places Pre- Printed Return Label on Package 290 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

305 Returns Shipping Call Center Example The following figure illustrates an example call center process typically used for retailers, service parts, and manufacturer repair returns: FSMS Developer Guide version

306 Returns Shipping Self-Service Website Example The following figure illustrates an example self-service website process for retailers, and service parts: Express Tag 044/144 Ground Call Tag Request/Reply: The 044 transaction is used for merchants that need to schedule a FedEx Ground pickup from a return shipper. The information for this shipment is sent to the local FedEx Ground station. The label is created at the station and sent with the courier to be used at pickup time. 045/145 Ground Call Tag Cancel Request/Reply: The 045 transaction is used when needing to cancel a previous Ground Call Tag Request. Ground Call Tag 046/146 Express Call Tag Request/Reply: The 046 transaction is used for merchants that need to schedule a FedEx Express pickup from a return shipper. The information is sent directly to the FedEx Express courier. The courier then has the ability to produce the label at the time of pickup. 047/147 Express Call Tag Cancel Request/Reply: The 047 transaction is used to cancel a previously scheduled Express Tag Request. 292 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

307 Creating a Label This section includes instructions for generating the labels you need to support your shipping application. Label Types FSMS supports a variety of label options, including thermal, plain paper, and customizable labels. Thermal Labels FSMS allows you to print shipping labels for all shipping types (Express, Ground, international) using a variety of thermal label printers. The following thermal label sizes are supported by FSMS: 4 x 6 4 x 8 4 x 9 Thermal labels are available with document tabs (doc tabs) that can be configured with shipment detail. You can configure a thermal printer in the FSMS Configuration Utility, or you can specify the printer within the shipping transaction. If you set up the printer in the FSMS Configuration Utility, this printer becomes the default for all thermal labels printed on the meter for which it was configured. To specify a printer in a transaction, the following fields must be coded into the transaction: Field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator) Field 537 (Label Printer ID) For more information on fields 187 and 537, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FSMS supports the following thermal label printers: Label Type Valid Service Label Buffer Unimark U550 4x6 doc tab Express Y Unimark U550 4x6 (non doc tab) Express Y Unimark 4x8 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y Unimark 4x9 doc tab Express/Ground Y Eltron LP2348 4x6 doc tab Express/Ground Y Eltron LP2443 4x6 doc tab Express/Ground Y Eltron LP2348 4x6 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y FSMS Developer Guide version

308 Creating a Label Label Type Valid Service Label Buffer Eltron LP2443 4x6 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y Eltron/Zebra EPL 4x8 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y Eltron/Zebra EPL 4x9 doc tab Express/Ground Y Zebra DA402 4x6 doc tab Express/Ground Y Zebra DA402 4x6 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y Zebra 4x8 (non doc tab) Express/Ground Y Zebra 4x9 doc tab Express/Ground Y Laser Labels FSMS supports label printing with a laser printer. Labels that are printed with a laser printer are generated by FSMS in PDF format and do not need to be scaled or resized. You can set up a laser printer in the FSMS Configuration Utility (see Label Settings), or you can specify the printer within the shipping transaction. If the printer is set up in the FSMS Configuration Utility, this printer is the default for all laser labels produced for the configured meter. If the printer is specified in the transaction, two fields are required: Field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator) Field 537 (Printer ID) Laser labels are available for both Express and Ground and may be written to a label buffer. Most laser printers are supported for this label type; however, if you have any question regarding laser printer support, contact FedEx support at or GoFedEx ( ). Thermal Label Graphic FSMS provides a graphic file of the Express and Ground thermal shipping label that you can position on your shipping documentation instead of creating a custom label. For example, if you generate a packing list, you may use the top portion of the form for packing information and position both a 4x6 shipping label and a 4x6 return label on the bottom portion of the form by requesting a thermal label graphic. The thermal label graphic can be generated for the 4x6, 4x8, and 4x9 thermal label formats and can be received as either a.png or a.pdf file type. Depending on whether you choose the.png or.pdf format, sizing requirements may apply: 294 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

309 Creating a Label PNG Labels FSMS provides.png (Portal Network Graphic) images for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground labels by passing a value of "PNG" in field 187 (Label Format Value). This format replaces the previously supported.gif format. These images are saved in the C:/FedEx/FedEx_Temp directory (as the default location). To change this location, you can override with another valid directory path in field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID). The.PNG label graphic is a replica of the thermal labels supported by FSMS. This label option allows you to place the.png label graphic on your label stock to prevent the need for creating a custom label. Field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator) should be set to the appropriate thermal label size: 46L = 4 x 6 PNG 48L = 4 x 8 PNG 49L = 4 x 9 PNG These images are saved in the C:\FedEx\FedEx_Temp directory (as the default location). To change this location, you can override with another valid directory path in field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID). When you view the.png label image on your screen, the barcode dots per inch (dpi) is reduced to your screen resolution, far less than required. To correct the dpi, you must use FedEx software label extensions or you must scale (or resize) the image before printing. Scaling instructions vary by screen resolution and dimensions (inches or pixels). To scale the.png image for a 4x6 label in inches: 4 width and 6 length exactly. To scale the.png image for a 4x6 label in pixels: If your screen resolution is 96 dpi: Width = 384 pixels ( x 800 = 384) Height = 576 pixels ( x 1200 = 576) If your screen resolution is 72 dpi: Width = 288 pixels ( x 800 = 288) Height = 432 pixels ( x 1200 = 432) If your screen resolution is not 96 or 72 dpi: Width = Your screen dpi 200 x 800 Height = Your screen dpi 200 x 1200 FSMS Developer Guide version

310 Creating a Label PDF Labels Portable Document Format label images can be produced by FSMS for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground labels by passing a value of "PDF" in field 187 (Label Format Value). This produces an image of a laser label. Images of thermal labels may be captured by setting field 187 to the appropriate thermal label size desired: 46P = 4 x 6 PDF 48P = 4 x 8 PDF 49P = 4 x 9 PDF These images are saved in the C:/FedEx/FedEx_Temp directory (as the default location). To change this location, you can override with another valid directory path in field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID). With PDF labels, there is no need to resize (scale) the label to fit the paper or label stock. DIB Labels Device Independent Bitmap (DIB) labels can be produced via the Windows Print Manager. Field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator) must be set to "DIB". This is a laser label. In addition to the plain paper label that is produced, field 187 can indicate other label image sizes: 46D = 4 x 6 DIB 48D = 4 x 8 DIB 49D = 4 x 9 DIB Field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID) must be included and set to the UNC printer name. DIB labels are available for Express and Ground shipments and may be stored in a label buffer file. Multi-Ply Air Waybills FSMS supports printing preprinted multi-ply labels for FedEx Express International shipping. This feature is supported by FSMS because some countries do not allow a thermal or laser air waybill package to be processed through their Customs Clearance. The multi-ply air waybill is available in three types: 306 with preprinted tracking numbers 307 without preprinted tracking numbers 362 a French language air waybill without tracking numbers When using the multi-ply air waybill, you can set up the printer in the FSMS Configuration Utility, or you can specify the printer within the transaction. If the printer is set up in the FSMS Configuration Utility, this printer becomes the default for all multi-ply air waybills produced on the configured meter. 296 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

311 Creating a Label If you specify the printer in the shipping transaction, the following fields are required: Field 545 (Form Printer ID) Field 546 (Paper Waybill Format) Field 547 (Multi-ply Waybill Print Flag) If you use multi-ply Form 306 with preprinted tracking numbers, you are also required to pass this tracking number in your shipping transaction using field 1222 (Pre-assigned Tracking Number). If you do not include the Form 306 tracking number in your ship transaction, FSMS assigns another tracking number for the package. Since the FSMS-assigned tracking number is uploaded with your shipping transaction, you cannot track the package using the tracking number printed on Form 306. For more information regarding the printer transaction fields, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. More information regarding pre-assigning tracking numbers is provided in "Pre-Assigning Tracking Number Request/Reply (004/104)" in Chapter Two: FSMS Transaction Coding in this Developer guide. Before you print multi-ply air waybills, you must configure the printer in the FSMS Configuration Utility. Follow these steps: 1. Set up an IBM 2380 Printer. 2. Create a FedEx Form for the IBM 2380 Plus printer driver. 3. Configure the document properties for the IBM 2380 Plus printer driver. FSMS Developer Guide version

312 Creating a Label Label Printing Options In addition to printing labels directly to a printer, you can print a label to a file, save labels to a table for deferred printing, and reprint a label. Printing Labels to a File FSMS allows you to have the label file for FedEx Express, FedEx Ground and FedEx International multiple-package shipments returned to a specific file instead of in the transaction Reply. This feature allows the customer to control label printing and eliminates the need for printing labels on a network. Note: The Print-to-File label feature applies to Thermal Air Waybills (TAWB) only. Use the following fields to print a label to a file from an 020 Global Ship Request transaction: Fields 1311 (Number of Shipper Label Copies), 1312 (Number of Customs Label Copies), and 1313 (Number of Manifest Copies) request additional label copies (for example, if these labels are needed for International shipping compliance). Field 1282 (Printer Type Indicator) requests that the shipping label print to a file. You must use field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID) to designate the directory where the label is saved. The file name for the label is the master air waybill tracking number. All labels associated with a master air waybill are written to the same file name. For example, if you have a master shipment with 20 associated packages, all labels for this multiple-package shipment are written to the same file. Deferred Printing To defer printing labels you can save them to a label table to be printed later. Field 2406 (Deferred Label Flag) must be set to Y and field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator) must be set to CLS. If a printer path (field 537) is sent along with field 187 set to CLS, the printer path is ignored. To print the label later, use the 095 transaction. Reprinting a Label FSMS allows you to reprint MPS labels using either the Label Reprint Utility or the 095 Label Reprint transaction. The Label Reprint function follows these rules: 1. The package for which you are requesting a Label Reprint must be part of an MPS shipment (either FedEx Express International or FedEx Ground). FedEx Express Domestic shipments are not MPS and therefore cannot be reprinted using either the utility or the transaction. 2. You can reprint a label up to a maximum of 48 hours from the ship date, but the calendar day for the reprint must be no greater than the day after the ship date. For example, if you ship a 2-package FedEx International package on 12/15/05 at 16:30 (4:30 PM). You have until 22:59 (10:59 PM) of the entire next day (12/16/05) to reprint the label. 3. Future Day shipments may be reprinted using the same reprint time frame. You may reprint a Future Day shipment label until the ship date. Then, you still have up to a 298 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

313 Creating a Label maximum of 48 hours from the ship date/time (up to the next calendar day from the ship date) to reprint the label. Use the following fields to reprint an MPS label when coding an 095 Label Reprint Request transaction: Field 29 (Tracking Number) Field 537 (Thermal Label Printer ID) or field 544 (Laser Printer ID) Notes: For more information regarding transaction type 095, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. For more information regarding label reprint using the FSMS Label Reprint Utility, see the FSMS Utilities chapter. Customizing Your Label To support your shipping application, FSMS provides two options for customizing your shipping label: Place the.png 4x6 label graphic into your label stock. For example, you may create a packing list on an 8.5 x 11 form. As part of this form, you may also place the 4x6.PNG label graphic instead of creating a custom label on your own. Add a graphic or text file to the 4 x 8 or 4 x 9 thermal label. This label size provides 1.5 of blank space. However, if neither of these options meets your custom label requirements, you may use FSMS to create a custom label. There are two methods: You may capture label information, including the 2D barcode, from the 120 Reply transaction and create a custom label on your own, or You may use the FSMS Custom Label Generator Utility to create a custom label. See the FSMS Utilities chapter for more information. Using a Customizable Section of the Thermal Label Beginning with FSMS v8.2, a customizable section of the 4x8 or 4x9 thermal label is available to customize without the need of building labels from scratch and going through the FedEx validation process. This is only applicable to the thermal label printed on a thermal printer set to 203 DPI. Only the ASTRA label can be customized in this way. The 4x9 label has a doc tab, while the 4x8 label does not. The label types supporting this feature are any of the following values in field 187 (Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator): 377 = 4x8 Unimark 477 = 4x9 Unimark 399 = 4x8 Eltron/Zebra EPL 499 = 4x9 Eltron/Zebra EPL 388 = 4x8 Zebra FSMS Developer Guide version

314 Creating a Label 488 = 4x9 Zebra In the 4 x 1.5 inch customizable section of the 4x8 or 4x9 label you can enter a line, a barcode, text, or a graphic image. FedEx does not validate the appearance of the customizable section nor the fields used to create that portion of the label. The following are fields used to input the data for the customizable section: 2429 (Custom Label Type Indicator) 2430 (Custom Label X Position) 2431 (Custom Label Y Position) 2432 (Text String) 2433 (Arguments) 2434 (Thermal Font ID) 2436 (Graphic Location) 2437 (Ending X) 2438 (Ending Y) 2439 (Barcode Height) 2440 (Thin Bar Width/Milspec) 2441 (Barcode Type) For more information regarding these fields and using the customizable section, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Creating a Custom Label Using the 020 Global Ship Request Transaction Depending on the shipping method you use, you can create a custom label using either the standard 020 Ship transaction or by using Open Ship. 020 Global Ship Request Transaction Custom Label You can obtain all label data required to create a custom FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, or FedEx Home Delivery label prior to performing a Ship transaction or at the time of shipment. The following instructions outline the label data retrieval process. Note: FSMS includes the 2D label format which standardized the appearance and data content for FedEx Ground and FedEx Express labels. The 2D label format replaces the ASTRA barcode with the PDF-417 barcode for all shipping types. To receive the 2D barcode to create a custom label, use the following two fields when coding an 020 Global Ship Request transaction: Field 1282 (Thermal Label Indicator) Field 1660 (Custom Label Flag) 300 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

315 Creating a Label Field 537 (Label Printer ID), Thermal Label Buffer file path, *.png image file path, or 2D barcode file path is required to save the 2D barcode string to a location other than the default location, C:/FedEx/FedEx_Temp. Whenever field 1282 = B and field 1660 = Y, the 2D barcode string is saved to the default or specified file. These barcode strings are NOT automatically purged and are saved in the file until purged by the user. Open Ship All barcode strings required for creating custom FedEx Express or FedEx Ground labels are returned in the 120 Global Ship Reply for each transaction under the following conditions: 1. A Create transaction (541 = YNNNNNNNN) is submitted with 1282 = B, 1660 = Y, and the Route flag is set to Y. A pre-assigned TN in 1222 is optional. 2. An Add (541 = NNNYNNNNN) transaction is submitted with 1282 = B, 1660 = Y, and the Route flag is set to Y. A pre-assigned tracking number in 1222 is optional. 3. A Route transaction (541 = NYNNNNNNN) is submitted with 1282 = B, 1660 = Y, and 1222 = a valid tracking number. A pre-assigned tracking number in this case is required to receive barcode data; otherwise, only routing data (Express) or a Time-in-Transit (Ground) is returned. 4. An Edit Package transaction (541 = NNNNYNNNN) with 1282 = B, 1660 = Y, the Route flag set to Y, and 29 = to the tracking number of the package being edited. This allows the barcode data to be returned AFTER a Create or an Add in the event any data encoded in the barcodes may have changed, i.e. package weight. 5. FedEx Express C.O.D. return barcodes are returned in the 120 Reply of the Confirm. These are the only barcodes returned in a Confirm. 6. The C.O.D. return label barcodes (535 C.O.D. Return ASTRA) can also be returned in the Reply to the Confirm IF the C.O.D. return tracking number is pre-assigned in field 1224, 1282 = Y, 1660 = B, and the Route flag of the Confirm transaction is set to Y (541 = NYNNNNNNY). FedEx Express only. 7. Barcodes for FedEx Ground Return labels are returned applies if the Create, Route, and Confirm flags are set simultaneously to Y (541 = YYNNNNNNY). 8. This is valid for FedEx Ground, FedEx Express, FedEx International, and U.S. and CA Domestic and 1660 must be in the Confirm transaction. Sample Transactions 0,"020"1,"Create and Add First package"11,"sam s Publishing"12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St"15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290" 18," "23,"1"25,"Package CR001"50,"US"498,""541,"YNNNNNNNN" 542,"12345"1273,"01"1274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"300"3001,"Shipment PO10001"3057,"Package IN001"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Second Package"25,"Package CR002"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"12345"1273,"01"1274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"500"3057,"P ackage IN002"3062,"2"99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

316 Creating a Label 0,"020"1,"Edit Second Package"29," "50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNNNYNNNN"542,"12345"1273,"01"1274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"800"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNNNNNNY" 542,"12345"1274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Create and Add First package, Preassigned Tracking Number"11,"Sam s Publishing"12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St"15,"Indianapolis"16,"IN"17,"46290"18," "23,"1"25,"Package CR001"50,"US"498,""541,"YNYNNNNNN"542,"23456"1222," "1273,"01"1 274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"300"3001,"Shipment PO10001"3057,"Package IN001"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Second Package, Preassigned Tracking Number"25,"Package CR002"50,"US"498,""541,"NNYYNNNNN"542,"23456"1222," "1273,"01"1 274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"500"3057,"Package IN002"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNNNNNNY" 542,"23456"1274,"92"1282,"B"1660,"Y"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Create and Add First package, Express C.O.D."11,"Sam s Publishing"12,"Recipient Name"13,"201 West 103rd St"15,"Indianapolis" 16,"IN"17,"46290"18," "23,"1"25,"Package CR001"27,"Y"50,"US" 53,"15000"186,"Y"440,"Y"498,""541,"YNNNNNNNN"542,"34567"1273,"01"1274,"01"128 2,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"450"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Add/Rate Second Package"25,"Package CR002"50,"US"498,"" 541,"NNNYNNNNN"542,"34567"1273,"01"1274,"01"1282,"B"1660,"Y"1670,"500"3057,"P ackage IN002"3062,"2"99,"" 0,"020"1,"Confirm Open Shipment"50,"US"498,""541,"NNNNNNNNY" 542,"34567"1274,"01"1282,"B"1660,"Y"99,"" 120 Reply Transaction All barcode strings required for creating custom FedEx Express or FedEx Ground labels are returned in the 120 Global Ship Reply for each transaction under the following conditions: 1. A Route transaction, field 1234 = 2 or 3, is submitted with 1282 = B, 1660 = Y, and 1222 = a valid pre-assigned tracking number. 2. A ship transaction is submitted with 1282 = B and 1660 = Y. A pre-assigned tracking number in 1222 is optional. 3. Single package transactions only. For single shot MPS shipments, the barcode strings are returned for the first package only, and the remaining 2D barcodes will be saved to the specified, field 537, or default location. 4. This is valid for FedEx Ground, FedEx Express, FedEx International, and U.S. and CA Domestic. 302 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

317 Creating a Label Submitting Custom Labels for FedEx Approval Before you can produce custom labels in a production environment, FedEx must first test these labels to ensure that FedEx can scan them for routing and delivery. To request the certification paperwork, contact your WIS Consultant or Web Support at websupport@fedex.com or call (voice prompter: API or Web Services). FedEx Express Label Approval Submit custom FedEx Express labels to: FedEx World Headquarters Attention: Barcode/Label Analyst 3630 Hacks Cross Road, Building C Memphis, TN You must submit one label sample for each FedEx service, such as Priority Overnight, International Priority, and so on. After your labels are approved, your FedEx customer support representative will contact you so that you can proceed with custom label deployment. FedEx Ground/FHD Label Approval Submit custom FedEx Ground/FHD labels to: FedEx Ground Attention: Barcode Analyst 1000 FedEx Drive Moon Township, PA You must submit five label samples for each FedEx Ground and/or FedEx Home Delivery service type you want to use. Additionally, ten consecutive incremented labels are required from each production printer you want to use. After your labels are approved, your FedEx Customer Support Representative will contact you so that you can proceed with custom label deployment. FSMS Developer Guide version

318 Creating a Label Labels with Doc Tabs FSMS allows for the printing of a Document Tab (doc tab) on the 6" or 9" doc tab thermal label. Document Tabs allow you to choose shipping information to be printed on a separate tab at the top or bottom of your labels that can be removed and kept for your shipping records. You can configure doc tabs using the FSMS Configuration Utility. See the Labels with Doc Tabs chapter for more information. You can also configure doc tabs using the 070 Meter Query or Configuration Request transaction. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information about this transaction. Creating a Doc Tab Label Using the 020 Global Ship Request Transaction This section describes how to create doc tab labels using the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Complete the following steps to include doc tab labels in your transaction: 1. Start an Express or Ground 020 Global Ship Request transaction. 2. Add doc tab-related fields as needed from the following table: Field Field Name ID 187 Label Format Value/Printer Type Indicator Length Required/ Optional Field Description 3 Required* Required for printing labels to an FSMS supported thermal printer or a laser printer. To print a doc tab label you must specify one of the following options: Value Printer and Label Size/Type 177 Unimark U550 4 x 6 doc tab 199 Eltron LP2348/LP x 6 doc tab 188 Zebra DA402 4 x 6 doc tab DIB Laser Labels 46D 4 x 6 DIB PDF Portable Document Format 46P 4 x 6 PDF 46L 4 x 6 PNG CLS Deferred Label 581 Custom Doc Tab 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at 12. Field 1 S 582 Custom Doc Tab 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at 12. Field 2 S 583 Custom Doc Tab 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at 12. Field 3 S 584 Custom Doc Tab 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at 12. Field 4 S 585 Custom Doc Tab 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at 12. Field 5 S 304 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

319 Creating a Label Field ID Field Name Length Required/ Optional Field Description 75 Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Optional Characters on label are truncated at Custom Doc Tab Field 6 S 587 Custom Doc Tab Field 7 S 588 Custom Doc Tab Field 8 S 589 Custom Doc Tab Field 9 S 590 Custom Doc Tab Field 10 S 591 Custom Doc Tab Field 11 S 592 Custom Doc Tab Field 12 S 1621 Doc Tab Bar Code 30 Optional Data to be bar coded on the doc tab. When this field is used, it overrides all other doc tab selections configured or passed in the transaction. Note: Alphanumeric only no special characters allowed Doc Tab Header 20 Optional Used to describe the data encoded in the doc tab bar code. The data input in field 1621 follows the Header in the human readable form, and the values print below the bar code. Example: Store Number: (Data from field 1621) 1374 Print On Consignee Labels Flag S Note: Overrides Configuration settings. 1 Optional Available for international shipments only. Flag to turn on/off Print Doc Tab Fields On Consignee Labels. Valid values: Y N 1370 Label Orientation Note: Overrides Configuration settings. 3 Optional Valid values: 3 Doc tab at bottom 4 Doc tab at top 3. Submit the transaction for processing. Label Orientation Support The FSMS Configuration Utility includes doc tab options to print on the Leading Edge or Trailing Edge of the label. See Label Settings for more information. FSMS Developer Guide version

320 Creating a Label Print Quality Troubleshooting The following table describes common print quality problems and possible solutions: Example Problem Solution Split Bars Splits are very narrow white lines running down the length of the label. These lines will often cut through the bars on the bar code rendering them unreadable. Look at any horizontal black lines that print on these labels and identify any white breaks. If this white break runs down the length of the label, there is a split in the print. Clean the print head, which may remove the split if it is caused by dust on the print head. If cleaning the print head does not resolve, the print head may need to be replaced. Faded Print / White Voids For the best possible read on the bar codes, the print should be solid black. Sometimes the print will degrade and appear faded or contain small white voids. Quiet Zone Not Sufficient If the quiet zone (blank white space) on the left or right of a bar code is insufficient, it could be a printer issue rather than a coding issue. If the bar code is not centered left to right on the label it could result in many labels not being read. Smudging The print of the label smears/smudges easily. This could be due to either a setting on the printer or a problem with the label stock and/or ribbon used. Adjust the heat and/or speed settings of the printer to ensure solid black print. There may be a tension adjustment on the printer that will also improve the print quality. Adjust the printer to ensure the bar code is centered between the label borders. If using a thermal transfer printer, ensure your ribbon is a resin ribbon. Otherwise, contact the printer and label vendor for help in resolving this situation. Toner Fusion Problem On laser printed labels, if there is a fusion problem, the toner will not adhere to the label stock properly and will flake off very easily. There should be a fusion setting on the printer that can be adjusted to ensure the toner adheres to the labels. This problem could also be due to the use of a paper stock that is NOT of adequate laser quality. 306 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

321 Creating a Label Example Problem Solution Wrinkle in the Print This is where there is a diagonal choppy white line in the print and, if it hits the bar code, in most situations the bar code will not scan. The cause of the wrinkle is either a defective ribbon or the ribbon has been loaded incorrectly into the printer. Print Contrast Too Low (It must be 90% or higher.) This applies to thermal labels. It is not something that can be seen with the naked eye, but can be measured by special equipment. All individual shippers using labels that are not FedEx supplied labels need to have them evaluated. FSMS Developer Guide version

322 FSMS Developer Guide version

323 Revenue Management FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) offers revenue upload and management functions to provide accurate billing and reporting of shipping costs. This section describes revenue options and rate management. Setting Up Revenue Options When you install or upgrade FSMS you must check or configure revenue set-up options for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground before you start shipping. These options are: No Upload/No Ship (NUNS) Force Close No Upload/No Ship (NUNS) To monitor communication conditions that prevent the Hourly Upload of revenue data to FedEx, FSMS is installed with an option called No Upload/No Ship (or NUNS). NUNS checks your modem or network connectivity for any failures and eventually disables shipping if connectivity is not restored. To perform this check, FSMS verifies (during the first Hourly Upload each day) to ensure that there are no outstanding revenue files (not active shipping records) on your server that have not been uploaded to FedEx, and that reconciliation has occurred in the past 24 hours. If either of these checks fails, this failure counts as one communication failure. Next, FSMS checks again for modem or network connectivity at a predetermined time (set up in the FSMS Configuration Utility) on the same day. If connectivity is still disabled, this failure counts as a second communication failure. After six consecutive checks in a 72-hour period (one at the start of the shipping day and one at the predetermined NUNS set-up time each day for three days) have confirmed that communication is disabled, the ability to produce shipments is disabled until you contact FedEx Customer Support. Your FedEx Customer Support Representative can help you reinstate communication with FedEx and will provide you with a password to continue shipping. Notes: NUNS is automatically activated for customers in the U.S., Canada, and Puerto Rico. Off-shore servers (EMEA, APAC, and LAC) are defaulted to "Off" for NUNS functionality. NUNS configuration is controlled by the FSMS Configuration Utility. This setting may be changed by FedEx Customer Support only. For more information regarding this setting, see the FedEx Express Options section. FSMS Developer Guide version

324 Revenue Management Force Close FedEx requires that you perform a Close procedure at least once a day to upload any revenue files that have not been sent to FedEx at the end of your shipping day and to produce all End-of- Day reports. If a Close is not performed at least 24 hours prior to the Force Close time (which is configured in the Meter Settings window of the FSMS Configuration Utility), FSMS performs a Close procedure for you. To prevent interruption in your shipping activities, choose a Force Close time that will occur after your shipping day is completed. For more information regarding the Force Close time setting, see the Configuring FSMS chapter. Managing Rates As part of its revenue management, FSMS supports a variety of rating options: List Rates for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Shipping Dim Weight Calculations for Non-Rated Countries International Courtesy Rating Bundling Rules Multi-weight Discounting List/Base Rates for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Shipping The List Rates feature provides for the downloading and maintenance of both List Rates and Discounted Rates. Express List Rates must be downloaded in the same manner as Discounted Rates. Ground List/Base Rates are included with FSMS and do not require a download. After Express List Rates are downloaded to the FSMS server, you may use these rates to perform rate quotes. Download Express List Rates using one of the following methods: In the Meter Settings window of the FSMS Configuration Utility, List Rates checkboxes display for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipping. To enable List Rates for FedEx Express and/or FedEx Ground shipments, click the appropriate checkbox. A sample Meter Settings window is provided in the "Meter Settings" section in Chapter One: Setting Up FSMS. To have list rates returned in the 120 Reply transaction, use field 3062 to support a List Rates field for every Discounted field. For more information regarding the Rate Quote fields supporting List Rates, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. 310 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

325 Revenue Management Net Charges for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground Shipping The net charges for shipping are calculated in the following manner: FedEx Express shipment = Base charge (34) -Total Discount (36) + Total Surcharges + Declared Value charge (421) if applicable. FedEx Ground shipment = Base charge (34) -Total Discount (36) + Total Surcharges + Declared Value charge (421) if applicable. Providing Dimensions for FedEx International Shipments For FedEx International Express shipments, the dimensions used to calculate the Dimensional Weight for a shipment can be passed in at the package level or at the shipment level for standard FedEx International shipments. For IPD/IDF/IED and TD shipments, dimensions (if provided) should only be provided at the package level. Provision of dimensions is optional for all non-freight shipments. If dimensions are provided, field 1686 defaults to P to indicate dimensions are to be applied at the package level. Standard FedEx International MPS shipments Shipment Level Dimensions Single Transaction MPS Provide a single occurrence of dimension fields 57, 58, and 59 and field 1686 with a value of S. Note: When providing shipment level dimensions in the above scenario, you must provide the Total Weight using field 1670 (Total Shipment Weight) not individual package weights, and Total Packages using field 116 (Total Package Count). Open Ship In the Create transaction, provide a single occurrence of dimension fields 57, 58, and 59 and field 1686 with a value of S. Standard FedEx International MPS shipments Package Level Dimensions Single Transaction MPS Provide an occurrence of fields 57, 58, and 59 for each occurrence of field 1670 (Package Weight). Open Ship In the Create and Add transactions, provide a single occurrence of dimension fields 57, 58, and 59 and field 1686 with a value of P. FSMS Developer Guide version

326 Revenue Management IPD/IDF/IED and TD Package Level Dimensions Open Ship In the Create and Add transactions, provide a single occurrence of dimension fields 57, 58, and 59 and field 1686 with a value of P. This feature is valid for the following services: FedEx International Priority (IP) FedEx International Economy services (IE) FedEx International First (IF) FedEx International Priority Freight (IPF) FedEx International Economy Freight (IEF) FedEx International Priority DirectDistribution (IPD) FedEx International DirectDistribution Freight (IDF) Transborder Distribution Canada (TD CA) Transborder Distribution Mexico (TD MX) Note: Thermal ONLY for Master Label FedEx International Economy DirectDistribution (IED) Early Bird (FedEx Europe First ) 312 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

327 Revenue Management Dim Weight Calculations for FedEx Express Shipping Dimensional weight applies when your FedEx Express package is relatively light compared with its volume. To calculate it: 1. Multiply length by width by height in inches. 2. Divide by 194 (for U.S. and Puerto Rico shipments) or 166 (for international shipments) 3. Compare the dimensional weight and actual weight, your weight and actual weight; your rate is based on whichever is greater. Dim Weight Calculations for FedEx Ground Shipping Dimensional weight is based on volume (the amount of space a package occupies in relation to its actual weight). If the cubic size of your FedEx Ground package measures three cubic feet (5,184 cubic inches) or greater, you will be charged the greater of the dimensional weight or the actual weight. Shipping charges for packages smaller than three cubic feet are based on actual weight. Determining Dimensional Weight To determine if dimensional weight applies to your package, follow these steps: 1. Measure the length, width and height in inches, rounding dimensions of half an inch or more to the next full inch. Drop any fractions that are less than half an inch. Then multiply these numbers together. This is the cubic size of your package. If the cubic size is less than 5,184 cubic inches, the actual H weight becomes the billable weight. If the cubic size is 5,184 cubic inches or greater, proceed to step Divide the cubic size by 194 (for U.S. and Puerto Rico shipments) or 166 (for Canada shipments), rounding up to the nearest whole L pound. This is the dimensional weight of your package. 3. Compare this number with the actual weight of your package. Price your shipment based on the greater of the two values. W FSMS Developer Guide version

328 Revenue Management Examples for Determining Dimensional Weight Refer to the following examples to better understand how dimensional weight works for determining billable weight. Example 1 Actual weight: 28 lbs. Length: 30 inches H Width: 15 inches Height: 15 inches Cubic size calculation: 30" x 15" x 15" = 6,750 cubic inches Dimensional weight calculation: L W 6,750/194 = 35 lbs. Because dimensional weight (35 lbs.) is greater than actual weight (28 lbs.), 35 lbs. becomes the billable weight. Example 2 Actual weight: 28 lbs. Length: 35 inches H Width: 15 inches Height: 8 inches L W Cubic size calculation: 35" x 15" x 8" = 4,200 cubic inches Because the cubic size in inches is less than 5,184, dimensional weight does not apply. The actual weight becomes the billable weight. Dim Weight Calculations for Non-Rated Countries The Dim Weight Calculations feature allows non-rated countries to receive the dimensional weight of their shipments. The Dim Weight Calculation feature does not provide the dim weighted charges. If dimensions are entered on multiple packages in the shipment, then the dimensions for each package are calculated by adding all of the length dimensions together, width dimensions together, and height dimensions together. This calculation results in a total length dimension, total width dimension, and total height dimension which will be used for a Total dimensional weight to be returned in the 120 Reply transaction in field International Courtesy Rating (FedEx Express Only) The International Courtesy Rating feature is available for non-u.s. origin meters and provides courtesy rates for export from the country of origin. This feature does not support intra-country rating (for example: London, England to Birmingham, England). For non-u.s. and non-canadian origin meters, two checkboxes are provided in the Meter Settings window of the FSMS Configuration Utility to allow the receipt of FedEx International courtesy rates to rate shipments. 314 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

329 Revenue Management Bundling Rules (FedEx Express Only) To qualify for bundling discounts, which are applied to multiple packages shipped to the same address and on the same date, the following fields must be an exact match on any packages bundled in order to receive the discount: Recipient Company (first 4 characters only) Recipient Address Line 1 Recipient City Recipient State Recipient Postal Code Service Type Packaging Type Special Service Code Ship Date (not Close Date) Origin Meter Note: FedEx Letters and FedEx Paks cannot be bundled. Bundling is available for FedEx Express U.S. domestic shipping only. Recipient Name is not used in the bundling logic; therefore, if you are shipping to an individual, enter the company name as Recipient Company. Multiweight Discounting (FedEx Ground Only) Multiweight Discounting is a weight break discount structure that provides discounts to packages/shipments shipped from the same origin and going to the same recipient on the same day. Both MPS and single package FedEx Ground shipments may qualify for a Multiweight Discount if the package count/total weight criteria are met. For more information regarding Multiweight Discounts, see the FedEx Service Guide for details on qualifying shipments. Earned Discount Pricing Program The Earned Discounts Pricing Program awards discounts to customers who meet predetermined revenue levels and/or shipping criteria. You earn additional discounts as you increase shipping activity or meet specific shipment characteristics. To participate in the Earned Discounts Pricing Program, contact your FedEx Account Executive. If you participate in the Earned Discounts Pricing Program, all FSMS transactions with a rate quote will return Field 1992 (Earned Discount Amount). Note: Earned Discounts will be returned in the 120 and 125 transactions for FSMS version 8.4 and higher. FSMS Developer Guide version

330 FSMS Developer Guide version

331 Tracking and Inbound Visibility You can use FedEx tracking options to obtain real-time tracking information for FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Home Delivery, FedEx Freight, FedEx Cargo, and FedEx Custom Critical shipments. This transaction handles tracking numbers individually. Batch tracking is not an option with this solution. You can also track shipments using a reference number, such as a PO number, customer reference, invoice, BOL, part number, or TCN. Tracking in FSMS You can assign tracking numbers before shipping packages using the 004 Tracking Number Request. The tracking number is returned in the 104 Tracking Number Reply transaction. 004 Tracking Number Request Use the 004 Tracking Number Request transaction to pre-assign tracking numbers to a shipment before the shipment is processed. Pre-assignment is usually used by customers who want to create a custom label or to provide tracking information to their recipient before the package is created. Below are sample transactions for a Tracking Number Request. Sample 004 Tracking Number Request Transactions When using the 004 Tracking Number Request transaction to pre-assign a tracking number, the meter number requesting the tracking number must be included in the transaction. Tracking numbers are assigned at the meter level, so the meter number is required for both the 004 Tracking Number Request and associated 020 Global Ship Request transaction. Use field 498 (Meter Number) in the format 498, "NNNNNN" as depicted in the following examples. Sample Tracking Number Request for FedEx Express 0,"004"1," Assign Tracking Number Express"498,"123456"499,"1"99,"" Sample Tracking Number Request for FedEx Ground 0,"004"1," Assign Tracking Number Ground"498,"123456"499,"1"99,"" Sample Tracking Number Request for FedEx International 0,"004"1," Assign Tracking Number International"498,"123456" 499,"1"99,"" You must use the same meter number when shipping the obtained tracking number in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. This measure ensures accurate billing in the event the revenue data is not uploaded. FSMS Developer Guide version

332 Tracking and Inbound Visibility The 104 Tracking Number Reply transaction returns a 20-digit tracking number. To send the tracking number in the 020 Global Ship Request transaction, use field 1222 (Preassigned Tracking Number). When submitting an 020 Global Ship Request transaction with a pre-assigned tracking number, you need to use some combination of the following three fields: Field 1221 (Preassign Flag): Required for FedEx Express only if using field Field 1222 (Preassigned Tracking Number): Always required if pre-assigning a tracking number. Required for FedEx Express and FedEx Ground. Field 1223 (Preassigned Form ID): Recommended for FedEx Express only if pre-assigning tracking numbers frequently. Use this field for FedEx Express shipments only. 404 Tracking Request You can use the 404 Tracking Request transaction to track packages that have either been shipped using FSMS (by searching the Ship History Database) or packages shipped using any FedEx automation device or manual airbill, provided that you have the tracking number or reference number for the package you want to track. You can track shipments from FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Freight, FedEx Cargo, and FedEx Custom Critical. Tracking Options The following tracking options are available using the 404 Tracking transaction: Track by Tracking Number This option applies to FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Freight and Custom Critical shipments. You can track any package shipped by FedEx using this tracking method. No extra qualifiers (date range, etc.) are required for this method, but are recommended. It is also recommended that you provide the Carrier Code to ensure the desired results for your request. Track by Reference Number This option applies to FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, FedEx Freight, and Custom Critical shipments. You can track packages by a reference number entered during the shipping transaction. A reference number can be any of the following sources: Shipper/Customer Reference Invoice PO (Purchase Order) Department Part Number Partner Carrier Number TCN (for government shippers) 318 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

333 Tracking and Inbound Visibility BOL (Bill of Lading) Note: If you enter a tracking number as part of this request, the tracking number takes precedence over the Reference field. Therefore, if you enter a tracking number for a shipment that does not include the Reference data you requested, the tracking scans for the tracking number are returned with no error message. To limit the number of tracking replies for a specific reference, you can enter a date range for this search. To further refine the Track by Reference Number option, you can add one or more of the following fields: Shipment Account Number Recipient Country Code Recipient Postal Code Track by Reply Language This option is available for all FedEx shipping solutions. With the combined use of Language code and Locale code, you can control the response language and many error conditions. Track by Multiple-Package Shipment (MPS) Tracking Number This option is only available for FedEx International Express multiple-package shipments. This feature allows you to track FedEx International Express MPS shipments by the master tracking number. Tracking by the master tracking number returns tracking data for all the child tracking numbers associated with that master. Track by Door Tag Number This option is only available for FedEx Express U.S. domestic shipments. This option allows you to track by a FedEx Door Tag number. A Door Tag is left at the recipient s shipping address if the recipient is not there to receive the package. A Door Tag number is linked at FedEx with the package s original tracking number. This tracking functionality allows you to track using only the Door Tag number without requiring the associated tracking number. No additional search fields are required to track by Door Tag. Like the Track by Tracking Number option above, you may Request tracking scan information for any packages shipped by FedEx by entering a valid Door Tag number. FSMS Developer Guide version

334 Tracking and Inbound Visibility FedEx InSight FedEx InSight is a Web-based application that lets you view the status of your inbound, outbound, and third-party shipments without a tracking number. All you need is your account number and/or company name and address. You can see information about the status of your shipments so you can monitor and manage your supply-chain processes. FedEx InSight also proactively notifies you by , fax, or wireless of significant shipment events, such as clearance delays, delivery attempts, releases, consolidated proof of delivery and prealerts. For more information about registering to use FedEx Insight online, contact your FedEx Account Executive or go to the InSight link at: Signature Proof of Delivery (SPOD) The FedEx Signature Proof of Delivery (SPOD) option allows you to request a graphic of your recipient s signature after your shipment has been delivered. SPOD may be provided in two formats: 1. If you are not the sender or recipient of the package, you will receive a standard proof of delivery letter with the tracking number and the recipient signature. No delivery information will be provided with this option. 2. If you are the sender or recipient of the package, a secure proof of delivery letter with the tracking number, delivery detail, and recipient signature are returned as a graphic file. The FedEx SPOD option is requested using a FedEx Web Services online transaction. For more information regarding SPOD go to FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

335 Rating Use the 025 Rate Available Services Request transaction to request rates and service options for packages based on shipping origin, destination, service type, weight, and package type. Rate information is returned in the 125 Rate Available Services Reply. These transactions apply to FedEx Express and Ground shipments for origins within U.S., Canada (CA), and Puerto Rico (PR) only. Rate Available Services Request Transaction There are 5 scenarios available for the 025/125 transactions. The more detailed the request information, the more specific information is passed in the Request transaction, the 125 Reply transaction is more streamlined in response. Thus, the last scenario returns a shorter reply than the first. There are five (5) scenarios. These are described in the following table: Scenario Origin/destination input only Results in Multiple occurrences of services/rates returned by service and package type. Rates will be zero, null, or not present when weight is not given in the input. Origin/destination with weight only Origin/destination with service type and weight Origin/destination with package type and weight Origin/destination with service type, package type, and weight Multiple occurrences of service/rates returned by service and packaging type. Specific service with multiple occurrence package types. Specific package type with a multiple occurrence of service types. Specific service for a specific package type with a specific weight. For more details and sample transactions, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. You can also use the 020 Global Ship Request to obtain rate information using field 3062 (Rate Quote Type). You can supply one of two values to indicate the type of rates returned in the 120 Global Ship Reply transaction: 1 Discount Rates only (default) 2 List Rates and Discount Rates Note: List rates are not available for FedEx Express International services. FSMS Developer Guide version

336 Rating Rating Options FSMS provides List or Base rates and Discount rates for most shipments. List Rates are available for: FedEx Express U.S. domestic FedEx Ground U.S. FedEx Ground FedEx Ground Intra-Canada FedEx Express U.S. import List Rates are returned only if the List Rates checkboxes are checked in the FSMS Configuration Utility for both FedEx Express and FedEx Ground on each meter that will require List Rates and field 3062 (Rate Quote Type) has a value of 2. List Rates are available for the following billing options: Bill Sender Bill Recipient Bill 3 rd Party Understanding the Rate Quote To return all available rating information, including rates, discounts, charges, and surcharges, request a rate quote using either the 025 Rate Available Services transaction or the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. For details about coding these transactions, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. Rate Discounts Discount Rates are available for the following shipment types: U.S. Domestic FedEx Express U.S. Domestic FedEx Ground U.S. Export FedEx Express U.S. to CA FedEx Ground CA FedEx Ground CA to U.S. FedEx Express All other origins Note: In the FSMS Meter Settings window Express Options, the Intl Rating box must be checked to receive discounted rate quotes for non-u.s. or CA origins. 322 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

337 Rating Earned Discount Pricing Program The Earned Discounts Pricing Program awards discounts to customers who meet predetermined revenue levels and/or shipping criteria. You earn additional discounts as you increase shipping activity or meet specific shipment characteristics. To participate in the Earned Discounts Pricing Program, contact your FedEx Account Executive. If you participate in the Earned Discounts Pricing Program, all FSMS transactions with a rate quote will return Field 1992 (Earned Discounts Amount). Note: Earned Discounts will be returned in the 120 and 125 transactions for FSMS version 8.4 and higher. Rate Surcharges FSMS provides two formats for receiving surcharges in the 120 and 125 Reply transactions. Surcharges can be returned in individually identified fields, or as multiple occurrence fields with codes indicating the applicable surcharge. The latter method is called Dynamic Surcharging. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information about the 120 Global Ship Reply and 125 Rate Available Services Reply. Dynamic Surcharging With Dynamic Surcharging enabled, FedEx can support new surcharges within FSMS without the need to upgrade to newer versions of FSMS. This ability is not supported with individual field surcharging. New surcharges will show up as another occurrence of the dynamic surcharge multiple occurrence field with the new code. Dynamic Surcharging is enabled by checking the Dynamic Surcharge checkbox on the System Settings tab of the FSMS Configuration Utility. The following fields are returned in the 120 and 125 transactions when using the Dynamic Surcharging feature. Field ID Field Name Comments 1947-# Dynamic Surcharge Code For a list of 3-digit surcharge codes, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide # Surcharge Value The value of the returned surcharge. The occurrence number is associated with the occurrence number for field 1947-# # List Dynamic Surcharge Code The comments are the same as for field 1947 above # List Surcharge Value The comments are the same as for field 1948 above. FSMS Developer Guide version

338 Rating Processing the Shipment After you receive a Rate Quote, you can process the shipment using one of the following steps: If you use field 1234 to obtain rate information, change field 1234 to a null (empty) value coded as 1234,"" and submit the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. If you use Open Ship to obtain rate information, set field 541 (Open Ship Flags) Flag 9 (Shipment Confirm flag) to Y coded as 541,"YNNNNNNNY" for example, and include field 542 (Open Ship Index). 324 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

339 Routing and Time-in-Transit Use the 020 Global Ship Request transaction to request the following route and time-in-transit information: FedEx Express Route to and from any origin and destination pair for any FedEx Express shipment. A Route Request also returns the service commitment. FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery Time-in-Transit from origin to destination for any FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery shipment. Note: Performing a route request for an Express shipment or a time-in-transit for Ground returns all of the necessary information needed to build a custom label if a pre-assigned tracking number is included in the request transaction. Requesting a Route and Time-in-Transit You can request route or time-in-transit information in an Open Ship or a standard 020 Global Ship Request transaction. See the Open Ship section in this guide for more information about requesting Route and Timein-Transit information within an Open Ship transaction. Field 1234 Rate/Route/Time in Transit Flag For a standard 020 Global Ship Request transaction, use field 1234 to request route and timein-transit information. This field accepts a value of 1, 2, or 3, and returns the following information: Field Value Returns 1 Rate information. See the R section for more information. 2 FedEx Express Service Route information, if the transaction includes the following fields: Field 33 (Service Commitment) indicates when a package is to be delivered. For more information regarding service commitments, see the FedEx Service Guide. Field 65 (ASTRA Barcode) is required for routing. The ASTRA Barcode field is returned blank unless a pre-assigned tracking number is passed in the transaction in field 1222 (Pre-Assigned Tracking Number). Field 194 (Delivery Day) supplies the package s delivery day. Field 195 (Ramp ID) supplies the destination ramp printed on the ASTRA label. FSMS Developer Guide version

340 Routing and Time-in-Transit Field Value Returns Field 198 (Destination Location) provides the FedEx destination location ID (LOCID). Field 409 (Delivery Date) provides he delivery date, as printed on the ASTRA label. Field 552 (Revenue Barcode) provides the barcode string for the package charge. Field 553 (Address Barcode) lists the barcode string for the recipient address. Field 1136 (URSA Prefix) is the 2-character prefix of the FedEx destination location. Field 3064 (PDF-417 Barcode) is the barcode string for the PDF-417 barcode. Note: This field is returned only for single package shipments if a tracking number is pre-assigned at the time of the Route Request. 2 FedEx Ground Service Time-in-transit information, if the transaction includes the following fields: Field 3058 (Transit Time) supplies the transit time in days. Field 3063 (96 UCC/EAN Barcode Data) is the barcode string for the Code 128 Barcode. Field 3064 (PDF-417 Barcode) is the barcode string for the PDF-417 barcode. This field is returned only if a Tracking Number (TN) is pre-assigned at the time of the Route Request. Field 3065 (Zip Code Barcode) is the barcode string for the delivery postal code (for PNG labels only). Field 3073 (Ground/FHD Service Code) is the three-digit service code for the selected Ground or Home Delivery service combination. 3 Both rate and route/time-in-transit information in a single reply. 326 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

341 Routing and Time-in-Transit Dynamic Surcharging FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) provides two formats for receiving surcharges in the 120 and 125 Reply transactions. Surcharges can be returned in individually identified fields, or as multiple occurrence fields with codes indicating the applicable surcharge. The latter method is called Dynamic Surcharging. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for more information about the 120 Global Ship Reply and 125 Rate Available Services Reply. With Dynamic Surcharging enabled, FedEx can support new surcharges within FSMS without the need to upgrade to newer versions of FSMS. This ability is not supported with individual field surcharging. New surcharges will show up as another occurrence of the dynamic surcharge multiple occurrence field with the new code. Dynamic Surcharging is enabled by checking the Dynamic Surcharge checkbox on the System Settings tab of the FSMS Configuration Utility. The following fields are returned in the 120 and 125 transactions when using the Dynamic Surcharging feature. Field indicators: -# in the Field Number column indicates that the field is used for multiple occurrence fields. Field ID Field Name Comments 1947-# Dynamic Surcharge Code For a list of 3-digit surcharge codes, see the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide # Surcharge Value The value of the returned surcharge. The occurrence number is associated with the occurrence number for field 1947-# # List Dynamic Surcharge Code The comments are the same as for field 1947 above # List Surcharge Value The comments are the same as for field 1948 above. Processing the Shipment Once you have received route or time-in-transit information, you can process the shipment using either of the following steps: If you use field 1234 to obtain route or time-in-transit information, change field 1234 to a null (empty) value coded as 1234,"" and submit the 020 Global Ship Request transaction. If you use Open Ship to obtain route or time-in-transit information, set field 541 (Open Ship Flags) Flag 9 (Shipment Confirm flag) to Y coded as 541,"YNNNNNNNY" for example, and include field 542 (Open Ship Index). FSMS Developer Guide version

342 FSMS Developer Guide version

343 Closing the Shipping Day Use the 007/107 End-of-Day Close Request/Reply transaction to close your shipping day. When you are ready to end your shipping day, you must perform an 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction to transmit shipping data to FedEx. You can use the 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction to either start the Close operation for a meter or to query the meter s Close status, depending on the value of field 548 (Close Status Request Flag). You can perform a separate Close Request for FedEx Ground and FedEx Express shipments. You can also close all meters with one 007 transaction using field 2413 (Close All Meters Flag). The following table lists the fields required for an 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction: Field ID Field Name Max Length Required/ Optional Comments 498 Meter Number 7 Required A unique number assigned to the Shipper s FedEx account number that is used in each transaction to identify the revenue/shipping activity of a shipment. The default is the Master Meter number. Note: If one-to-one relationship exists between meter numbers and account numbers, i.e. no more than one meter number per account number, then the meter number or the account number alone may be used in the transaction. The following example transaction shows an 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction for FedEx Ground shipments only: 0,"007"1,"FedEx7"498,"4147"3025,"FDXG"99,"" The following example transaction shows the corresponding 107 End-of-Day Close Reply: 0,"107"1,"FedEx7"498,"4147"3025,"FDXG"99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

344 FSMS Developer Guide version

345 Reporting FSMS provides a variety of standardized reports to streamline the management of your shipping operations. In addition to standard FSMS reports, you may also use the Ship History Database to create customized reports. This section describes the following report: Standard FSMS reports Report field definitions Creating customized reports FSMS allows you to reprint reports using the Report Viewer Utility, which is included as part of the FSMS software installation. For more information see the Report Viewer Utility section. Standard FSMS Reports FSMS supports standardized reports that provide the documentation you need to ship FedEx Express, FedEx Ground, and FedEx International shipments. FedEx Shipment Summary Report A summary of all shipping activity. Domestic FedEx Express Courier Report Shipment Report Invoice Domestic End-of-Day (EOD) TransOut Report Dangerous Goods (1421C) International FedEx Express Courier Report Invoice Report International End-of-Day (EOD) TransOut Report Commercial Invoice (CI) Express International Visa Manifest International Dangerous Goods (1421C) Proforma Invoice FSMS Developer Guide version

346 Reporting Certificate of Origin Shipment Detail Report FedEx Ground (Domestic and International) Pickup Manifest Multiweight Package Detail Multiweight Shipment Detail by Postal Code Multiweight Shipment Detail by Zone Multiweight Shipment C.O.D. Detail Multiweight Shipment Declared Value Detail Hazardous Materials Certification Report Commercial Invoice Ground C.O.D. Report Certificate of Origin Shipment Detail Report FedEx Freight Bill of Lading (BOL) For US, CA, MX, and PR, the Bill of Lading option is available in the Reports. Generated using the 020/120 transaction, a Bill of Lading (BOL) will print on the laser printer configured to FSMS. It is also available for reprint. This document is intended to support FedEx Freight. End-of-Day (EOD) Reports FSMS generates a group of End-of-Day reports when you Close your shipping day. These reports are stored in an output directory destination (of your choice) and print once Close is completed. (Information for indicating an output directory for End-of-Day reports is provided in the "Report Settings" section in Chapter One: Setting Up FSMS.) List of Predefined Reports Title Creation Time Print Formats Domestic Courier Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Domestic Shipment Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Domestic Invoice Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Domestic EOD TransOut Report Domestic Express Dangerous Goods 1421C Close Ship Time Export to File Only Multi-ply Form Only Export to Directory Multiple Copies Paper Size Yes Yes 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 No Multi-ply copies only 8.5x FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

347 Reporting Title Creation Time Print Formats International Courier Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Export to Directory Multiple Copies Paper Size Yes No 8.5x11, A4 International Shipment Detail Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT International Invoice Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT International EOD TransOut Report International Commercial Invoice International Proforma Invoice Close Ship Time Ship Time RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT International Visa Manifest Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT International Express Dangerous Goods 1421C International Certificate of Origin Ship Time Ship Time Multi-ply Form Only RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Ground Pickup Manifest Close RTF, PDF, DOC Ground Multiweight Package Detail Ground Multiweight Shipment Detail by Postal Code Ground Multiweight Shipment Detail by Zone Ground Multiweight Shipment C.O.D. Detail Ground Multiweight Shipment Declared Value Detail Ground Hazardous Materials Certification Report Close Close Close Close Close Close RTD, PDF, DOC RTF, PDF, DOC RTF, PDF, DOC RTF, PDF, DOC RTF, PDF, DOC RTF, PDF, DOC Commercial Invoice Ship Time RTF, PDF, DOC Ground C.O.D. Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC Shipment Summary Report Close RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT FedEx Freight Bill of Lading (BOL) 020 RTF, PDF, DOC, TXT Yes No 8.5x11, A4 Yes No 8.5x11, A4 Yes No 8.5x11, A4 Yes No 8.5x11, A4 Yes Yes 8.5x11, A4 Yes No 8.5x11, A4 No Multi-ply 8.5x11 copies only Yes No 8.5x11, A4 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes Yes 8.5x11 Yes No 8.5x11 Yes Yes 8.5x11 Yes Yes 8.5x11 FSMS Developer Guide version

348 Reporting Report Fields The following list of FSMS reports provides field and field definitions for each report. FedEx Shipment Summary Report This report provides a total package count by service for all FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipping within a given cycle. In addition, the Summary Report provides Total Packages Shipped and subtotals in the following categories: Domestic Express Domestic Express Freight International Express International Express Freight Ground Home Delivery Domestic Courier Report FedEx Express The Domestic Courier Report lists the individual U.S. Domestic FedEx Express packages, categorized by service type and weight, which were shipped for a specific invoice number. This report is signed and given to the FedEx courier during package pickup. This report provides the following information for each U.S. Domestic FedEx Express package shipped: Ship date Tracking number Service type Billing weight Destination postal code Package charge amount Declared value amount Surcharge amount Bundling number Payment type Hold At Location flag Saturday Delivery flag Dangerous Goods flag Billed account number The billing weights, package counts, and package charge amounts are subtotaled for each service type, and totaled for the entire invoice. 334 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

349 Reporting Domestic Shipment Report FedEx Express The Domestic Shipment Report lists the individual U.S. FedEx Express Domestic packages that were shipped for a specific invoice number. This report provides the following information for each U.S. Domestic package shipped: Recipient address information Tracking number Service type Payment type Declared value amount Package shipping weight Reference notes The following totals print at the end of the report: Package count Package charges Discounts received Declared value surcharges Total charges Total weight Domestic Invoice Report FedEx Express The Domestic Invoice Report provides the net U.S. FedEx Express Domestic charges for a specific invoice number. The following totals and fields are included in this report: Metered package count Invoiced package count Package charges Special fees Declared value surcharges Fuel surcharges Total before discount Discounts received Domestic End-Of-Day TransOut Report FedEx Express The Domestic EODTransOut Report is a text file saved by FSMS. This report provides a snapshot of U.S. FedEx Express Domestic transactions that were processed and closed. Note: Field 55 of this report provides a bundle number and field 56 provides the invoice number for the given shipment. FSMS Developer Guide version

350 Reporting Dangerous Goods: Shipper s Declaration Form (1421C) FedEx Express FSMS provides the ability to print the FedEx Express Dangerous Goods 1421C multi-ply form. This form is required for all dangerous goods shipping (both Domestic and FedEx International) and is printed on a pin-feed printer. The 1421-C is configured in the Labels window of the FSMS Configuration Utility. The DG 1421-C is produced at the time the shipment is confirmed/processed by FSMS. Domestic Shipping History FedEx Express The Domestic Shipping History is a file named EXPORT1.TXT that is saved by FSMS. This file captures 70 days of U.S. FedEx Express Domestic shipping transactions and provides definitions for the fields in the FSMS Ship History database, including the field name and field type. This field is an excellent resource for understanding and locating information in the Ship History database. International Courier Report FedEx Express The International Courier Report lists the individual FedEx International packages, categorized by service type, that were shipped for a specific invoice number. This report provides the following information for each FedEx International package shipped: Ship date Tracking number Service type Billing weight Shipped to city name Shipped to country code Package charge amount Hold at Location (HAL) flag Saturday Delivery flag Dangerous Goods flag Payment type Billed account number Reference notes The package counts and package charge amounts are subtotaled for each service type, and totaled for the entire invoice. 336 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

351 Reporting International Shipment Report FedEx Express The International Shipment Report lists the individual FedEx International packages that were shipped for a specific invoice number. This report provides the following information for each FedEx International package shipped: Recipient address information Tracking number Service type Carriage value Package shipping weight Payment type Reference notes The following information appears for MPS packages: Master Tracking Number MPS Tracking Number The following totals appear at the end of the report: Package count Package charges Discounts received Total charges International Invoice Report FedEx Express The International Invoice Report provides the net charges for a specific invoice number for FedEx International shipments. The following totals are included in this report: Metered shipment count Invoiced shipment count Package charges Special fees Total before discount Discounts received International End-of-Day TransOut Report FedEx Express The International EODTransOut report is actually a text file that is saved by FSMS. This report provides a snapshot of FedEx International transactions that were processed and closed. FSMS Developer Guide version

352 Reporting International Commercial Invoice (CI) FedEx Express The International Commercial Invoice is generated by FSMS (if you choose) for all nondocument FedEx International shipments. You may choose to print and upload the International Commercial Invoice by including field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) in your FedEx International shipping transaction. International Proforma Invoice The International Proforma Invoice is an option instead of the Commercial Invoice. The Commercial Invoice and Proforma Invoice are mutually exclusive. Though multiple copies can be generated, only one of these invoice types can apply. Shipments to Canada require a Commercial Invoice. See field 2404 (Shipment Documentation Flag) in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for information about generating a Proforma Invoice. International Shipping History FedEx Express The International Shipping History is a file named EXPORT2.TXT that is saved by FSMS. This file captures 70 days of U.S. FedEx Express International shipping transactions and provides definitions for the fields in the FSMS Ship History database, including the field name and field type. This field is an excellent resource for understanding and locating information in the Ship History database. Express International Visa Manifest Report The Express International Visa Manifest Report provides information for all FedEx International packages that are shipped and must be given to the FedEx courier when packages are picked up. The Express International Visa Manifest Report provides the following information for each FedEx International package that is shipped: Sender s account number Reference information Origin Destination Recipient s account number, phone number, name, company, address, city, state/province, country, and postal code Broker s name, city, country, phone number, and postal code Service type Special handling codes (Hold at Location, Saturday Delivery, Dangerous Goods) Billing information Account number Country code Weight Manufacturing code Currency type 338 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

353 Reporting Carriage value Customs value Exporter s License and Date Description(s) MPS information The following totals appear at the end of the report: Single shipments MPS shipments Shipments Packages International Dangerous Goods (4121C) FedEx Express FSMS provides the ability to print the FedEx Express International Dangerous Goods 1421C multi-ply form. This form is required for all dangerous goods shipping (both Domestic and International) and is printed on a pin-feed printer. The 1421-C is configured in the Labels window of the FSMS Configuration Utility. The DG 1421-C is produced at the time the shipment is confirmed/processed by FSMS. Certificate of Origin FedEx Express and FedEx Ground A Certificate of Origin may be generated by FSMS upon request. This additional document for customs may be flagged in the 2404 (Shipment Documentation Flag) field. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for information about using this field. Ground Pickup Manifest The Ground Pickup Manifest provides a summary of the packages picked up on a given day to the FedEx Ground courier. The report provides the courier with the following information: Sender s account number Sender s meter number Tracking number for all packages C.O.D. amount (if applicable) Declared value (if applicable) Number of Oversize I packages Number of Oversize II packages Number of packages requiring additional handling Number of residential delivery packages Total number of packages Pickup number FSMS Developer Guide version

354 Reporting Multiweight Package Detail FedEx Ground The Multiweight Package Detail provides package level information for all packages that qualify for Multiweight discounts. This report provides the following information: Tracking Number Package ID Either the PO, IN, or CR number designated in the shipping transaction to be used as the package ID for reporting purposes. Zone a zone is a group of postal codes that share the first three digits. Actual Weight Weight Type (LBS or KGS) Multiweight Rated Weight C.O.D. amount (if applicable) Declared value amount (if applicable) Oversize Flag displayed if the package was Oversize Hazardous Materials (HazMat) displayed if the package contains Hazardous Materials Multiweight Shipment Detail by Postal Code FedEx Ground The Multiweight Shipment Detail by Postal Code provides shipment level information for all packages qualify for Multiweight discounts. This report provides: Postal Code Zone (a zone is a group of postal codes that share the first three digits) Service (FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery) # of Packages (indicates that number of packages shipped to a specific postal code) Actual weight Weight Type (LBS or KGS) Multiweight Rated Flag Oversize Package Flag (displayed if the package is an Oversize) C.O.D. Package Flag (displayed if the package was shipped as a C.O.D.) C.O.D. Charge (if applicable) Declared Value Units (DVU) displays the number of DVUs associated with the package (1 DVU for each $100 above $101) Declared Value Charge (if applicable) Other Charges (displays the sum of any ancillary charges to the package) Multiweight Shipping Charge (displays the weight break charge for the shipment to the applicable Zone) Total Charge (sum of all charges) 340 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

355 Reporting Multiweight Shipment Detail by Zone FedEx Ground The Multiweight Shipment Detail by Zone provides shipment level information for all packages that qualify for Multiweight discounts. This report provides the following information: Zone (a group of postal codes that share the first three digits) # of Shipments Service (FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery) Actual Weight Multiweight Rated Weight Oversize Package (displayed if the package is an Oversize) C.O.D. Package Flag (displayed if the package was shipped as a C.O.D.) C.O.D. Charge (if applicable) Declared Value Units (DVU) display the number of DVUs associated with the package (1 DVU for each $100 above $101) Declared Value Charge (if applicable) Other Charges (displays the sum of any ancillary charges to the package) Multiweight Shipping Charge (displays the weight break charge for the shipment to the applicable Zone) Total Charge (sum of all charges) Multiweight Shipment C.O.D. Detail FedEx Ground The Multiweight Shipment C.O.D. Detail provides package level C.O.D. information for all packages that qualify for Multiweight discounts. This report provides: Postal Code Package ID Either the PO, IN, or CR number designated in the shipping transaction to be used as the package ID for reporting purposes. C.O.D. Amount C.O.D. Charge Multiweight Shipment Declared Value Detail FedEx Ground The Multiweight Shipment Declared Value Detail provides package level Declared Value (DV) information for all packages that qualify for Multiweight discounts. This report provides: Postal Code Package ID Either the PO, IN, or CR number designated in the shipping transaction to be used as the package ID for reporting purposes. DV Amount DV Charge FSMS Developer Guide version

356 Reporting Hazardous Materials Certification Report FedEx Ground To facilitate the shipping of Hazardous Materials using FedEx Ground, FSMS supports the OP- 950 FedEx Ground HazMat Report. This report is configured in the Reports window of the FSMS Configuration Utility. This report is generated at Close. Note: FSMS also supports the OP-900 FedEx Ground HazMat label. This label is placed on the package with the FedEx Ground shipping label. The printing of the OP-900 is configured in the Labels window of the FSMS Configuration Utility and is produced at the time the HazMat shipment is confirmed. If printing the OP-900 label, use the Windows Generic/Text only printer driver and not the Lexmark printer driver. This will allow form OP-900, defined in the Windows Print Server, to be used. More information regarding the printer configuration for this label is provided in the Creating a Label section. Ground C.O.D. Report The Ground C.O.D. Report provides comprehensive information for all FedEx Ground C.O.D. shipments and is printed during End-of-Day processing. This report contains the following information: Sender Name and Address Package Ship Date Account Number Tracking Number Recipient Name and Address Total Packages C.O.D. Type C.O.D. Return Amount C.O.D. Tracking # Reference Actual Weight Charges Both C.O.D. and E.C.O.D. shipments are included in this report. The Ground C.O.D. Report will not print during Close if there are no FedEx Ground C.O.D. shipments in the Close Cycle. Ground Commercial Invoice The Ground Commercial Invoice is generated by FSMS (if you choose) for all FedEx Ground shipments. You may choose to print and upload the Ground Commercial Invoice by including field 113 (Commercial Invoice Print and Upload Flag) in your FedEx Ground shipping transaction. 342 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

357 Reporting FedEx Freight Bill of Lading (BOL) FSMS supports the Bill of Lading (BOL) document for your FedEx Freight shipping needs. This report is available for reprint also. See the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide for further information about creating and printing a Bill of Lading. Custom Reports You can create custom reports using any ODBC connection to the FSMS database to retrieve data. To view the available information in the database, use the Sybase Central Utility. To access this utility from the Windows Start menu, select Programs > Ship Manager Server > Sybase SQL Anywhere 7.0 > Sybase Central 4.0. After Sybase is launched, you may view the FSMS databases from Tools>Connect. The username is fedexcustomer. The password is fxrs. Configuring Custom Reports You can individually configure each report and save it to any directory and, with the exception of the End-of-Day Report, to print on any printer. Instructions for configuring a printer for FSMS reports are provided in the "Report Settings" section in Chapter One: Setting Up FSMS. Note: You can generate reports in an.rtf (the default),.doc,.pdf, or.txt output format. To change the report export default, contact your FedEx Customer Support Representative. Note: FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) supports both "8-1/2 x 11" and "A4" paper format for International report printing. "A4" paper format, however, is not available for Canada. FSMS Developer Guide version

358 FSMS Developer Guide version

359 FSMS Utilities FedEx Ship Manager Server (FSMS) includes utilities to help you manage the FSMS database, tracking numbers, labels, invoices, revenue, and reports. This section describes each of the following utilities: Utility Custom Label Generator Utility Description Produces and prints a custom non-shipping label using the following label formats: 4 x 6 doc tab, 4 x 6 (non doc tab), 4 x 8, and 4 x 9. Demand Download Utility GoToAssistTM Ground Rates and Discounts Utility Automatically updates several data files for routing, rating, and tracking number management, as well as software updates. Facilitates remote access support for FSMS. Configures discount rates for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipping. Rates can be configured for Base discount, Matrix discount, Multiweight discount, and Accessorial surcharges. Label Reprint Utility Reprints labels and Future Day shipment labels up to 48 hours ahead of the ship date. Meter Registration Utility Retrieve, Retain, Restore (R3) Utility Report Viewer Utility Ship Manager Server Console Assists you to obtain new meter numbers for your FSMS software. Supports reconfiguration of FSMS software after installations or upgrades. The utility is able to back up or export and save data before uninstalling FSMS. Data can then be restored or imported to the new FSMS installation. Generates FSMS reports using information in the FSMS database. Use to view information about FSMS and configure alert messages for delivery using or over a TCP/IP port. FSMS Developer Guide version

360 FSMS Utilities Custom Label Generator Utility The Custom Label Generator Utility allows you to produce and print a custom non-shipping label using the following label formats: 4 x 6 doc tab, 4 x 6 (non doc tab), 4 x 8, and 4 x 9. You can create both thermal and plain paper labels. This screen shows the FSMS Custom Label Generator user interface. To use the Custom Label Generator Utility to generate an XML file for your custom labels, follow these steps: 1 Open the Custom Label Generator Utility and design your label. Select the FSMS tags you want to use from the left-side panel and format them in the label window on the right. Note: You must use different files for Thermal and Plain Paper labels. Use the Format value on the Properties dialog (select File > Properties in the utility menu bar) to differentiate the files. 2 Save the XML file you ve generated to the FedEx\FedEx_Label\Custom folder. For example, you might save the file as Custom1.xml. 3 Add the XML file to the FedEx\FedEx_Label\Custom\customlayout.dat file. 4 Stop and start the Open Ship and Printing Services. 5 Run the 020 Global Ship Request transaction using fields 1980 and Set the value in field 1980 to the file name of the generated XML file. Set the value in field 2444 to Y. See the sample transaction below. 346 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

361 FSMS Utilities Note: Use the thermal version of the XML file for Thermal labels and use the paper version of the XML file for Plan Paper labels. Note: Be sure that the secondary customized label formats (font, Astra barcode, and so forth) are properly selected to get the correct label output. Custom labels are not FedEx shipping labels and are used to print customer-selected information on labels that may accompany the normal FedEx shipping label. Sample Transaction for Domestic Express Service 0,"020"1,"Auto Step 001 DOM PO YP"10,""11,"Custom Label on FXRS084X builds"12,"auto Step 001"13,"387 Main Street"14,"FEDEX PARKWAY"15,"New York"16,"NY"17,"10001"18," "20,""23,"1"24,""25,"Custom Label on FXRS084X builds"26,"100"50,"us"75,"lbs"117,"us"187,"png"498,""999,"mphasis BFL"1116,"IN"1273,"01"1274,"01"1670,"100"1980,"Custom1.xml"2444,"Y"99,"" FSMS Developer Guide version

362 FSMS Utilities Demand Download Utility FSMS requires several data files for routing, rating, and tracking number management, as well as software updates that must be transmitted as changes are made to these files. These files are automatically updated and downloaded to your server during Reconcile, if they have been staged by FedEx. If you need to have files updated prior to system Reconcile (for example, if you need a new tracking number range), you may use the Demand Download Utility to initiate the request. Complete the following steps to run the Demand Download utility: 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click the Meter Registration icon. The FedEx Demand Download dialog box is displayed. 2. Click the check box next to the files you want to download. Select from the following downloadable files: o Express Domestic Rates/Discounts o Express International Rates/Discounts o Express Earned Discounts o EU Postal Surcharge o Express List Rates o Ground Discount Rates available only at the master meter level 348 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

363 FSMS Utilities o o o o o URSA Table available only for the master meter, and only for FedEx Express shipping Software available only for the master meter Tracking Numbers available only for FedEx Express shipping Shipping Tables available only for the master meter Maintenance available only for the master meter Note: Files available only for the master meter are system level components and are not meter-specific. Note: Tracking numbers and URSA tables are available for FedEx Express shipping only. 3. In the Meter/Account list at the bottom of the Demand Download dialog box, you can select the meter (if multiple meters area available) for which you want to activate a download. URSA Table, Software, Shipping Tables, and Maintenance items are loaded for the master meter only. You can download FedEx Express rates and tracking numbers, if necessary, for each individual meter in your list (both master and child). 4. Click Start to download the selected items. FSMS displays the FedEx Download Status window so that you can monitor the progress of your download. When the download is complete, the FedEx Download Status window closes automatically. 5. To exit the FSMS Demand Download Utility, click Exit. Note: FSMS does not recognize the data you downloaded until you exit the FSMS Demand Download Utility. FSMS Developer Guide version

364 FSMS Utilities GoToAssist TM To facilitate remote access support for FSMS, FedEx has implemented the GoToAssist TM tool. FedEx Help Desk representatives initiate and execute the GoToAssist process remotely access an FSMS system. When instructed by a FedEx customer service representative, navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on the desktop and double-click on the HelpMe FedEx icon to establish a GoToAssist connection. GoToAssist is an Internet-based technology that enables help desk representatives to deliver live technical support anywhere in real-time. With this technology, a representative has the ability to complete the following tasks on your computer: Communicate via a Chat box View your desktop and/or allow you to view the help desk representative s desktop Use the draw, highlight, and laser pointer tools on the shared desktop Share control of the mouse and keyboard Use a Whiteboard feature for real-time collaboration Push Web pages Send and receive files Reboot and reconnect to the customer s computer Transfer a session to an escalation desk Use diagnostic tools to retrieve key information about the status of the target computer System Requirements Customer System: Required: Internet Explorer or Netscape Browser 4.0 or higher Required: 28.8Kbps or greater connection, 56K recommended Recommended: Pentium-class PC running Windows 95, 98, 2000, Me, NT 4.0 or XP Recommended: Ability to make direct outgoing TCP connections or availability of an HTTP proxy or a SOCKS server For GoToAssist with Local Screen Sharing/Viewing enabled: Required: Windows 95 (WinSock 2 recommended), 98, 2000, Me, NT 4.0 or XP Recommended: Minimum of Pentium 300 with 64MB of RAM Recommended: Stable Internet connection with 56K or better Recommended: Ability to make direct outgoing TCP connections or availability of an HTTP proxy or a SOCKS server 350 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

365 FSMS Utilities Ground Rates and Discounts Utility Use the Ground Rates and Discounts Utility only if you need to modify downloaded Ground Discount rates. Use the Ground Rates and Discounts Utility to configure discount rates for FedEx Ground and FedEx Home Delivery shipping. Rates can be configured for Base discount, Matrix discount, Multiweight discount, and Accessorial surcharges. Discounts are account-specific. If you have multiple meters sharing an account number you only need to enter the discounts once for the account. You should only configure rates with the assistance or approval of your FedEx account executive. Starting the Ground Rates and Discounts Utility 1. Click Start > All Programs > FedEx Ship Manager Server > Utilities > Rate Discount Utility to open the Rates and Discounts window. 2. Select a number from the Account Number list. If the account number you need to work with does not appear in the list, click Add and follow the prompts to add an account number. FSMS Developer Guide version

366 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Base Discounts 1. From the Choose table to update list, select the BaseDiscount table and click Add or View / Modify. The Base Discount window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Base Discount items as follows: o o o o o Account Number shows account number for which discounts are configured. This is not an editable field. Service Code displays service code for which discounts are configured. This code is composed of three parts: the origin, the destination, and the service. Valid origin and destinations are US, CA, MX, PR, HI, and AK. Valid services are G (Ground) and H (Home Delivery). Zone displays zone to which the discount applies. Country Code displays origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need be changed. Discount Percentage enter the discount percentage. The percentage can accept a single decimal place; for example: 10.5%. 3. Click Add or OK to accept and exit or Cancel to cancel and exit. 352 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

367 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Matrix Discounts 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select MatrixDiscount and click Add or View / Modify. The Matrix Discount window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Matrix Discount items as follows: o o o o o o Account Number shows account number for which discounts are configured. This is not an editable field. Service Code displays service code for which discounts are configured. This code is composed of three parts: the origin, the destination, and the service. Valid origin and destinations are US, CA, MX, PR, HI, and AK. Valid services are G (Ground) and H (Home Delivery). Zone displays zone to which the discount applies. Country Code shows origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need to be changed. From Weight and To Weight Matrix discounts are applied across weight bands (e.g. From 0 pounds To 10 pounds, From 11 pounds To 20 pounds, etc.) Different discount percentages may be configured for a single zone for each From/To pair. Discount Percentage enter the discount percentage for the weight band. The percentage can have a single decimal place; for example: 10.5%. 3. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

368 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Multiweight Discounts 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select MultiWeight and click Add or View / Modify. The MultiWeight window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Multiweight Discount items as follows: Note: The MultiWeight screen now combines the previously separate Customer Header and Customer Detail screens that existed before. o o o o o o o Account Number shows account number for which discounts are configured. This is not an editable field. Service Code displays service code for which discounts are configured. This code is composed of three parts: the origin, the destination, and the service. Valid origin and destinations are US, CA, MX, PR, HI, and AK. Valid services are G (Ground) and H (Home Delivery). Zone displays zone to which the discount is to apply. Country Code displays origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need to be changed. From Weight and To Weight Matrix discounts are applied across weight bands (for example: From 0 pounds To 10 pounds, From 11 pounds To 20 pounds, etc.) Different discount percentages may be configured for a single zone for each From/To pair. Deficit Weight displays weight at which a shipment qualifies for a Multiweight discount if different from the default weight of 200 pounds. Net Rate displays the per 100 Lb rate to apply to the shipment. For example. $14USD indicates that the Net Rate is $14/100 pounds. 3. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. 354 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

369 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Ground Customer Profiles 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select GroundCustomerProfile and click Add or View / Modify. The Ground Customer Profile window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Ground Customer Profile items as follows: Ground Customer Profile settings link the Base Rate and Extra Services within the Discount Rates. If Ground Customer Profile is not configured, this account will not receive discounted rates in the rate quote. o o o o o Account Number shows account number for which discounts are configured. This is not an editable field. Ship Country Code displays origin country for the shipment. This defaults to the origin country of the meter. Rating, Ground Extra Services, and Home Delivery Extra Services Table Codes These are unique numbers assigned to each account number. Select these in sequential order for each account to add. For the first account number select R001, G001, H001; for the second select R002, G001, H001, and so on. Selecting R001 automatically populates G001 and H001. Rates are accountspecific, so if an account is shared by multiple meters, you only need to specify the discounts once. Domestic Dimensional Divisor See the following description. International Dimensional Divisor Dimensional weight is a calculation of a shipment's weight based on volumetric standard instead of actual weight. Dimensional weight is calculated by multiplying the length by width by height of each package in inches or centimeters and dividing by a dimensional divisor. The dimensional divisor varies by service offering and unit of measure (inches or centimeters). For domestic shipments measured in inches, the divisor is 194, for U.S. export shipments measured in inches, the divisor is 166. For Canadian origin or international shipments measured in inches, the divisor is 166, in centimeters, the divisor is 6,000. Contact FedEx customer service for details. FSMS Developer Guide version

370 FSMS Utilities o Over Size / Dimensional Flag (O/D) indicates if a FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery package meets an Oversize condition. Value Description FedEx Ground Package Conditions FedEx Home Delivery 1 OS I if length+girth is > 84" and <109" and weight is > 30 Lbs. if length+girth is > 84" and <109" and weight is < 30 Lbs. 2 OS II 3 OS III if length+girth is >108" and <131" and weight is < 50 Lbs if length+girth is >130" and <166" and weight is < 150 Lbs.. if length+girth is >108" and <131" and weight is < 50 Lbs. if length+girth is >130" and <166" and weight is < 70 Lbs. 3. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. 356 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

371 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Minimum Charges 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select MinimumCharge and click Add or View / Modify. The Minimum Charge window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Minimum Charge items as follows: Minimum Charge is a pricing program independent from other discounts. This table does not need to be configured to receive discounts. Do not configure this table unless you are participating in this pricing program. o o Account Number shows the account number for which minimum charges are configured. This is not an editable field. Service Code displays service code for which discounts are configured. This code is composed of three parts: the origin, the destination, and the service. Valid origin and destinations are US, CA, MX, PR, HI, and AK. Valid services are G (Ground) and H (Home Delivery). o Zone displays zone to which the discount is to apply. o Country Code displays origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need to be changed. o Rate enter the minimum rate to apply to all shipments within the specified Zone. 3. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

372 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Base Rates 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select BaseRate. The Rates and Discounts window displays the Discount Tables panel, populated according to current rate and discount settings. 2. Click Add or, View / Modify and continue, or highlight a row and click Delete to remove that record. If you clicked Add or View / Modify, the Base Rate window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 3. Add, change, or review the Base Rate items as follows: Enter custom Base Rates that differ from standard FedEx Ground rates provided with FSMS. All discounts are applied to the custom Base Rate. 358 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

373 FSMS Utilities o o o o o o o Account Number The account number displayed is the account number for which discounts are configured. This is not an editable field. Rating Table Code This is carried over from the Customer Profile table. Do not change this value. Origin Country Code The origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need to be changed. Destination Country Code The destination country code. Zone Number The zone for which the discount applies. Weight Enter the threshold weight at which the custom Base Rate applies. Base Rate The rate to apply to packages of the given weight. 4. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. Adding or Changing Oversize Exceptions 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select OversizeExceptions and click Add or View / Modify. The Oversize Exceptions window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Oversize Exceptions items as follows: Oversize exceptions override the default weight at which oversize conditions apply. o o o o Account Number The account number displayed is the account number for which discounts are to be configured. This is not an editable field. Oversize Type The oversize condition for which the default value is changed: OV1 (OS I), OV2 (OS II), or OV3 (OS III). Oversize Lbs The new weight in pounds at which the specified oversize condition applies. Oversize Kgs The new weight in kilograms at which the specified oversize condition applies. 3. Click Add to save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

374 FSMS Utilities Adding or Changing Extra Services / Discounted Accessorials 1. From the Rates and Discounts window select ExtraServices and click Add or View / Modify. The Extra Services / Discounted Accessorials window opens. Items in Bold are required. If an item appears dimmed, it is unavailable. 2. Add, change, or review the Extra Services / Discounted Accessorials items as follows: Only FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery discounts can be configured in a single session. They cannot be configured simultaneously. To configure accessorials for a second account or service (FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery), add a new record to configure additional accounts or services (FedEx Ground or FedEx Home Delivery). o o o o o o Account Number The account number displayed is the account number for which discounts are to be configured. This is not an editable field. Extra Services Code This is carried over from the Customer Profile table. Do not change this value. Origin Country Code The origin country code. This defaults to the country code of the meter and does not need to be changed. Destination Country Code The destination country code. Operating Company Select G (Ground) or H (Home Delivery). Enter the rate or the percentage to apply to the accessorial. 360 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

375 FSMS Utilities 3. Click More Accessorials to display the next set of items. 4. At the last window you can click Back to Main to return to the original window. 5. Click Add save changes, OK to accept and exit, or Cancel to cancel and exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

376 FSMS Utilities Label Reprint Utility FSMS provides two options for reprinting labels: the Label Reprint Utility or the 095 Reprint Label Request transaction. The reprint function follows these service details: You can reprint a label up to a maximum of 48 hours from the ship date, but the calendar day for the reprint must be no greater than the day after the ship date. For example, you ship a 2-package FedEx Express International shipment on 12/15/05 at 16:30 (4:30 PM), you have up to 22:59 (11:00 PM) of the entire next day (12/16/05) to reprint the label. You can reprint Future Day shipment labels using the same time frame. You can reprint a Future Day shipment label until the ship date. Then, you still have up to a maximum of 48 hours from the ship date and time (up to the next calendar day from the ship date) to reprint the label. Complete the following steps to run the Label Reprint Utility: 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click the Meter Registration icon. The Label Reprint Utility window is displayed listing all shipments available for label reprint, in order by tracking number. 2. Click the tracking number of the shipment you what to reprint. 362 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

377 FSMS Utilities 3. Select the output source for the label from the following options: o o o Click the printer icon in the Laser field to reprint a plain paper (non-thermal) label. Click the printer icon in the Thermal field to reprint a 4x6 thermal label. Click the printer icon in the MAWB field to reprint a multi-ply air waybill (on a preprinted FedEx form), and designate a pin-feed printer. In the Type field, select the label type from the pull-down list. Available label types are: 306 with preprinted tracking number 307 without preprinted tracking number 362 a French-language label without preprinted tracking number 4. Click OK to print the label or click Cancel to exit the Label Reprint Utility without printing a label. Note: You can also reprint labels using the 095 Reprint Label Request transaction. The fields required for this transaction are provided in the FSMS Transaction Coding Reference guide. FSMS Developer Guide version

378 FSMS Utilities Meter Registration Utility The Meter Registration Utility helps you obtain new meter numbers for your FSMS software. This utility was previously called the Automatic Configuration Utility (ACU). Use the Meter Registration Utility to download the following meter-related information: Tracking numbers (FedEx Express ) Rates (FedEx Express U.S. domestic) Rates (FedEx Express International services) URSA List Rates Shipping Tables Ground Discount Rates The Meter Registration Utility is the preferred way to obtain a new meter number. Note: You can also obtain a new meter number using the 035 Child Meter Registration Request transaction. Complete the following steps to obtain a new child meter number. 1. Navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click the Meter Registration icon. If the following dialog box appears, contact your FedEx customer service representative about allowing multiple child meter numbers for your FSMS application. 2. If you do not have a master meter number, enter your account number and zip code and click Next to continue. 364 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

379 FSMS Utilities 3. If you have a master meter number, this dialog box populates the respective fields. Click Next to request a new child meter. 4. If you are requesting a new child meter number, the following dialog box displays your account number and master meter number. 5. To request a new Child meter, fill in the required information and click Next. FSMS Developer Guide version

380 FSMS Utilities 6. The following window displays the status of the Meter Registration Utility as it processes your request. The activity window is dynamic and has markers indicating the status of each component. The markers and associated descriptions are: h A yellow dot indicates that the component download is in progress. A checkmark indicates that the component successfully downloaded. X A red X indicates that the component failed to download. Note: If the Meter Registration Utility fails to register or re-register a meter, it does not mean that FSMS is not installed properly. The Meter Registration utility attempts to download the eight components shown on the screen, but only the Configuration Data (data provided during the install process or in the fdxinstall.dat file) is required to complete a successful registration. If any other component fails to download, a reattempt option is provided after the registration process is completed or the component can be downloaded via the Demand Download Utility. 366 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

381 FSMS Utilities Retrieve, Retain, Restore (R3) Utility The Retrieve, Retain, Restore (R3) application is a software utility that helps you reconfigure FSMS software after installations or upgrades. R3 is useful for backing up data before uninstalling and installing a new version, and/or software migrations. This utility exports and saves customer data before an uninstall so that the data can be imported to the newer installation of FSMS. The R3 utility retrieves, retains and restores the following data: Customer Configuration Data the customer table (FSMS Configuration Utility data), the IOR table, and the config.ini file Express Tracking Numbers both Current and Future ranges URSA Ground Discount Rates Express List and Discount Rates R3 can be used as part of the a new installation process when migrating a customer to new server hardware or when migrating a customer from a lower version to a higher version of FSMS software in the event an upgrade is not possible. Starting R3 Ensure that the FSMS Configuration Utility is closed prior to launching R3. Navigate to C:/FedEx/FedEx_Util and double click the R3.exe file icon. Note: R3 will not launch if FSMS is not installed. If the FSMS Configuration Utility is open when an attempt to launch R3 is made, the following error message is displayed: FSMS Developer Guide version

382 FSMS Utilities When R3 starts, the following screen is displayed: Backing Up Data 1. If performing a backup, select the data to back up, and then click the Backup button. 2. Click Backup to start the backup process. 368 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

383 FSMS Utilities The Backup to Folder window opens. 3. Select the folder where you want the data backed up. Click Select to back up data to the selected folder. Note: Data can be saved to a diskette; however, URSA is too large to save to a floppy and should be downloaded after files are restored. When the backup is complete, the following dialog box is displayed. 4. Click OK to continue. 5. When you are done using the R3 utility, click Exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

384 FSMS Utilities Restoring Data 1. If restoring data, select the data you want to restore. 2. Click the Restore button. The Restore from Folder window opens. 3. Select the folder where the data is to be restored. Note: Do not select individual files. All files in the folder are automatically selected. R3 restores only configuration data to new installations of FSMS. For existing installations, all data except configuration data is restored. If any FSMS data exists in the FSMS Configuration Utility, the following error displays after you click Restore: 370 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

385 FSMS Utilities 4. After selecting the folder where you want data to be restored, click Select. Note: This message refers to all data with the exception of configuration data which will not overwrite existing data. All other data can be overwritten. 5. Click Yes to continue. After the selected data has been restored, the following dialog box is displayed: 6. Click OK to accept the continue. 7. When you are done using the R3 utility, click Exit. FSMS Developer Guide version

386 FSMS Utilities Report Viewer Utility The Report Viewer utility allows you to generate various FSMS reports from two categories: Close Reports and Shipment Reports. The Report Viewer generates a view of reports directly from information in the FSMS database. The Report Viewer utility reads data from the local Sybase database and builds a Tree View for each meter configured on the system. Note: You can only generate the Close Reports after submitting an 007 End-of-Day Close Request transaction. To start the Report Viewer utility, navigate to the FedEx Ship Manager Server folder on your desktop and double-click on the Report Viewer icon. The Report Viewer is displayed. Report Viewer Features Report Viewer includes the following features: View Report Double click on a report name in Tree View to open the report in the Report Viewer window. Export Report Export a single or multiple reports from a selected category to a directory. Selected report(s) are exported in the format specified in the Report Settings tab of the FSMS Configuration Utility to the specified report directory. If no directory is specified, reports are exported to \FedEx\FedEx_Temp. Print Report Print single or multiple reports from a selected category. You need to select the printer for printing reports, since there is no default printer. Refresh If the Report Viewer Utility is running and you process a shipment or execute an End-of-Day transaction, refresh the Tree View to include any recent activity. 372 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

387 FSMS Utilities Report Viewer toolbar buttons provide the following actions: Open Opens a report template, such as a.rpt file. Refresh Use to refresh the report trees with current data. Export Use to export selected report(s) to the directory specified in the FSMS Configuration Utility or to the default directory. All reports in a category can be exported simultaneously by selecting the category, such as Domestic, or exported individually by selecting the specific report, such as Invoice. Print Send selected report(s) to currently specified printer. There is no default printer. About Displays more information about the selected item. Select Printer Allows the user to select a printer to print reports. Select Export Select an export directory. The active export directory is displayed on status bar. Crystal Report Toolbar Once a report is generated, the toolbar is displayed at top of the Report window with the following functions: Navigation through report pages Print currently displayed report Export currently displayed report to disk file in different formats Zoom in and out of currently displayed report FSMS Developer Guide version

388 FSMS Utilities Tree View Nodes Report Viewer provides a navigation tree in the left panel. The Report Viewer tree view nodes include the following: Meter Number: Each meter loaded in the FSMS system is associated with this icon ( ) in the Tree control. Each meter node has two other nodes, Close Reports ( ) and Shipment Reports ( ). Close Reports: All Close register IDs are listed in order by process date: CL :00:04 (year-month-day and time). Some of the reports available under each ID are: Domestic Courier Invoice Shipments End-of-Day (EOD) 374 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

389 FSMS Utilities International Courier Invoice (Not for CA meter) Shipments Visa U.S. IE Only Manifest (Only for CA meter) U.S. All Other Manifest (Only for CA meter) End-of-Day (EOD) Distribution Visa Manifest Consolidated Commercial Invoice CRN Packing List IDF IDF Consolidated Commercial Invoice IDF CRN Report IDF Customs Packing List Ground Manifest MWGT Package Detail MWGT Shipment Detail/Postal MWGT C.O.D. Detail MWGT DCV Detail Hazmat Certification Report Ground C.O.D. Report FSMS Developer Guide version

390 FSMS Utilities Shipment Reports Report Viewer provides shipment reports, including a Shipment Summary Report. It provides a total package count by service and subtotals for all FedEx Express and FedEx Ground shipping within a given cycle. Report Viewer shipment reports include the following: Shipment Reports International Commercial Invoice Tracking Number History Tracking Number (Tracking Number for shipments moved to history) Pro-forma Invoice Certificate of Origin Shipment Detail Ground Commercial Invoice Certificate of Origin Shipment Detail 376 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6

391 FSMS Utilities Freight (FedEx Freight Bill of Lading) DG Express 1421C Ground OP900 FSMS Developer Guide version

392 FSMS Utilities Ship Manager Server Console The FedEx Ship Manager Server Console is a multipurpose utility you can use to view information about FSMS and to configure alert messages for delivery via or via TCP/IP port. To launch the Console, navigate to the FSMS Console in the Programs menu under FedEx Ship Manager Server v 8.46 > Utilities > Ship Manager Console. 378 FSMS Developer Guide version 8.4.6